Select your prefered input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Amarakosha Search  
2 results
tuvaraḥMasculineSingularkaṣāyaḥan astringent taste
parivādinī1.7.3FeminineSingulara lute with seven strings
199 results for trin
trinābhamfn. whose navel supports the 3 worlds (viṣṇu-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinābhimfn. three-naved (a wheel) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinagarītīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinaiṣkikamfn. equals -niṣka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinākan. equals -div/a- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinālimfn. 3 x 24 minutes long View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinavahan. plural (metrically for ha- see triṇav/a-) 27 days View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinavatamfn. the 93rd (chs. of ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinavatif. 93 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinavatitamamfn. equals vata- (chs. of ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinayanam. equals -dṛś- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinayanan. Name of a town, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinayanāf. durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinemiSee -ṇemi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinetram. "three-eyed", śiva- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinetram. (with rasa-) Name of different mixtures View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinetram. " śiva-'s asterism", ārdrā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinetram. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinetrāf. durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinetrāf. the root of yam- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinetracūḍāmaṇim. " śiva-'s crest", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinetraphalam. the cocoa-nut tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinetrīf. idem or 'f. the root of yam- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinetrodbhavam. " śiva-'s son", kumāra-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinidhanaSee -ṇidh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
triniṣkamfn. worth 3 niṣkas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinivitkamfn. containing 3 nivid- verses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnihotrinmfn. practising the agnihotra-, maintaining the sacrificial fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣetrinmfn. having no fields View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amalapatatrinm. the wild goose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amararājamantrinm. equals amara-guru- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amatrinmfn. having the large drinking vessel called /amatra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amitrinmfn. hostile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
astrinm. an archer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atrinm. a devourer, demon , a rākṣasa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atrinetrabhūm. "produced by atri-'s look", the moon, (in arithmetic) the number one. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atrinetraja m. "produced by atri-'s look", the moon, (in arithmetic) the number one. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atrinetraprabhava m. "produced by atri-'s look", the moon, (in arithmetic) the number one. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atrinetraprasūta m. "produced by atri-'s look", the moon, (in arithmetic) the number one. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atrinetrasūta m. "produced by atri-'s look", the moon, (in arithmetic) the number one. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālaśāstrinm. Name of a grammarian and of a living writer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmasattrinmfn. offering the sacrifice of devotion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmasattrinmfn. absorbed in the self-existent One View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmasūtrinmfn. invested with the Brahmanical cord View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caitrinm. idem or 'm. the month caitra- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāritrinmfn. of good conduct View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chagalāntrinm. "having goats in the bowels", a wolf View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chāgalāntrinm. equals chag- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chattrinmfn. furnished with a parasol View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chattrinm. a barber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chattrinyāyam. "the manner of applying the term chattrin- to a king ", permitted synonym View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrinmfn. having variegated (black and grey) hair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
citrinf. (plural) Name of certain bricks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devapatimantrinm. " indra-'s counsellor", Name of bṛhas-pati-, the planet Jupiter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devapātrinmfn. partaking of the divine cup View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devayātrinSee -yājin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmasāstrinm. an adherent of the law-books View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmasāstrinm. plural Name of a particular school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasūtrinmfn. equals tra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durmantrinm. bad adviser or minister View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durmantrinmfn. having bad ministers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāyatrinm. one who sings hymns () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāyatrinm. (equals trī-) Acacia Catechu View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāyatrinetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gomūtrinm. a kind of Terminalia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gotrinmfn. belonging to the same family, relation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gotrinetc. See
grahakṣetrinfor gṛha-kṣ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhakṣetrinmfn. possessing a house and fields View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hariharāgnihotrinm. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hotrinSee agni-hotrin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indramantrinm. Name of bṛhaspati- (the planet Jupiter) commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalatrinmfn. having a wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṅkapattrinmfn. furnished with heron's feathers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kimmantrinm. a bad minister View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣatrinm. a man of the second caste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetrinmfn. owning a field, cultivating land, agricultural View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetrinm. the owner of a field (see also a-kṣ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetrinm. an agriculturist, husbandman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetrinm. a husband View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣetrinm. the soul View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumantrinm. a bad counsellor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kurukṣetrinmfn. (with yoga-) a solar day, in the course of which three lunar days, three asterisms, and three yogas occur. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mādhavaśāstrinm. Name of rāma-candra-tīrtha- (who died in 1377) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahādevaśāstrinm. Name of learned man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāliṅgaśāstrinm. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmantrinm. a chief counsellor, prime minister View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmantrinm. a great statesman or politician View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāśivarātrinirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahendramantrinm. "great loud's counsellor", the planet Jupiter (see -guru-)
maitrinmfn. friendly, benevolent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrinmfn. wise or eloquent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrinm. "knowing sacred texts or spells", a conjurer, enchanter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrinm. a king's counsellor, minister etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrinm. (in chess) the queen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrinm. (in astrology) the 12th mansion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrinSee p.786. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mayūrapattrinmfn. (an arrow) furnished with peacock's feathers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mitrinmfn. befriended, united by friendship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhyamantrinm. a prime minister ( mukhyamantritva tri-tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakṣatrinm. "having or holding the stars", Name of viṣṇu- (see tra-nemi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīrapatatrinm. "water-bird" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcatrinśacchlokīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcatrinśat(p/a-), 35 chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcatrinśatpīṭhikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patatrinmfn. winged, feathered, flying (also applied to agni-, the vehicle of the aśvin-s etc.) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patatrinm. a bird etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patatrinm. a horse, (especially) the horse in the aśva-medha- sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patatrinm. an arrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patatrinm. a particular fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
patatrinn. dual number day and night View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinmfn. possessing a drinking-vessel or a dish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinmfn. having fit or worthy persons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrinmfn. having wings or feathers or leaves etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrinm. a bird (especially a hawk or falcon ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrinm. an arrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrinm. a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrinm. possessing a carriage or driving in one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrinm. a chariot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrinm. a tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrinm. the wine-palm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrinm. a species of Achyranthes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pattrinm. a species of creeper and other plants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pautrinmfn. (fr. pautra-) having a grandson View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavitrinmfn. purifying, pure, clean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pelavapuṣpapattrinmfn. having tender flowers for arrows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
potrinm. "snouted", a wild boar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhānamantrinm. a prime minister View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpapattrinmfn. having flower for arrows (said of the bow of kāma-deva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
putrapautrinmfn. having sons and grandsons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
putrinmf(/iṇī-)n. having a son or sons, possessing children (m.and f.the father or the mother of a son or of children generally) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājamantrinm. a minister of state View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājavetrinm. a king's staff-bearer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktavastrinm. equals yogin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmaśāstrinm. secular Name of nara-hara-tīrtha-(who died in 1214) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnadaṇḍātapatrinmfn. having a staff and an umbrella adorned with jewels View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trināśanam. "night-destroyer", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinātham. "night-lord", the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saccidānandaśāstrinm. Name of scholars and authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śailajāmantrinm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śālihotrinm. a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samantrinmfn. together with or accompanied by counsellors ( samantritva tri-tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saputrinmfn. together with sons or children View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarpasattrinm. "performer of a snake-sacrifice", Name of king janam-ejaya- (a legend relates that to revenge the death of his father, who was killed by a snake-bite, he employed mantra-s to compel the whole serpent-race to be present at a sacrifice, where all except a few chief snakes were destroyed) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaśastrinmfn. provided with all kinds of weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvayantrinmfn. provided with all implements View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasattrin(or s/a-s-) m. a companion at a sacrifice or festival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastrinmfn. (for 2.See) reciting, a reciter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śastrinmfn. having weapons, bearing arms, armed with a sword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstrinmfn. or m. versed in the śāstra-s, learned (see satata-ś-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstrinm. a teacher of sacred books or science, a learned man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstrinm. a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satānūnaptrin(s/a--) m. a companion in the performance of the (ceremony called) tānūnaptra-
satataśāstrinmfn. studying incessantly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭśāstrinm. one who has studied the six śāstra-s or six systems of philosophy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sattrinm. the performer or partaker or companion of a sattra- sacrifice etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sattrinm. an ambassador or agent in a foreign country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sattrinm. one whose merits are equal to the performance of a sattra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sattrinm. disguised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikharipattrinm. a winged or flying mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sītārāmaśāstrinm. Name of various authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivarātrinirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumantrinmfn. having a good minister View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
supattrinmfn. idem or 'mfn. well-feathered (as an arrow) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suramantrinm. "counsellor of the gods", Name of bṛhas-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surarājamantrinm. (equals sura-pati-guru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtrapattrinmfn. liable to be made into threads or thin leaves View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinmfn. having threads or lines etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinm. a stage-manager View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinm. a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svāmiśāstrinm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svatantrinmfn. free, independent, uncontrolled (according to to equals sva-śāstrānusārin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetacchattrinmfn. having a white umbrella View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetavastrinmfn. white-clad, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvitrinmfn. affected with whiteness of the skin, leprous, a leper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantrinmfn. having threads, made of threads, spun, wove View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantrinmfn. chorded (an instrument) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantrinm. a musician View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantrinm. a soldier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantrinm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tānūnaptrinm. a coadjutor in the tānūnaptra- ceremony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tānūnaptrinm. s/a-- idem or 'm. a coadjutor in the tānūnaptra- ceremony ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanutrinmfn. equals -tra-vat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīrthayātrinmfn. engaged in trā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upamantrinmfn. persuading, inciting, impelling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upamantrinm. a subordinate counsellor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyanāthaśāstrinm. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
valliśāstrinm. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vemacitrinm. Name of an asura- king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭaśubhāśāstrinm. Name of authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') having a cane, having anything for a cane View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vetrinm. a staff-bearer, door-keeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇudattāgnihotrinm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvakarmaśāstrinm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantrinSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantrinmfn. furnished with harness or trappings (as a horse) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantrinmfn. furnished with an amulet, cit-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantrinm. a tormentor, harasser, painer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trinmfn. being on a march or in a procession View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  
342 results
aṃśukam अंशुकम् [अंशवः सूत्राणि बिषयो यस्य; अंशु ऋश्यादि˚ क] 1 A cloth, garment in general; सितांशुका मङ्गलमात्रभूषणा V.3.12; यत्रांशुकाक्षेपविलज्जितानां Ku.1.14; चीनांशुकमिव केतोः Ś.1.33; स्तन˚ a breast-cloth. -2 A fine or white cloth; धुन्वन् कल्पद्रुमकिसलयान्यंशुकानीव वातैः Me.64; usually silken or muslin. -3 An upper garment; a mantle. -4 An under garment; कररुद्धनीविगलदंशुकाः स्त्रियः Śi.13.31. -5 A leaf. -6 Mild or gentle blaze of light (नातिदीप्ति) (कः also; स्वार्थे कन्.) -7 The string of a churning stick. cf अंशुकं नेत्रवस्त्रयोः । cf. also अंशुकं सूक्ष्मवस्त्रे स्यात् परिधानोत्तरीययोः । किरणानां समूहे च मुखवस्त्रे तदिष्यते ॥ Nm.
akṣaḥ अक्षः [अश्-सः] 1 An axis, axle, pivot; अक्षभङ्गे च यानस्य....न दण्डं मनुरब्रवीत् Ms.8.291,292; दृढधूः अक्षः Kāś. V. 4.74; Śi.12.2, 18.7; ज्योतिश्चक्राक्षदण्डः Dk. 1 Axle-pole. -2 The pole of a cart. -3 A cart, car; also a wheel. -4 The beam of a balance. -5 Terrestrial latitude. -6 A die for playing with; cube; यानाक्षमधिकृत्य ब्रूत इति गम्यते न तु विदेवना- क्षमिति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.35. -7 The seed of which rosaries are made. -8 A weight equal to 16 māṣas and called कर्ष. -9 N. of the plant Terminalia Belerica (बिभीतक- Mar. बेहडा) the seed of which is used as a die; also the nut of this plant; यथा वै द्वे वामलके द्वे वा कोले द्वौ वाक्षौ मुष्टिरनुभवति Chān. Up; so धाराभिरक्षमात्राभिः. -1 A shrub producing the rosary seed, Eleocarpus Ganitrus (रुद्राक्ष); the seed of this plant, as also of another plant (इन्द्राक्ष). -11 A serpent; hence a curve. -12 Garuḍa. -13 N. of a son of Rāvaṇa. -14 The soul. -15 Knowledge (usually, sacred). -16 Law; a lawsuit; legal procedure. -17 A person born blind. -18 the lower part of the temples (कर्ण- नेत्रयोर्मध्ये शङ्खादधोभागः). -19 The base of a column; अथवाक्षं नवांशोच्चं जन्म चैकेन कारयेत् । Māna.14.17. -2 The window-like part of a swing, a hammock, a palanquin, an axle of a chariot; पार्श्वयोर्वारणं कुर्यात् तस्याधो$क्षं सुसंयुतम् । Māna.5.165,166. -21 Gambling (in general). cf. अक्षो द्यूते वरूथाङ्गे नयवादौ बिभीतके । कर्षे व्याप्तौ कृषे (?) चक्रे आधारव्यव- हारयोः । आत्मजे पाशके दैत्यभेदे चेन्द्रियवालयोः । Nm. -क्षम् (अश्नुते व्याप्नोति विषयान् स्ववृत्त्या संयोगेन वा) 1 An organ of sense; निरोधाच्चेतसो$क्षाणि निरुद्धान्यखिलान्यपि Pt.2.154; संयताक्षो विनीतः Mātaṅga L.12.1. (The word संयताक्ष here means 'having control over his senses', but 'having eyes closed' M. W.); m. also (नियच्छेद्विषयेभ्यो$क्षान् Bhāg.; an object of sense. -2 The eye, (only at the end of comp.; जलजाक्ष, कमलाक्ष, &c.) -3 Sachal salt, sea-salt. -4 Blue vitriol (from its crystallized shape) (Mar. मोरचूद) [cf. L. axis; Gr. akshon or axon, old Germ. ahsa; Germ. achse.] -Comp. -अंशः the degree of latitude. -अग्रम् the axle or its end; the anterior end of the axle or its end; the anterior end of the pole of a car. -अग्रकीलः -लकः a linch-pin, a pin which fastens the yoke to the pole. -आवपनम् [अक्षान् पाशान् आवपति क्षिपत्यस्मिन्; आ-वप्-आधारे ल्युट्] a dice-board (अक्षा उप्यन्ते$स्मिन्निति अक्षावपनम् अक्षस्थानावपनपात्रम्, सायण). -आवलिः f. a rosary. -आवापः [अक्षान् आवपति क्षिपति; आवप्-अण्] a gambler, keeper of the dice or gambling table; he is one of the रत्निन्s mentioned in Taitt. Saṁ. I. and Śat. Br.5.3.2; also ˚अतिवापः (अक्षावापो नाम अक्षाणां क्षेप्ता अक्षगोप्ता वा द्यूतकारः). -उपकरणम् a piece at chess. -कर्णः hypotenuse, particularly of the triangle formed with the gnomon of a dial and its shadow; (astr.) argument of the latitude. -कुशल, -शौण्ड a. [स. त.] skilful in gambling. -कूटः [ अक्षस्य कूट इव] the pupil of the eye. -कोविद, -ज्ञ a. skilled in dice; so ˚विद्, ˚वेत्तृ &c. -क्षेत्रम् [अक्षनिमित्तं क्षेत्रम्] an astronomical figure (अक्षसाधनार्थं क्षेत्रतया कल्पितानां अक्षभवानामष्टानां क्षेत्राणामेकं). -ग्लहः [तृ. त.] gambling, playing at dice. -चक्रम् the circle of sensual passions. दृढनियमित ˚क्रः K.37 (also axis and wheels). -जम् [अक्षात् जायते; जन्-ड] 1 direct knowledge or cognition. -2 a thunderbolt (वज्रम् अस्थिरूपावयवजातत्वात्तस्य तन्नामत्बम्). -3 a diamond. -4 अक्षक्षेत्रम् q.v. (m. in some of these senses). -जः N. of Viṣṇu. -तत्त्वम्, -विद्या the science of gambling; ˚विद् skilled in the principles of gambling. -दण्डः axle-pole. -दर्शकः, -दृश् [अक्षाणाम् ऋणादानादिव्यवहाराणां दर्शकः दृश्-ण्वुल्, अक्षान् पश्यतीति दृश् -क्विप् कुत्वम्] 1 a judge (one who tries law-suits). -2 a superintendent of gambling. -दृक्कर्मन् n. operation or calculation for latitude. -देविन् m.. [अक्षैर्दीव्यति, दिव्-णिनि], अक्षद्यूः, [दिव्-क्विपू ऊठ् P.VI.4.19.] -द्यूतः [अक्षैर्द्यूतं यस्य] a gambler, dicer. -द्यूतम् dice play, gambling; ˚तादिगणः a class of words mentioned in P.IV.4.19. -द्यूतिकम् [अक्षद्यूत- ठक्] dispute at play. -द्रुग्ध a. [अक्षैः द्रुग्धः] unlucky at dice (opposed to अक्षप्रिय fond of dice, or lucky in gambling). -धरः [अक्षं चक्रं रथावयवं तत्कीलकमिव कण्टकं वा धरतीति धरः धृ-अच् ष. त.] 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 N. of the plant (also called शाखोट); Trophis Aspera. (Mar. हेदि, खरोत). -3 a wheel. -4 any one who bears a wheel, or who holds dice. -धूः (धुर्) the yoke attached to the fore-part of the pole of a car. -धूर्तः [अक्षे तद्देवने धूर्तः] 'dice-rogue,' a gamester, a gambler. -धूर्तिलः [अक्षस्य शकटस्य धूर्तिं भारं लाति, ला-क; or अक्ष-धुर्-तिलप्रत्ययः] a bull or ox yoked to the pole of a cart. -पटलः[ष. त.] 1 a court of law. -2 depository of legal documents. -3 = अक्षि- पटलम्, q. v. -लः [अक्षाणां व्यवहाराणां पटलमस्त्यस्य अच्] a judge. -4 record-office (GI). -5 account-office (RT). -पटलाधिकृतः superintendent of records and accounts. -परि ind [अक्षेण विपरतिम् वृत्तं P.II.1.1 द्यूतव्यवहारे पराजये एवायं समासः Sk.] so as to be a loser (by an unlucky throw of dice) पाशकक्रीडायां यथा गुटिकापाते जयो भवति तद्वि- परीतपातः Tv.) -पाटः = ˚वाटः, q. v. -पाटकः [अक्षे व्यवहारे पाटयति; पट् दीप्तौ-ण्वुल्] one who is well-versed in law, a judge. -पातः [ष. त.] cast of dice. -पादः N. of the sage Gautama, founder of the Nyāya system of philosophy, or a follower of that system (अक्षं नेत्रं दर्शनसाधनतया जातः पादो$स्य; अक्षपादो हि स्वमतदूषकस्य व्यासस्य मुखदर्शनं चक्षुषा न कर्तव्यम् इति प्रतिज्ञाय पश्चाद् व्यासेन प्रसादितः पादे नेत्रं प्रकाश्य तं दृष्टवान् इति प्रसिद्धिः Tv.) -पीडा [ष. त.] 1 an injury to the organs. -2 [अक्षम् इन्द्रियं रसनारूपं पीडयति आस्वादनात्; पीड्-अच्] N. of the plant यवतिक्ता. (Mar. शंखिनी). -भागः (˚अंशः) a degree of latitude. -भारः [ष. त.] 1 a cart-load. -2 the lower part of a chariot. (cf. तत्तद्देशे तु छिद्रं स्यादक्षभारे रथान्तकम् । छिद्रे प्रवेशयेत् कीलं युक्त्या च पट्टयोजितम् ॥ Māna. 42.51-53.) -मदः [च. त.] a mad passion for gambling. -मात्रम् [अक्षो मात्रा यस्य] 1 anything as large as dice; dice. -2 a moment of time (निमिषः) twinkling of an eye. -माला, -सूत्रम् [अक्षाणां माला -सूत्रम्] 1 a rosary, string of beads (अकारादिक्षकारान्तः अक्षः तत्कृता तत्प्रतिनिधिभूता वा माला); कृतो- $क्षसूत्रप्रणयी तया करः Ku.5.11,66; ˚मालामुपयाचितुमागतो$स्मि K.151. (It is made of रुद्राक्ष seeds, corals, crystals, rubies, gems &c.) -2 N. of अरुन्धती (अक्षमाला त्वरुन्धती - Hm.); अक्ष- माला वसिष्ठेन संयुक्ताधमयोनिजा...जगामाभ्यर्हणीयताम् Ms.9.23. मातङ्गयामक्षमालायां गर्हितायां रिरंसया । Bu. ch.4.77. (अक्षस्य नक्षत्रचक्रस्य मालेव भूषणत्वात्; सा ह्युत्तरस्यां दिशि गगने सप्तर्षिमण्डले मालारूपेण वसिष्ठसमीपे वर्तते सर्वेभ्यश्चोज्ज्वलत्वात्तस्या मालारूपेण स्थितत्वाच्च नक्षत्रचक्रभूषणत्वम् Tv). -राजः [अक्षाणां राजेव] one addicted to gambling; also 'the die called Kali'. --वामः [स. त.] an unfair gambler. -वाटः [अक्षाणां पाशकक्रीडानां बाटः वासस्थानम्] 1 a gambling house; the gambling table. -2 [अक्षस्य रथचक्रस्य क्षुण्णस्थानस्य इव वाटः] a place of contest, arena, wrestling ground (तत्र हि रथचक्रक्षुण्णपांशुसदृशपांशुम- त्त्वात् तत्सदृशत्वम् Tv.) -विद a. skilled in gambling. -वृत्त a. [अक्षे वृत्तः व्यापृतः स. त.] engaged in, addicted to, gambling; what has occurred in gambling. -वृत्तम् राशिचक्ररूपं वृत्तक्षेत्रम् the zodiacal circle. -शालिन् (शालिकः) officer in charge of the gambling house; EI 24.173. -स्तुषः Beleric Myrobalan (Mar. बेहडा) -हृदयम् perfect skill in, or conversancy with, gambling (lit. the heart or innermost nature of dice or gambling); वशीकृताक्षहृदयां K.131.
aṅgulaḥ अङ्गुलः [अङ्ग्-उल्] 1 A finger. -2 The thumb, अङ्गौ पाणौ लीयते (n. also). -3 A finger's breadth (n. also), equal to 8 barley-corns, 12 Aṅgulas making a वितस्ति or span, and 24 a हस्त or cubit; शङ्कुर्दशाङ्गुलः Ms. 8.271. -4 (Astr.) A digit or 12th part. -5 N. of the sage Chāṇakya or Vātsyāyana. अङ्गुलिः aṅguliḥ ली lī रिः riḥ री rī अङ्गुलिः ली रिः री f. [अङ्ग्-उलि Uṇ.4.2] A finger (the names of the 5 fingers are अङ्गुष्ठ thumb, तर्जनी forefinger, मध्यमा middle finger, अनामिका ring-finger, and कनिष्ठा or कनिष्ठिका the little finger); a toe (of the foot); एकविंशो$यं पुरुषः दश हस्त्या अङ्गुलयो दश पाद्या आत्मैकविंशः Ait. Br. -2 The thumb, great toe. -3 The tip of an elephant's trunk. cf. Mātaṅga L.6.9. -4 The measure अङ्गुल. -5 N. of the tree गजकर्णिका. (Mar. काकडी ?) -6 Penis (?). -Comp. -ग्रन्थिः f. (also -पर्वन) The portion of the finger between two joints. -तारणम् [अङ्गुलेः तोरणमिव कृतम्] a mark on the forehead of the form of the half moon made with sandal &c. -त्रम् त्राणम् [अङ्गुलिं त्रायते, अङ्गुलिस्त्रायते अनेन त्रै -क.] a fingerprotector (a contrivance like a thimble used by archers to protect the thumb or fingers from being injured by the bow-string). सज्जैश्चापैर्बद्धगोधाङ्गुलित्रैः Pañch. 2; व्रजति पुरतरुण्यो बद्धचित्राङ्गुलित्रे Bk.1.26. -पञ्चकम् the five fingers collectively. -फला f. Dolichos lablab (Mar. घेवडा). -मुद्रा, -मुद्रिका a seal-ring. इयमङ्गुलिमुद्रा आर्यमवगतार्थं करिष्यति Mu.1. -मोटनम्, -स्फोटनम् [अङ्गुल्योर्मोटनं मर्दनं स्फोटनं ताडनं वा यत्र] snapping or cracking the fingers (Mar चुटकी). -वेष्टः ring; अङ्गदान्यङ्गुलीवेष्टान् Rām.6.65.26. -सङ्गा [अङ्गुलौ सङ्गो यस्याः सा] sticking to the fingers; ˚गा यवागूः ˚गा यवागूः ˚गा गाः सादयति P. VIII.3.8 Sk. (अङ्गुलिसंलेपकारकं यवागूद्रव्यम् Tv.) (-ङ्गः) contact of the fingers; act of fingering. गतमङ्गुलिषङ्गं त्वां ..... Bk.9.78. -संज्ञा [तृ. त.] a sign made by the finger; मुखार्पितैकाङ्गुलिसंज्ञयैव Ku.3.41 -सन्देशः making signs with fingers; cracking or snapping the fingers as a sign. -संभूत a. [स. त.] produced from or on the finger. (-तः) a finger nail.
aṇu अणु a. (णु-ण्वी f.) [अण्-उन्] Minute, small, little, atomic (opp. स्थूल, महत्); अणोरणीयान् Bg.8.9; सर्वोप्ययं नन्वणुः Bh.3.26. insignificantly small; अण्वपि भयम् Ms.6. 4; अण्वपि याच्यमानः Pt.4.26 asked but an atom, a very small quantity, न कन्यायाः पिता विद्वान् गृह्णीयात् शुल्कमण्वपि Ms.3.51. -णुः 1 An atom, a very small particle (an exceedingly small measure); the mote in a sunbeam, the smallest perceptible quantity; अस्थूलमनण्वह्रस्वमदीर्घं ब्रह्म; अणुं पर्वतीकृ Bh.2.78. to magnify; cf. also 'To make mountains of molehills.' -2 An atom of time (व्यञ्जनमर्ध- मात्रा तदर्धम् अणु); it is said to be 54,675, th part of a Muhūrta (48 minutes). -3 N. of Śiva. -4 N. of very small grain such as सर्षप, चीनक &c., अनणुषु दशमांशो$णुष्वथैकादशांशः Līlā. -णु n. the fourth part of a Mātrā. -Comp. -अन्तः [अणुः अन्तो यस्य] a hair-splitting question; (अण्वन्तः सूक्ष्मान्तः सुक्ष्मवस्तुनिर्णयान्तः प्रश्नः Śaṅkara). किमर्थमचारीः पशूनिच्छन्नण्वन्तानिति Br. up. 4.1.1. -तैलम् N. of a medicinal oil. -भा [अण्वी सूक्ष्मा भा प्रभा यस्याः सा] lightning. -मात्र a. [अणुः परिमाणं यस्य अणु-मात्रच्] of the size of an atom. -रेणुः [कर्म.] atomic dust. -रेवती [अणुः सूक्ष्मा रेवतीतारेव] N. of a plant (दन्तीवृक्ष) Croton Polyandrum. -वादः the doctrine of atoms, atomic theory, the theory that all material substances are primarily atoms and secondarily aggregates, and that all atoms are eternal. -वीक्षणम् [ष. त.] 1. minute observation, observation of very minute parts. -2 [अणुः सूक्ष्मो वीक्ष्यते अनेन करणे ल्युट्] an instrument, like the microscope, enabling one to discern the smallest objects. -व्रतानि N. of the twelve smaller vows of laymen adhering to the Jain faith. -व्रीहिः [कर्म.] a fine sort of grain, rice &c.
atantra अतन्त्र a. [न. ब.] 1 Having no ropes or musical strings (as a musical instrument); नातन्त्री वाद्यते वीणा Rām. -2 Unrestrained; not necessarily binding; not being the object of the rule under consideration; ह्रस्वग्रहणमतन्त्रम्, क्लीबत्वं ˚न्त्रम् Sk. Something which is not intended; on which there is no emphasis or stress (वार्त्तिक -3 Without formulas or empirical actions. -4 Not (having the binding force of) a scientific statement; तत्राविज्ञातग्रहणमतन्त्रमिति कल्प्येत । ŚB. on MS.6.1.7. -त्वम् meaninglessness, superfluity, superfluous nature. किं तु इतरस्मिन् पक्षे बाध्यतेतरां श्रुतिः । ऐन्द्रशब्दस्यातन्त्रत्वात् । ŚB. on MS.6.4.29. अतन्द्र atandra न्द्रित ndrita न् n ल l अतन्द्र न्द्रित न् ल a. Alert, unwearied, careful, vigilant; अतन्द्रिता सा स्वयमेव वृक्षकान् Ku.5.14, R.17.39, H. Pr.33.
adhijya अधिज्य a. [अध्यारूढा ज्या यत्र, अधिगतं ज्यां वा] Having the bow-string stretched, well strung (as a bow). -Comp. -धन्वन्, -कार्मुक a. having the bow strung; अधिज्यधन्वा विचचार दावम् R.2.8. त्वयि चाधिज्यकार्मुके Ś.1.6.
adhijyatā अधिज्यता 1 The state of being strung; ˚तां नी to string; लीलयैव धनुषी अधिज्यताम् R.11.14.
adhiruh अधिरुह् 1 P. 1 To ascend, mount (a throne, hill &c.); go up to, find access to, sit in or on (acc.); पादाहतं यदुत्थाय मूर्धानमधिरोहति Śi.2.46; पुराधिरूढः शयनं महाधनं Ki.1.38. lying on; तुरगाधिरूढं R.7.37 riding a horse; विमानरत्नाधिरूढः 12.14; बन्धुजनाधिरूढैर्गजानां वृन्दैः Ku.7.52 mounted or seated on; योगाधिरूढाः R.13.52; engaged or lost in contemplation; so Pt.1; सद्यः परस्पर- तुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68 bear or acquire; प्रतिज्ञाम्˚ enter on; कीर्तिर्द्यामधिरोहति Śi.2.52; सर्वमनोरथानामग्रमिवाधिरूढा K.158 mounted on the summit or pinnacle; त्वां धूरियं योग्यतयाधिरूढा Ki.3.5 this responsibility lies on your shoulders. -2 To string; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13. 16. -3 (Intran.) To rise or grow over or above. -Caus. [रोह-(प) यति] 1 To raise, place, seat, cause to mount or ascend; ताः स्वमङ्कमधिरोप्य R.19.44 having placed or seated; जनः समेनैव पथाधिरोहति Śi.12.46. -2 To restore, give back; पुराणशोभामधिरोपितायां (वसतौ) R. 16.42 restored to its former grandeur. -3 To string (as a bow); कार्मुकं च बलिनाधिरोपितम् R.11.81. -4 To give, confer &c.; उदारक इति प्रीतलोकाधिरोपिता- परश्लाध्यनामनि Dk.5.
adhyātma अध्यात्म a. [आत्मन. संबद्धं, आत्मनि अधिकृतं वा] Belonging to self or person; concerning an individual. -त्मम् ind. [आत्मानमधिकृत्य] Concerning self. -त्मम् The supreme spirit (manifested as the individual self) or the relation between the supreme and the individual soul; अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमं स्वभावो$ध्यात्ममुच्यते Bg.8.3 (स्वस्यैव ब्रह्मण एवांशतया जीवस्वरूपेण भावो भवनं स एव आत्मानं देहमधिकृत्य भोक्तृ- त्वेन वर्तमानो$ध्यात्मशब्देनोच्यते Śrīdhara) 'Brahman is the supreme, the indestructible; its manifestation (as an individual self) is अध्यात्म' -Telang's Bhagavadgītā; -त्मन् 1 Egotism; कर्माण्यध्यात्मना रुद्रे यदहं ममता क्रिया Bhāg. 7.12.29. -2 Wind; स्पर्शमध्यात्मनि त्वचम् Bhāg.7.12.27. ˚चेतसा Bg.3.3. -Comp. -ज्ञानम्-विद्या knowledge of the supreme spirit or आत्मन्, theosophical or metaphysical knowledge (the doctrines taught by the Upaniṣads &c.); ˚विद्या विद्यानां वादः प्रवदतामहम् Bg.1.32 (अध्यात्मविद्या न्यायवैशेषिकमते देहभिन्नत्वेन, सांख्यादिमते प्रकृतिभिन्नत्वेन आत्मनः स्वरूपादिप्रतिपादिका, वेदान्तिमते तु ब्रह्माभिन्नत्वेन इति भेदः; सर्वेषां मते$पि आत्मतत्त्वज्ञानरूपत्वात्तस्या अध्यात्मविद्यात्वम्.). त्रयी विग्रह- वत्येव सममध्यात्मविद्यया M.1.14; -वृश्-विद् n. [अध्यात्मं पश्यति वेत्ति वा] one proficient in this knowledge; न ह्यन- ध्यात्मवित्कश्चित् क्रियाफलमुपाश्रुते Ms.6.82. -योगः [आत्मानं क्षेत्रज्ञमधिकृत्य योगः] concentration of the mind on the Ātman drawing it off from all objects of sense. -रति a. [स. ब.] one who delights in the contemplation of the supreme spirit; अध्यात्मरतिरासीनो निरपेक्षो निरामिषः । आत्मनैव सहायेन सुखार्थी विचरेदिह ॥ Ms.6.49. -रामायणम् N. of a Rāmāyaṇa which treats of the relation between the supreme and the individual soul, while it narrates Rāma's story. It forms part of the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa.
anīśvara अनीश्वर a. 1 Having no superior, uncontrolled. -2 Unable; शयिता सविधेप्यनीश्वरा सफलीकर्तुमहो मनोरथान् Bv. 2.182. -3 Not relating to God; ध्यानेनानीश्वरान् गुणान् (दहेत्) Ms.6.72. -4 Not acknowledging God, atheistical. -रम् The godless one (with Sāṅkhyas), epithet of the world; जगदाहुरनीश्वरम्. -Comp. -वादः atheism, not acknowledging God as the Supreme Ruler. -वादिन् m. one who maintains the doctrine of no god or atheism, an atheist.
anuyāyin अनुयायिन् a. [P.III.2.78] 1 Following; attending, consequent. तत् त्रिकालहितं वाक्यं धर्म्यमर्थानुयायि च Rām. 5.51.21. वसिष्ठधेनोरनुयायिनं तमावर्तमानं वनिता वनान्तात् R.2.19. -2 Like, similar. -3 Following a principal person as a teacher (मुख्यस्य अनुगन्ता शिशुः) m. A follower (lit. & fig.); रामानुजानुयायिनः followers of the doctrines of R.; a dependent or attendant; न्यषेधि शेषो$प्यनुयायिवर्गः R.2.4.
anuṣṭhānam अनुष्ठानम् 1 Doing, performance, practice, execution, accomplishment &c.; obeying, acting in conformity to; उपरुध्यते तपो$नुष्ठानम् Ś.4. practice of religious austerities; को$पि वधोपायश्चिन्त्यो यस्यानुष्ठानेन Pt.1; नानुष्ठानैर्विहीनाः स्युः कुलजा विधवा इव Pt.2.95; धर्मे स्वयमनुष्ठानं कस्यचित्तु महात्मनः H.1.99; शास्त्रानुष्ठानं वा Kau. A.1.6. -2 Commencing, undertaking, engaging in; यदि समुद्रेण सह वैरानुष्ठानं कार्यम् Pt.1. -3 Commencement or course of conduct, procedure, course of action; कथं न्याय्यमनुष्ठानं मादृशः प्रति- षेधतु U.5.21. -4 Practice of religious rites or ceremonies, any religious rite or ceremony; किंत्वनुष्ठाननित्यत्वं स्वातन्त्र्यमपकर्षति U.1.8; Mv.4.33. -नी Performance, doing &c. -Comp. -शरीरम् 'the body of action'; (according to the Sāṅkhya doctrine) the intermediate body between the सूक्ष्म or subtle and the स्थूल or gross body.
andha अन्ध a. 1 Blind (lit. and fig.); devoid of sight, unable to see (at particular times); दिवान्धाः प्राणिनः केचिद्रात्रावन्धास्तथापरे; D. Bhāg. made blind, blinded; स्रजमपि शिरस्यन्धः क्षिप्तां धुनोत्यहिशङ्कया Ś.7.24; मदान्धः blinded by intoxication; so दर्पान्धः, क्रोधान्धः; काम˚ लोभ˚ अज्ञान˚ अज्ञाना- न्धस्य दीपस्य ज्ञानाञ्जनशलाकया । चक्षुरुन्मीलितं येन तस्मै श्रीगुरवे नमः ॥; सहजान्धदृशः स्वदुर्नये Śi.16.29 blind to his own wicked acts. -2 Making blind, preventing the sight; utter, pitchy; complete, thick (darkness) प्रधर्षितायां वैदेह्यां बभूव सचराचरम् । जगत्सर्वममर्यादं तमसान्धेन संवृतम् ॥ Rām 3.52. 9. Ms.8.94; सीदन्नन्धे तमसि U.3.33; Māl.9.8.2; See ˚कूप, ˚तामसम् infra. -3 Afflicted. आर्यः पर्युषितं तु नाभ्य- वहरत्यन्धः क्षुधान्धो$प्यसौ Viś. Guna.11. -4 Soiled, tarnished; निःश्वासान्ध इवादर्शश्चन्द्रमा न प्रकाशते Rām.3.16.13. -न्धम् Darkness. अन्धः स्यादन्धवेलायां बाधिर्यमपि चाश्रयेत् Mb. 1.14.12. -2 Spiritual ignorance; अज्ञान or अविद्या q.v. -3 Water; also, turbid water. -धः 1 A kind of mendicant (परिव्राजक) who has completely controlled his organs; तिष्ठतो व्रजतो वापि यस्य चक्षुर्न दूरगम् । चतुष्पदां भुवं मुक्त्वा परिव्राडन्ध उच्यते ॥ -2 An epithet of the zodiacal signs at particular periods; (नष्टद्रव्यलाभालाभोपयोगयुक्तो राशिभेदः); मेषो वृषा मृगेन्द्रश्च रात्रावन्धाः प्रकीर्तिताः । नृयुक्कर्कटकन्याश्च दिवान्धाः परिकीर्तिताः ॥ -न्धाः (pl.) N. of a people; see अन्ध्र. -Comp. -अलजी a blind boil or abscess in the eyes (one that does not open or suppurate). (Ved. अलजि विसल्पस्य विद्रधस्य वातीकारस्य वालजेः Av.9.8.2.) -अहिः, -अहिकः a blind serpent, i. e. one that is not poisonous. (-हिः, -हिकः) N. of a fish (कुचिका). -कारः [अन्धं करोति] darkness (lit. and fig.); लीनं दिवाभीतमिवान्धकारम् Ku. 1.12; काम˚, मदन˚; अन्धकारतामुपयाति चक्षुः K.36 grows dim; बाष्पजलधारान्धकारितमुखी K.161,286. -कूपः [अन्धयतीत्यन्धः, अन्धः कूपः] 1 a well, the mouth of which is hidden; a well overgrown with plants &c. -2 [अन्धस्य दृष्टयभावस्य कूप इव] mental darkness, infatuation. -3 N. of a hell, to which those who tease and kill harmless creatures are condemned. -तमसम् (P.V.4. 79.) -तामसम्, -न्धातमसम् deep or complete darkness; लोकमन्धतमसात्क्रमोदितौ R.11.24; अन्धतमसमिव प्रविशामि U.7 the gloom of hell; प्रध्वंसितान्धतमसस्तत्रोदाहरणं रविः Śi.2.33. (-सा) night. -तामिस्रः, श्रः (-स्रम् also) 1 complete or deep darkness (especially of the soul); तामिस्रोष्टदशधा तथा भवत्यन्धतामिस्रः Sāṅ K.48 (भयविशेषविषयको$भिनिवेशः); तस्यामन्धतामिस्रमभ्यध्यायत् Mv.1. -2 spiritual ignorance (देहे नष्टे अहमेव नष्टः इति रूपमज्ञानम्); enveloped in utter darkness. (-स्रः, स्रम्) 1 N. of a division of Tartarus or infernal regions, the second of the 21 hells to which those who seduce the wives of others and enjoy them are condemned. According to Bhavabhūti persons committing suicide were condemned to this hell; cf. अन्धतामिस्रा ह्यसूर्या नाम ते लोकास्तेभ्यः प्रतिविधीयन्ते य आत्मघातिन इत्येवमृषयो मन्यन्ते U.4; तामिस्रमन्धतामिस्रं महारौरवरौरवौ । नरकं कालसूत्रं च महानरकमेव च ॥ Ms.4.88,197; Y.3.224; doctrine of annihilation after death. -2 Death मोहो$प्रकाशस्तामिस्रमन्धतामिस्रसंज्ञितम् । मरणं चान्धतामिस्रं तामिस्रं क्रोध उच्यते ॥ Mb.12.313.25. -धी a. mentally blind. -पूतना a demoness supposed to cause diseases in children; यो द्वेष्टि स्तनमतिसारकासहिक्काछर्दीभिर्ज्वर- सहिताभिरर्द्यमानः । दुर्वर्णः सततमधःशयो$म्लगन्धिस्तं ब्रूयुर्वरभिषजोन्ध- पूतनार्तम् Suśr. -मूषा a small covered crucible with a hole in the side. -मूषिका [अन्धं दृष्ट्यभावं मुष्णाति, मुष्-ण्वुल्] N. of a plant or grass देवताड (तत्सेवनेन चक्षुष्मत्ता भवतीति वैद्यकप्रसिद्धिः). -रात्री dark night (Ved). -वर्त्मन् m. [अन्धं सूर्यप्रकाशराहित्याद्वर्त्म यत्र] the seventh skandha or region of wind.
anvita अन्वित p. p. 1 Followed or attended by, in company with, joined by; अमात्यपुत्रैः सवयोभिरन्वितः R.3.28. -2 Possessed of, having, possessing, endowed with; full of, seized or struck with, overpowered by; with instr. or in compound; कुलान्वितं कुकुलजा निन्दन्ति Pt. 1.415; धैर्य˚; गुण˚, वित्त˚; विस्मय˚ struck with wonder; भय˚, क्रोध˚, लोभ˚ &c. &c. -3 Connected with, linked to, following (as a consequence). -4 Connected grammatically; वर्णाः पदं प्रयोगार्हानन्वितैकार्थबोधकाः S. D.9. -5 Understood, reached by the mind. -6 Suitable, befitting; तपसा चान्वितो वेषस्त्वं राममहिषी ध्रुवम् Rām.5.33. 13. -Comp. -अर्थ a. having a meaning which is easily understood from the context. ˚वादः-अभिधानवादः a doctrine of the Mīmāṁsakas that words in a sentence convey meanings not independently or generally, but as connected with one another in that particular sentence; see अभिहितान्वयवादिन् under अभिधा and K. P.2.
apṛthak अपृथक् ind. Not separately, together with, collectively. -Comp. -धर्मशील of the same religion. -धी a. maintaining the doctrine of pantheism; regarding God in all things.
abhihita अभिहित p. p. 1 (a) Said, declared, spoken, mentioned; मयाभिहितम्, तेनाभिहितम् &c. (b) Predicated, asserted; अनभिहिते कर्मणि द्वितीया P.II.3.1-2. (c) Spoken to, addressed, called, named. (d) Whispered, promoted to say; determined. -2 Fastened, placed upon. -तम् A name, expression, word; हरन्ति स्मरतश्चित्तं गोविन्दाभिहितानि च Bhāg.1.15.27. ˚त्वम् being said or spoken to, a declaration; authority, test. -Comp. -अन्वयवादः, -वादिन् m. a particular doctrine (or the follower of that doctrine) on the import of words, as opposed to अन्विताभिधानवाद, -वादिन्. The anvitābhidhānavādins (the Mīmāṁsakas, the followers of Prabhākara) hold that words only express a meaning (अभिधान) as parts of a sentence and grammatically connected with one another (अन्वित); that they, in fact, only imply an action or something connected with an action; e. g. घटम् in घटम् आनय means not merely 'jar', but 'jar' as connected with the action of 'bringing' expressed by the verb. The abhihitānvayavādins (the Bhāṭṭas or the followers of Kumārilabhaṭṭa who hold the doctrine) on the other hand hold that words by themselves can express their own independent meanings which are afterwards combined into a sentence expressing one connected idea; that, in other words, it is the logical connection between the words of a sentence, and not the sense of the words themselves, that suggests the import or purport of that sentence; they thus believe in a tātparyārtha as distinguished from vāchyārtha; see K. P.2 and Maheśvara's commentary ad hoc. ˚तिः f. Naming, speaking &c.
amara अमर a. [मृ-पचाद्यच् न. त.] Undying, immortal, imperishable; अजरामरवत् प्राज्ञो विद्यामर्थं च चिन्तयेत् H. Pr.3, Ms.2.148. अजरो$मरो$मृतः Bṛi. Up.4.4.25. -रः 1 A god, deity. -2 N. of a Marut. -3 N. of a plant Euphorbia Tirucalli (स्नुहीवृक्ष; Mar. शेर). Tiaridium Indicum (हस्तिशुण्ड ?; Mar. भुरुंडी). -4 Quick-silver. -5 Gold. -6 A species of pine. -7 The number 33. (that being the number of Gods.) -8 N. of Amarasiṁha, see below; of a mountain. -9 Mystical signification of the syllable उ. -1 A heap of bones. -रा 1 The residence of Indra (cf. अमरावती). -2 The naval string; umbilical cord. -3 The womb. -4 A house-post (स्थूणा). -5 N. of several plants; इन्द्रवारुणी, वटी, महानीली, घृतकुमारी, स्नुही, गुडूची, दूर्वा. -री The same as अमरा. -Comp. -अङ्गना, -स्त्री a celestial nymph, heavenly damsel; मुषाण रत्नानि हरामराङ्गनाः Śi.1. 51. -अद्रिः 'mountain of the gods'; हृतामराद्रिस्थानेन ज्ञापितो भौमचेष्टितम् Bhāg.1.59.2. N. of the mountain Sumeru. -अधिपः, -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः, -पतिः, -भर्ता, -राजः &c. 'The lord of the gods', epithets of Indra; प्रेमदत्तवदना- निलः पिवन्नत्यजीवदमरालकेश्वरौ R.19.15. शान्तं पापं न वः किंचित् कुतश्चिदमराधिप Rām.2.74.22. sometimes of Śiva and Viṣṇu also, -आचार्यः, -गुरुः, -इज्यः, 'preceptor of the gods', epithets of Bṛihaspati. -आपगा, -तटिनी, -सरित् f. the heavenly river, an epithet of the Ganges; ˚तटिनीरोधसि वसन् Bh.3.123. -आलयः the abode of the gods, heaven, तत्रामरालयमरालमरालकेशि N. -उत्तम a. the best of the gods. -उपम a. God-like. -कण्टकम् N. of the part of the Vindhya range which is near the source of the river Narmadā. -कोटः 'the fortress of the immortals', N. of the capital of a (modern) Rajaput state. -कोशः, -षः N. of the most popular Sanskṛit lexicon called after the author अमरसिंह. ˚कौमुदी Title of a commentary on अमरकोश. -गुरुः 1 Bṛihaspati. -2 The planet Jupiter. -चन्द्रः Name of the author of Bālabhārata. -(रं)जयः Conquering the gods. Bhaviṣya P. -जः N. of a tree, a kind of खदिर. -तरुः, -दारु 1 a celestial tree, a tree in the paradise of Indra; अमरतरुकुसुमसौरभसेवनसंपूर्णसकलकामस्य Bv.1.28. -2 देवदारु -3 the wish-yielding tree. -दत्तः Name of a lexicographer, of a prince. Ks. -द्विजः a Brāhmaṇa who lives by attending a temple or idol; or one who superintends a temple. -पुरम् 1 the residence of the gods, celestial paradise. -2 N. of various other towns. -पुष्पः, -ष्पकः 1 N. of several plants (केतक, चूत). -2 N. of a kind of grass. -3 the wish-yielding tree (कल्पवृक्ष). -पुष्पिका N. of a plant (अधःपुष्पीवृक्ष); a kind of anise. -प्रख्य, -प्रभ a. like an immortal. -प्रभुः one of the 1 names of Viṣṇu. -माला N. of a lexicon. (said to be composed by the same author as that of Amarakośa.) -रत्नम a crystal. -राजः N. of Indra. -लोकः the world of the gods, heaven; ˚ता heavenly bliss; तेषु सम्यग्वर्तमानो गच्छत्यमरलोकताम् Ms.2.5. -वल्लरी N. of a plant (आकाशवल्ली). -सिंहः N. of the author of Amarakośa; he was a Jaina and is said to have been one of the 9 gems that adorned the court of king Vikramāditya. The dates of many of these 'gems' are still doubtful. -स्त्री An Apsaras or a nymph of heaven.
ardha अर्ध (Written also as अर्द्ध) a. [ऋध्-णिच्-अच्; according to Nir. from धृ, or ऋध्] Half, forming a half (divided into 2 parts); अर्ध-अर्ध the one half-the other half. -र्धः [ऋध्-घञ्] 1 A place, region, country; house, habitation (Ved.). -2 Increase (वृद्धि). -3 Wind. -4 A part, portion, side. -र्धम्, -र्धः 1 A half, half portion; पचाति नेमो न हि पक्षदर्धः Rv.1.27.18. सर्वनाशे समुत्पन्ने अर्धं त्यजति पण्डितः, गतमर्धं दिवसस्य V.2; पूर्वार्धः first half; so उत्तर˚ latter half; दक्षिण˚ southern half (half on the right side); so अवर˚, जघन˚, पर˚, ग्राम˚ &c.; यदर्धे विच्छिन्नम् Ś.1.9 divided in half; ऋज्वायतार्धम् M.27; R.3.59; 12.99; रात्रौ तदर्धं गतम् Bh.3.17; one part of two, apart, partly (Ved.); -2 Nearness, proximity; see अर्धदेव. (अर्ध may be compounded with almost every noun and adjective; as first member of compound with nouns it means 'a half of' and forms an एकदेशिसमास or तत्पुरुष; ˚कायः = अर्धं कायस्य; ˚पिप्पली, ˚मार्गः; ˚पुरुषः &c.; with adjectives, it has an adverbial force; ˚श्याम half dark; ˚भुक्त half eaten; so ˚पिष्ट, ˚पूर्ण &c.; with numeral adjectives it may mean either 'a half of' or 'with an additional half'; ˚शतम् half of 1 i. e. 5; or अर्धेन सहितं शतम् i. e. 15; with ordinal numerals 'with a half or that number'; ˚तृतीयम् containing two and the third only half; i. e. two and a half; so ˚चतुर्थ three and a half. cf. अर्धं खण्डे समांशके Nm. -Comp. -अक्षि n. side-look, wink. नगरस्त्रीशङ्कितार्धाक्षिदृष्टम् Mk.8.42. -अङ्गम् half the body. -अन्तरम् half the distance; ˚एकपदता a fault in composition; see S. D. 575. -अंशः a half, the half. -अंशिन् a. sharing a half. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 half of a half, quarter; चरर्धार्धभागाभ्यां तामयोजयतामुभे R.1.56. -3 half and half. -अवभेदकः 1 pain in half the head, hemicrania (Mar. अर्धशिशी). (-कम्) dividing in equal parts. -अवशेष a. having only a half left. -अकारः 1 half the letter अ. -2 N. of अवग्रह q. v. -असिः A sword with one edge, a small sword; अर्धासिभिस्तथा खङ्गैः Mb.7.137.15. -आसनम् 1 half a seat; अर्धासनं गोत्रभिदो$धितष्ठौ R.6.73; मम हि दिवौकसां समक्षमर्धासनोपवेशितस्य Ś.7 (it being considered a mark of a very great respect to make room for a guest &c. on the same seat with oneself). -2 greeting kindly or with great respect. -3 exemption from censure. -इन्दुः 1 the half or crescent moon. -2 semicircular impresion of a finger-nail, crescent-shaped nail-print; कुचयोर्नखाङ्कैरर्धेन्दुलीलैः N.6.25. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head (= अर्धचन्द्र below.); ˚मौलि N. of Śiva तत्र व्यक्तं दृषदि चरणन्यासमर्धेन्दुमौलेः Me.57. -इन्द्र a. that of which a half belongs to Indra. -उक्त a. half said or uttered; रामभद्र इति अर्धोक्ते महाराज U.1. -उक्तिः f. a broken speech; an interrupted speech. -उदकम् water reaching half the body. -उदयः 1 the rising of the half moon. -2 partial rise. -3 a kind of parvan; ˚आसनम् a sort of posture in meditatiou. -उदित a. 1 half risen. -2 half uttered. -ऊरुक a. [अर्धमूरोः अर्धोरु तत्र काशते] reaching to the middle of the thighs. (-कम्) 1 a short petti-coat (Mar. परकर); see चण्डातक. -2 mantle, veil. -कर्णः Radius, half the diameter. -कृत a. half done, incomplete. -केतुः N. of Rudra. -कोशः a moiety of one's treasure. -कौडविक a. measuring half a kuḍava. -खारम्, -री a kind of measure, half a Khāri; P.V.4.11. -गङ्गा N. of the river Kāverī; (स्नानादौ गङ्गास्नानार्धफलदायिनी); so ˚जाह्नवी -गर्भ a. Ved. 1 in the middle of the womb; सप्तार्धगर्भा भुवनस्य रेतो Rv. 1.164.36. -2 N. of the rays of the Sun. -गुच्छः a necklace of 24 strings. -गुञ्जा half a gunja. -गोलः a hemisphere. -चक्रवर्तिन्, -चक्रिन् m. N. of the nine black Vasudevas and the nine enemies of Viṣṇu. -चन्द्र a. crescent-shaped. (-न्द्रः) 1 the half moon, crescent moon; सार्धचन्द्रं बिभर्ति यः Ku.6.75. -2 the semicircular marks on a peacock's tail. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head; अर्धचन्द्रमुखैर्बाणैश्चिच्छेद कदलीसुखम् R.12.96. cf. अर्धचन्द्रस्तदाकारे बाणे बर्हे शिखण्डिनः Nm. -4 crescent-shaped nail-print. -5 the hand bent into a semicircle, as for the purpose of seizing or clutching anything; ˚न्द्र दा to seize by the neck and turn out; दीयतामेतस्यार्धचन्द्रः Pt.1. (-द्रा) N. of a plant (कर्णस्फोट). -चन्द्राकार, -चन्द्राकृति a. half-moonshaped. -चन्द्रकम् A semi-circular pearl. Kau. (-रः, -ति f.) meniscus. -चन्द्रिका N. of a climbing plant. (Mar. तिळवण). -चित्र a. Half-transparent; A kind of marble; अर्धाङ्गदृश्यमानं च तदर्धचित्रमिति स्मृतम् Māna.51.1. -चोलकः a short bodice. -जरतीयन्यायः a kind of न्याय, न चेदानीमर्धजरतीयं लभ्यं वृद्धिर्मे भविष्यति स्वरो नेति MBh.4.1. 78. See under न्याय. -जीविका, -ज्या The sine of an arc. -तनुः f. half the body. -तिक्तः N. of a plant (नेपालनिम्ब Mar. चिराईत). -तूरः a kind of musical instrument. -दिनम्, दिवसः 1 half a day, mid-day. -2 a day of 12 hours. -देवः 1 demi-god. इन्द्रं न वृत्रतुरमर्धदेवम् Rv. 4.42.8-9. -2 Ved. being near the gods; (देवानां समीपे बर्तमानः Sāy.). -द्रौणिक a. measuring a half droṇa. -धारः a knife or lancet with a single edge (one of the 2 surgical instruments mentioned by Suśruta). -नाराचः a crescent-shaped iron-pointed arrow; नाराचानर्धनाराचाञ्शस्त्राणि विविधानि च Mbh.2.51.35; गृध- लक्षवेधी अर्धनाराचः V.5. -नारायणः a form of Viṣṇu. -नारीशः, -नारीश्वरः, -नारी, -नटेश्वरः a form of Śiva, (half male and half female) cf.... पतिरपि जगता- मर्धनारीश्वरो$भूत् Sūkti.5.99. -नावम् half a boat. -निशा midnight. -पञ्चम a. Four and half; युक्तश्छन्दांस्य- धीयीत मासान्विप्रो$र्धपञ्चमान् Ms.4.95. -पञ्चशत् f. twenty five Ms.8.268. -पणः a measure containing half paṇa Ms.8.44. -पथम् half way. (-पथे) midway भृतिमर्ध- पथे सर्वान्प्रदाप्य Y.2.198. -पादः half a pāda or foot; अर्धपादं किष्कुविष्कम्भमुद्धृत्य Dk.19. -पादा The plant भूम्यामलकी (Mar. भूईआवळी). -पादिक a. having half a foot; सद्यः कार्यो$र्धपादिकः Ms.8.325. -पाञ्चालिक a. born or produced in the ardhapanchāla. -पारावतः a kind of pigeon (अर्धेनाङ्गेन पारावत इव). The francolin partridge. -पुलायितः a half gallop, canter; चित्रं चकार पदमर्धपुलायितेन Śi.5.1. -प्रहर half a watch, one hour and a half. -प्राणम् A kind of joinery resembling the shape of a bisected heart; मूलाग्रे कीलकं युक्तमर्धप्राणमिति स्मृतम् । Māna.17.99. -भागः a half, half a share or part; तदर्धभागेन लभस्व काङ्क्षितम् Ku.5.5; R.7.45. -भागिक a. sharing a half; मृते पितरि कुर्युस्तं भ्रातरस्त्वर्धभागिकम्म् Y.2.134. -भाज् a. sharing entitled to a half; अर्धभाग्रक्षणाद्राजा Ms.8.39. -2 a companion, sharer; देवानामर्धभागासि Av.6.86.3. -भास्करः mid-day. -भेदः Hemiplegia (अर्धाङ्गवायुः); Suś. -भोटिका a kind of cake. -भ्रमः -मकः a kind of artificial composition; for instances see Ki.15.27; Śi.19.72. The Sar. K. describes it as a figure of speech thus :-- आहुरर्धभ्रमं नाम श्लोकार्धभ्रमणं यदि. -मागधी N. of a dialect in which many of Jaina Canonical books are written. It is so named perhaps because many of the characteristics of Māgadhi are found in it. -माणवकः, -माणवः a necklace of 12 strings (माणवक consisting of 24.) -मात्रा 1 half a (short) syllable. अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Pari Sik. -2 a term for a consonant (व्यञ्जनं चार्धमात्रकम्). -मार्गे ind. mid-way; बन्दीकृता विबुधशत्रुभिरर्धमार्गे V.1.3. -मासः half a month, a fortnight. -मासतम = ˚मासिक see P.V.2.57. -मासिक a. 1 happening every fortnight. -2 lasting for a fortnight; ये$र्धमासाश्च च मासाश्च Mahānārā. 25. Y.2.177. -मुष्टिः f. a half-clenched hand. -यामः half a watch. -रथः [अर्धः असंपूर्णः रथः रथी] a warrior who fights on a car with another (who is not so skilled as a रथी); रणे रणे$भिमानी च विमुखश्चापि दृश्यते । घृणी कर्णः प्रमादी च तेन मे$र्धरथो मतः Mb. -रात्रः [अर्ध रात्रेः] 1 midnight; अथार्धरात्रे स्तिमितप्रदीपे R.16.4; स्थिते$र्धरात्रे Dk.19. -2 a night containing half a whole day of 24 hours. -रात्रार्धदिवसः equinox. -लभ्मीहरिः Hari having a form half like Lakṣmī. -विसर्गः, -विसर्ज- नीयः the Visarga sound before क्, ख्, प्, and फ्, so called because its sign () is the half of a Visarga (). -वीक्षणम् a side-look, glance, leer. -वृद्ध a. middle-aged. -वृद्धिः The half of the interest or rent; Ms.8.15. -वैनाशिकः N. of the followers of Kaṇāda (arguing half perishableness). -वैशसम् half or incomplete murder; विधिना कृतमर्धवैशसं ननु मां कामवधे विमुञ्चता Ku.4.31. -व्यासः the radius of a circle. -शतम् 1 fifty. -2 One hundred and fifty; Ms.8.267. -शनम् [अर्धमशनस्य शकन्ध्वा˚] half a meal. -शफरः a kind of fish. -शब्द a. having a low voice. -शेष a. having only a half left. -श्याम a. half clouded. -श्लोकः half a śloka or verse. -सम a. equal to a half. (-मम्) N. of a class of metres in which the 1st and 3rd and 2nd and 4th lines have the same syllables and Gaṇas; such as पुष्पिताग्रा. -सस्य a. half the crops, half grown. -सहः An owl. -सीरिन् m. 1 a cultivator, ploughman who takes half the crop for his labour; शूद्रेषु दासगोपालकुलमित्रार्धसीरिणः Y.1.166. -2 = अर्धिक q. v. -हर, -हारिन् a. occupying the half (of the body); Ku.1.5; एको रागिषु राजते प्रियतमादेहार्ध- हारी हरः Bh.3.121. -हारः a necklace of 64 strings. A half chain, a kind of ornament; नक्षत्रमालामपि चार्धहारं सुवर्णसूत्रं परितः स्तनाभ्याम् Māna.5.297-98. cf. also Kau. A.2.11. -ह्रस्वः half a (short) syllable.
atata अतत p. p. 1 Spread, extended. -2 Stretched (as a bow-string); मौर्वी धनुषि चातता R.1.19; ˚ज्य stretched out on the bow; आततज्यमकरोत् स संसदा 11.45,16.77.
ātānaḥ आतानः [तन्-घञ्] 1 An extended cord or string; Vāj.6.12. -2 Long extension.
ātman आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24. -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below. -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2. -7 The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1. -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c. -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6. -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen] -Comp. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-नः) 1 a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature). -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33. -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88. -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1. -अपहारकः one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255. -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (-ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121. -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2. -आराम a. 1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24. -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām. -आश्रय a. 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36. (-यः) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known. -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3 -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself. (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12. -2 Cupid. -3 sorrow, pain. (-वा) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -उपजीविन् m. 1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138. -2 a day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362). -4 an actor, public performer. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit. -उपम a. like oneself. (-मः) a son. -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32. -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R. -काम a. 1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1. -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1. -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair. -कृत a. 1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23. -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13. -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (-तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6. -गतिः f. 1 course of the soul's existence. -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act. -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली). -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair. -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy. -घातः 1 suicide. -2 heresy. -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥ -2 a heretic. -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself). -2 a crow. -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28. -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34. -3 a descendant; मृगयां विरन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1. -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c. -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding. -जयः 1 one's own victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation. -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1. -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1. -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15. -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines. -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17. -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (-ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction. -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice. -2 suicide. -त्यागिन् m. a. 1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6. -2 a heretic, an unbeliever. -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation. -2 a body-guard; Rām.5. -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68. -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself. -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन. -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2. -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3. -देवता a tutelary deity. -द्रोहिन् a. 1 self-tormenting, fretful. -2 suicide. -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself. -निन्दा self-reproach. -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity). -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge. -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2. -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters). -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13. -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. -2 title of an उपनिषद्. -प्रभ a. self-illuminated. -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas. -प्रशंसा self-praise. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self. -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya. -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. -3 the body. -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (-भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81. -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā; -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35. -4 Cupid, god of love. -5 a son. (-भूः f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. -भूत a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य). (-तः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (-ता) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature. -2 Brahman. -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit. -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83. -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः -2 soul, Supreme Spirit. -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4. -मूलि n. the universe. -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा). -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91. -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7. -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष). -2 self protection. -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239. -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body. -2 the beard. -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver. -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide. -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15. -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16. (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over. -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64. -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59. -विद् m. 1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुतह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116. -3 N. of Śiva. -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43. -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation. -वीर a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-रः) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके. -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography. -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-त्तिः f.) 1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33. -3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी). -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11. -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27. -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25. -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24. -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8. -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient. -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life. -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13. -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्). (-वा) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. -संपन्न a. 1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49. -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18. -संभावना self-conceit; K. -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47. -सुख a. self-delighted. (-खम्) the highest bliss. -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8. -हन् a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. -हननम्, -हत्या suicide. -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (-तम्) one's own good or welfare.
ānandaḥ आनन्दः [आनन्द्-घञ्] 1 Happiness, joy, delight, pleasure; आनन्दं ब्रह्मणो विद्वान्न बिभेति कदाचन T. Up. supreme bliss of felicity; आनन्द एवास्य विज्ञानमात्मानन्दात्मनो हैवं सर्वे देवाः Śat. Br. -2 God, Supreme Spirit (ब्रह्मन्) (said to be n. also in this sense; cf. विज्ञानमानन्दं ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.3.9.28.). -3 N. of the forty-eighth year of the cycle of Jupiter. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 N. of Viṣṇu. -6 N. of Balarāma (according to Jaina doctrines). -7 N. of a cousin and follower and favourite disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni, compiler of the Sūtras. -8 A variety of the Daṇḍaka metre. -दा, -दी N. of two plants (Mar. भाङ्ग, रानमोगरी). -दम् 1 Wine, liquor. -2 A kind of house. -Comp. -अर्णवः the delight of Brahman. -काननम्, -वनम् N. of Kāśi. -गिरिः, -ज्ञानः, -ज्ञानगिरिः N of a celebrated annotator on Śaṅkarāchārya. -ज a. caused by joy (as tears). -तीर्थः N. of Madhva, the founder of a Vaiśṇava school of philosophy. -द, -कर a. exhilarating, delighting. -करः The moon; दधार सर्वात्मकमात्मभूतं काष्ठा यथानन्दकरं मनस्तः Bhāg. 1.2.18. -दत्तः [आनन्दो दत्तो येन] the membrum virile. -पटः [आनन्दजनको पटः] a bridal garment. -पूर्ण a. delighted supremely, full of bliss. (-र्णः) the Supreme Spirit. -प्रभवः semen. -भैरव a. causing both joy and fear. (-वः) N. of Śiva. -लहरिः, -री f. 'wave of enjoyment', title of a small hymn by Śaṅkarāchārya addressed to Pārvatī.
ānaddha आनद्ध p. p. 1 Bound, tied, fastened; -2 Costive (as stomach). -द्धः 1 A drum in general. -2 Dressing, putting on clothes, ornaments &c., accoutring. -Comp. -बस्तिता retention of urine or constipation.
āmnāyaḥ आम्नायः [आ-म्ना-घञ्] 1 (a) Sacred tradition, sacred texts handed down by tradition or repetition. (b) Hence, the Veda, Vedas taken collectively (including Brāhman&tod;as, Upaniṣads and Āraṇyakas also); अधीती चतुर्ष्वाम्नायेषु Dk.12; आम्नायवचन सत्यमित्ययं लोकसंग्रहः । आम्ना- येभ्यः पुनर्वेदाः प्रसृताः सर्वतोमुखाः ॥ Mb.; Ki.11.39. -2 Study (by repetition); अनाम्नायमला वेदा ब्राह्मणस्याव्रतं मलम् Mb. 12.328.2. -3 A sacred text or precept in general; आम्नायादन्यत्र नूनश्छन्दसामवतारः U.4. -4 Traditional usage, family or national customs; U.6. -5 Received doctrine. -6 Advice or instruction (in past and present usage). -7 A Tantra. -8 A series of families. -Comp. -सारिन् a. 1 pious, observing the traditional usages. -2 containing the essence of the Veda.
āyas आयस् 4 P. 1 To exert oneself; पिण्डार्थमायस्यतः Mu.3.14. -2 To weary oneself, become exhausted or fatigued; नायस्यसि तपस्यन्ती Bk.6.69,14.14,15.54. Caus. 1 To trouble, afflict; आयासयति मां जलाभिलाषः K.35; Mu.7.8; V.2. -2 To weary, tire out, worry. -3 To injure, affect; lessen, diminish; ना$$यासयन्त संत्रस्ता Bk.8.61. -4 To string (as a bow); अनायासितकार्मुकः Pt.1.385.
āyus आयुस् n. [इ-असि-णिच्च Uṇ.2.117] 1 Life, duration of life; दीर्घमायुः R.9.62,12.48; तक्षकेणापि दष्टस्य आयुर्मर्माणि रक्षति H.2.16; आयुर्वर्षशतं नृणां परिमितम् Bh.3.17, शतायुर्वै पुरुषः Ait. Br.; प्राणो हि भूतानामायुः । तस्मात्सर्वायुषमुच्यते सर्वमेव त आयुर्यान्ति Tait. Up.2.3.1 -2 Vital power. -3 Food. -4 N. of a ceremony called आयुष्टोम performed to secure long life, together with the गो and ज्योतिस् part of the अभिप्लव ceremony. (In comp. the final स् of this word is changed to ष् before hard consonants, and to र् before soft ones). -Comp. -कर a. (-री f.) promoting long life; K.351. -काम a. wishing for long life or health. -कृत् a. giving or producing life. -द्रव्यम् 1 a medicament. -2 ghee. -योगः N. of a योग in astronomy. -वृद्धिः f. long life, longevity. -वेदः [आयुरस्मिन् विद्यते$नेन वा आयुर्विंदतीत्यायुर्वेदः Suśr.] the science of health or medicine, counted as a sacred science, and regarded as a supplement to the Atharvaveda; (it comprises 8 different departments; (1) शल्यम् surgery; (2) शालाक्यम् diagnosis of diseases belonging to the head and its organs; (3) कायचिकित्सा treatment of diseases of the whole body; (4) भूतविद्या treatment of diseases of the mind supposed to be caused by the influence of evil spirits; (5) कौमारभृत्यम् treatment of children; (6) अगदतन्त्रम् doctrine of antidotes; (7) रसायनतन्त्रम् doctrine of elixirs; and (8) वाजीकरणतन्त्रम् treatment of remedies to increase generative power); Śukra.4.277. -वेददृश्, -वेदमय, -वेदिक, -वेदिन् a. 1 belonging to medicine. -2 acquainted with medical science, medical. m. a physician. -शेषः 1 remainder of life; ˚शेषतया Pt.1; ˚जीवित Pt.4 being destined to live longer. -2 end or decline of life. -स्तोमः (आयुष्ठोमः) a sacrifice performed to obtain long life.
āruh आरुह् 1 P. 1 To ascend, mount, bestride, get upon (with acc., sometimes loc.); सिंहासनमारुरोह K.111; आरुरुह् रथादिषु Bk.14.8; आरूढकुलालचक्रमिव Mu.5.5; mounted on a potter's wheel; 7.12. -2 To ride upon, get ascendancy over, domineer over (fig.); वृषल भृत्यमिव मामारोढुमिच्छसि Mu.3; Pt.1.36. -3 To venture upon, undertake, enter upon, make; प्रतिज्ञामारोढुं पुनरपि चलत्येष चरणः Mu.3.3,27; so यौवनारूढ, योगारूढ. -4 To attain, gain, get to, reach; सौन्दर्यस्य पारमारूढा न वा Dk.88; Ki.2.13; तुलां यदारोहति दन्तवाससा Ku.5.34; आरुरोह कुमदाकरोपमाम् R.19,34. The senses of this root are modified according to the noun with which it is joined; आरूढरुषा Ku.7.67 excited to anger; तदागमारूढगुरुप्रहर्षः R. 5.61; मन्त्रिपदमारूढः Mu.6; तर्कारूढा 6.19 engaged in guessing; Ś.5.9; शीघ्रं बुद्धिमारोहति Ś. B. strikes the mind; यौवनपदवीमारूढः attained his majority; अवस्थान्तर- मारूढा M.3; संशयं पुनरारुह्य H.1.7 running a risk; संशयमारुरोह शैलः Ki.13.16. -Caus. (रोह-प-यति) 1 To cause to go up or ascend, raise up, elevate; अमात्यो$- स्मान्पुरातनीमवस्थामारोपयिष्यति Mu.2 will raise or elevate; शूलानारोपयेत् Y.2.273; आरोपिता मनोविषयमात्मनः Ku.6.17. -2 To cause to mount or sit (on oneself) (Ātm.); करेणुरारोहयते निषादिनम् Śi.12.5. -3 To cause to grow, plant (lit). -4 To establish, instal, seat (fig.); राज्ये चारोपिता वयम् Mu.7.18; इत्यारोपितपुत्रास्ते R.15.91. -5 To cause, produce, bring out; उष्माणम् K.15; प्रणयम् 134,142; आरोपितप्रीतिरभूत् 173,212; प्रतापमारोपयितुम् 11, 119 show or exhibit. -6 To place, fix, direct; अङ्कमा- रोप्य placing in the lap; R.3.26,14.27; Ku.1.37; चक्षुः˚ cast a look at; Pt.1.243; आशीर्वादमारोपयन्तः Ki.18.46 conferring or pronouncing; आभरणभारमङ्गेषु नारोपयन्ति K.23 put or wear; पत्रे आरोपितं कुरु Ś.6. commit to paper; आरोप्यते शिला शैले H.2.46. -7 To entrust to, appoint to, charge with; मन्त्रिणि राज्यभार- मारोप्य K.57; अमात्यपदे आरोपितः Pt.1. -8 To cause to go to or attain a particular state; करतलं कर्णपूरता- मारोपितम् K.6; आरोपय गरीयस्त्वम् 27 raise to greatness 315; Dk.118. -9 To ascribe, attribute, impute; आत्मन्या- रोपिताभिमानाः K.18,185; छाया हि भूमेः शशिनो मलत्वेनारो- पिता शुद्धिमतः प्रजाभिः R.14.4. -1 To string (as a bow); धनुरारोपयन् U.4; तं देशमारोपितपुष्पचापे Ku.3.35; Bk.14.8.
āropaṇam आरोपणम् 1 placing or fixing in or upon, putting; आर्द्राक्षतारोपणमन्वभूताम् R.7.28; Ku.7.88; (fig.) establishing, installing; अधिकारारोपणम् Mu.3. -2 Causing to mount or ascend, raising (to heaven). -3 Planting. -4 The stringing of a bow. -5 Trusting, delivering.
ārhata आर्हत a. (-ती f.) [अर्हत्-अण्] Belonging to the Jaina doctrines. -तः 1 A Jaina, a follower of Jaina doctirnes. -2 A Buddhist. -तम् The doctrines of Jainas.
ālānam आलानम् [आलीयते$त्र, आ-ली-ल्युट्] 1 The post to which an elephant is tied; tying post, also the rope that ties him; अरुंतुदमिवालानमनिर्वाणस्य दन्तिनः R.1.17,4. 69,81; आलाने गृह्यते हस्ती Mk.1.5; वन्या इव विनालानं क्रीडन्तु करिणो मम Śiva. B.19.19;2.52. -2 A fetter, tie. -3 A chain, rope, string. -4 Tying, binding.
indraḥ इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses. Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament.
ujjya उज्ज्य a. [उद्गता ज्या यस्य] Having the bow-string loosened. -ज्ज्यम् A bow with the string fastened to it.
utsūtra उत्सूत्र a. [उत्क्रान्तः सूत्रम्] 1 Unstrung, loose, detached (from the string); ˚मणिभिः Śi.8.53. -2 Irregular. -3 Deviating from the rule (सूत्र) of Pāṇini; यो ह्युत्सूत्रं कथयेन्नादो गृह्येत Mbh. on P.I.1.1. अनुत्सूत्रपदन्यासा सद्वृत्तिः सन्निबन्धना Śi.2.112.
udvṛt उद्वृत् 1 Ā. 1 To go upwards, ascend. -2 To fly asunder, burst out; उद्वर्तमानमूलबन्धनम् U.4 the strings of which are giving way or being snapped. -3 To tumble over, fall down. -4 To go out, depart. -5 To rise, swell, increase. -6 To be puffed up with pride, be haughty. -Caus. 1 To extirpate, eradicate, destroy; उद्वर्तितं रसान्तरेण लज्जालुत्वम् Mv.2. -2 To throw up, elevate. -3 To turn round, roll (as eyes). -4 To anoint, smear. -5 To beat to pieces, split, burst; अपां फेनेन नमुचेः शिर इन्द्रोदवर्तयः Rv.8.14.13.
upadeśatā उपदेशता 1 The state of being a precept or rule; तप- स्विनामप्युपदेशतां गतम् Ku.5.36. -2 Instruction, teaching. -3 Doctrine.
upadeśanam उपदेशनम् Advising, instructing; किं पुनरुपदेशनम् शास्त्रम् Mbh. on P.I.3.2. -ना Information, doctrine.
upadhāna उपधान a. Used (as a Mantra) in the putting up of the sacrificial bricks; P.IV.4.125. -नम् 1 Placing or resting upon. -2 A pillow, cushion; रामबाहुरुपधानमेष U.1. विपुलमुपधानं भुजलता Bh.3.79. -3 Peculiarity, individuality (विशेषम्); फलोपाधानाभावात् P.VI.3.39. Sk. -4 Affection, kindness. -5 A religious observance among especially the Jainas for preparing the ground for future monkhood. -6 Excellence or excellent quality; सोपधानां धियं धीराः स्थेयसीं खट्वयन्ति ये Śi.2.77. (where उ˚ also means a pillow). -7 Poison. -8 A small wooden pin of a stringed musical instrument; पाशोपधानां ज्यातन्त्रीं चापदण्डां महास्वनाम् Mb.4.35.16. -नी 1 A pillow, cushion. -2 A foot-stool.
upanāhaḥ उपनाहः 1 A bundle; देवानां भाग उपनाहः Av.9.4.5. -2 An unguent applied to a wound or sore, a plaster, poultice; शोफयोरुपनाहं कुर्यात् Suśr. -3 The tie of a lute, a peg to which the strings of a lyre are attached and by which they are tightened. -4 Inflammation of the ciliary glands, stye.
upaniṣad उपनिषद् f. [said to be from उपनि-सद् 'knowledge derived from sitting at the feet of the preceptor'; but, according to Indian authorities, it means 'to destroy ignorance by revealing the knowledge of the Supreme Spirit and cutting off the bonds of worldly existence'; यथा य इमां ब्रह्मविद्यामुपयन्त्यात्मभावेन श्रद्धाभक्तिपुरःसराः सन्तस्तेषां गर्भजन्मजरारोगाद्यनर्थपूगं निशातयति परं वा ब्रह्म गमयति अविद्यादि- संसारकारणं चात्यन्तमवसादयति विनाशयतीत्युपनिषद् । उपनिपूर्वस्य सदेरेवमर्थस्मरणात्; Śaṅkara] 1 N. of certain mystical writings attached to the Brāhmaṇas, the chief aim of which is to ascertain the secret meaning of the Vedas; Bv.2.4; Māl 1.7; (other etymologies also are given to explain the name:- (1) उपनीय तमात्मानं ब्रह्मापास्तद्वयं यतः । निहन्त्यविद्यां तज्जं च तस्मादुपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ or (2) निहत्यानर्थमूलं स्वाविद्यां प्रत्यक्तया परम् । नयत्यपास्तसंभेदमतो वोपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ or (3) प्रवृत्तिहेतून्निःशेषास्तन्मूलोच्छेदकत्वतः । यतोवसादयेद्विद्या तस्मा- दुपनिषद्भवेत् ॥ In the मुक्तकोपनिषद् 18 Upaniṣads are mentioned, but some more have been added to this number. They are said to have been the source of the six Darśanas or systems of philosophy, particularly of the Vedānta Philosophy. The more important Upaniṣads are:- ईशकेनकठप्रश्नमुण्डमाण्डूक्यतित्तिरः । ऐतरेयं च छान्दोग्यं बृहदारण्यकं तथा ॥. -2 (a) An esoteric or secret doctrine, mystical meaning, words of mystery; साङ्गोपाङ्गोपनिषदः सरहस्यः प्रदीयताम् Rām.1.55.16. (b) Mystical knowledge or instruction; मन्त्रपारायण˚ U.6; दिव्यामस्त्रोपनिषदमृषेर्यः कृशाश्वस्य शिष्यात् Mv.2.2. -3 True knowledge regarding the Supreme Spirit. -4 Sacred or religious lore. -5 Secrecy, seclusion. -6 A neighbouring mansion. -7 A lonely place. -8 A religious observance. -9 Me- ditation, यदेव विद्यया करोति श्रद्धयोपनिषदा तदेव वीर्यवत्तरं भवति Ch. Up.1.1.1. -1 One that takes to (like a boat); तस्योपनिषत्सत्यस्य सत्यमिति Bṛi. Up.2.1.2.
upamanyu उपमन्यु a. Ved. 1 Understanding, intelligent. -2 Zealous, striving after. -3 (m.) N. of the pupil of Āyoda-dhaumya, who aided Śiva in the propagation of his doctrine and received the ocean of milk from him.
upamā उपमा 1 Resemblance, similarity, equality; स्फुटोपमं भूतिसितेन शम्भुना Śi.1.4,17.69; Ki.6.23; इहोपमा सताम् Pt.2.8 the same is the case with the good. -2 (In Rhet.) Comparison of two objects different from each other, simile, comparison; साधर्म्यमुपमा भेदे K. P.1; or सादृश्यं सुन्दरं वाक्यार्थोपस्कारकमुपमालंकृतिः R. G.; or उपमा यत्र सादृश्यलक्ष्मीरुल्लसतिः द्वयोः । हंसीव कृष्ण ते कीर्तिः स्वर्गङ्गायवगाहते ॥ Chandr.5.3; Kāv.2.14; उपमा कालिदासस्य Subhāṣ. (Daṇdin mentions 32 varieties of उपमा; see Kāv.2.15-5; as to words expressive of उपमा see 2.57-65); see K. P.1 ad loc also. -3 The standard of comparison (उपमान); यथा दीपो निवातस्थो नेङ्गते सोपमा स्मृता Bg.6.19; (आत्मानमुपमां कृत्वा स्वेषु दारेषु रम्यताम् Rām.5.21.8; see ˚द्रव्य below; mostly at the end of comp., 'like', 'resembling'; बुबुधे न वुधोपमः R.1.47; so स्वर्गोपम, अमरोपम, अनुपम &c. -4 A likeness (as a picture, portrait &c. -5 Heresy, irreligious doctrine; विधर्भः परधर्मश्च आभास उपमा छलः । अधर्मशाखाः पञ्चेमा धर्मज्ञो$धर्मवत्त्यजेत् ॥ Bhāg.7.15.12. -Comp. -द्रव्यम् any object used for a comparison; सर्वोपमाद्रव्यसमुच्चयेन Ku.1.49. -रूपकम् a figure in Rhetoric being a mixture of simile and metaphor. -व्यतिरेकः A particular figure combining comparison and contrast.
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
aupadharmyam औपधर्म्यम् [उपधर्म-ष्यञ्] 1 A false doctrine, heresy वेशं विधाय बहुभाष्यत औपधर्म्यम् Bhāg.2.7.37. -2 Inferior virtue, or a degraded principle of virtue.
aupaniṣada औपनिषद a. (-दी f.) [उपनिषद्-अण्] 1 Contained or taught in an Upaniṣad; scriptural, theological. तं त्वौपनिषदं पुरुषं पृच्छामि Bṛi. Up.3.9.26. -2 Based or founded on, derived from, the Upaniṣads; धनुर्गृही- त्वौपनिषदं महास्त्रम् Muṇḍ. Up.2.2.3. औपनिषदं दर्शनम् (another name for Vedānta Phil.). -दः 1 The supreme soul, Brahman. -2 A follower of the doctrines of the Upaniṣads.
kaṅkaṇaḥ कङ्कणः णम् 1 A bracelet; दानेन पाणिर्न तु कङ्कणेन विभाति Bh.2.71; इदं सुवर्णकङ्कणं गृह्यताम् H.1. -2 The marriage-string (fastened round the wrist); अयमागृहीत- कमनीयकङ्कणः. (-करः) U.1.18; Māl.9.9; देव्यः कङ्कण- मोक्षणाय मिलिता राजन् वरः प्रेष्यताम् Mv.2.5. -3 An ornament in general. -4 A crest. -णः Water-spray; नितम्बे हाराली नयनयुगले कङ्कणभरम् Udb. -णी, कङ्कणीका 1 A small bell or tinkling ornament. -2 An ornament furnished with bells. -Comp. -धरः, -रा A bridegroom; bride. -भूषण a. adorned with tinkling ornaments. -मणी f. the jewel in a bracelet.
kacelam कचेलम् A string or cover containing and keeping together the leaves of a manuscript.
kaṭakaḥ कटकः कम् 1 A bracelet of gold; कटकाकृतिमुपमृद्य स्वस्तिकः क्रियन्ते Mbh. on I.1.1. आबद्धहेमकटकां रहसि स्मरामि Ch. P.15; Śi.16.77; कटकान्यूर्मिकाश्चापि चित्ररत्न- चयाङ्किताः Śiva. B.17.44. -2 A zone or girdle. -3 A string. -4 The link of a chain. -5 A mat. -6 seasalt. -7 The side or ridge of a mountain; प्रफुल्लवृक्षैः कटकैरिव स्वैः Ku.7.52; R.16.31. -8 Table-land; स्फटिककटकभूमिर्नाटयत्येष शैलः Śi.4.65. -9 An army, a camp; आकुल्यकारि कटकस्तुरगेण तूर्णम् Śi.5.59; Mu.5. -1 A royal capital or metropolis (राजधानी). -11 A house or dwelling. -12 A circle or wheel. -13 A ring placed as an ornament upon an elephant's tusk. -14 N. of the capital of Orissa. -Comp. -गृहः A lizard.
kaṇaḥ कणः 1 A grain, a single seed; तण्डुलकणान् H.1; कणान् वा भक्षयेदब्दम् Ms.11.93. -2 An atom or particle (of anything). -3 A very small quantity; द्रविण˚ Śānti. 1.19;3.5. -4 A grain of dust. रजःकणैः खुरोद्धूतैः R.1. 85; or of pollen; ईषद्बद्धरजःकणाग्रकपिशा V.2.7. -5 A drop (of water) or spray; कणवाही मालिनीतरङ्गाणाम् Ś.3.7; अम्बु˚, अश्रु˚; उद्यानानां नवजलकणैर्यूथिकाजालकानि Me.26,47, 71; Amaru.54. -6 An ear of corn. -7 Spark (as of fire). -8 The spark or facet of a gem. -9 Flake (of snow). -1 श्वेतजीरक; cf. 'कणो$तिसूक्ष्मे धान्यांशे पिप्पल्यां जीरके शरे' Nm. -णा 1 A kind of fly. -2 Long pepper. -3 Cumin seed. -णी 1 An atom, a drop. -2 A kind of corn. -3 The plant Premna Spinosa or Longifolia. -4 A crocodile; Gīrvāṇa. -Comp. -अदः, -भक्षः, -भुज् m. a nickname given to the philosopher who propounded the Vaiśeṣika system of philosophy (which may be said to be a 'doctrine of atoms'). -अन्न a. one whose food consists of grains. ˚ता the state of one who is made to live on grains; द्वादशाहं कणान्नता Ms.11. 167. -गुग्गुलः a kind of plant. -जीरः a white kind of cumin seed. -जीरकम् small cumin seed. -धूमः A kind of penance; Matsya P. -प्रियः A sparrow. -भक्षः, -भक्षकः, -भुज् m. N. of Kaṇāda. -भक्षकः a kind of bird. -लाभः a whirlpool. -वीरकः A kind of arsenic (Mar. मनशीळ); Gīrvāṇa.
kaṇṭhikā कण्ठिका A necklace of a single string or row.
kara कर a. (-रा or -री) [करोति, कीर्यते अनेन इति, कृ-कॄ-अप्] (Mostly at the end of comp.) Who or what does, makes or causes &c.; दुःख˚, सुख˚, भय˚ &c. -रः 1 A hand; करं व्याधुन्वत्याः पिबसि रतिसर्वस्वमधरम् Ś.1.24. -2 A ray of light, beam; यमुद्धर्तुं पूषा व्यवसित इवालम्बितकरः V.4.34; also प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्वमेति बहुसाधनता । अवलम्ब- नाय दिनभर्तुरभून्न पतिष्यतः करसहस्रमपि Śi.9.6 (where the word is used in sense 1 also). -3 The trunk of an elephant; सेकः सीकरिणा करेण विहितः U.3.16; Bh.3.2. -4 A tax, toll, tribute; युवा कराक्रान्तमहीमृदुच्चकैरसंशयं संप्रति तेजसा रविः Śi.1.7; (where कर means 'ray' also) (ददौ) perhaps in this sense the word is used in neuter gender also. निर्ल्लज्जो मम च करः कराणि भुङ्क्ते Pañch.2.3. अपरान्तमहीपालव्याजेन रघवे करम् R.4.58; Ms.7.128. -5 Hail. -6 A particular measure of length equal to 24 thumbs. -7 The asterism called हस्त. -8 A means or expedient. -9 A doer. -Comp. -अग्रम् 1 the forepart of the hand; कराग्रे वसते लक्ष्मीः. -2 the tip of an elephant's trunk. -आघातः a stroke or blow with the hand. -आमर्दः, -आमलकः Myrobalan (Mar. करवंद). -आरोटः a finger-ring. -आलम्बः supporting with the hand, giving a helping hand. -आस्फोटः 1 the chest. -2 a blow with the hand. -3 slapping the hands together. -ऋद्धिः f. 1 a cymbal. -2 a small musical instrument. -कच्छपिका f. कूर्ममुद्रा in yoga. -कण्टकः, -कम् a finger-nail. -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like hand, beautiful hand; करकमलवितीर्णैरम्बुनीवारशष्पैः U.3.25. -कलशः, -शम् 1 the hollow of the hand (to receive water). -किसलयः, -यम् 1 'sprout-like hand', a tender hand; करकिसलयतालैर्मुग्धया नर्त्यमानम् U.3.19; Ṛs.6.3. -2 a finger. -कुड्मलम् the finger. -कृतात्मन् (Living from hand to mouth) destitute; Mb.13. -कोषः the cavity of the palms, hands hollowed to receive water; ˚पेयमम्बु Ghaṭ.22. -ग्रहः, -ग्रहणम् 1 levying a tax. -2 taking the hand in marriage. -3 marriage. -ग्राहः 1 a husband. -2 a tax-collector. -घर्षणः, -घर्षिन् m. the churning-stick. -च्छदः the teak tree. -च्छदा N. of a tree (सिन्दूरपुष्पी; Mar. शेंद्री). -जः a fingernail; तीक्ष्णकरजक्षु- ण्णात् Ve.4.1; Śi.11.37; Bv.1.15; Amaru.85. (-जम्) a kind of perfume. -जालम् a stream of light. -तलः the palm of the hand; वनदेवताकरतलैः Ś.4.5; करतलगतमपि नश्यति यस्य तु भवितव्यता नास्ति Pt.2.128. ˚आमलकम् (lit.) an āmalaka fruit (fruit of the Myrobalan) placed on the palm of the hand; (fig.) ease and clearness of perception, such as is natural in the case of a fruit placed on the palm of the hand; करतलामलकफलवदखिलं जगदालोकयताम् K.43. ˚स्थ a. resting on the palm of the hand; -तलीकृ To take in the palm of the hand; ततः करतलीकृत्य व्यापि हालाहलं विषम् Bhāg.8.7.43. -तालः, -तालकम् 1 clapping the hands; स जहास दत्तकरतालमुच्चकैः Śi.15.39. -2 a kind of musical instrument, perhaps a cymbal. -तालिका, -ताली 1 clapping the hands; उच्चाटनीयः करता- लिकानां दानादिदानीं भवतीभिरेषः N.3.7. -2 beating time by clapping the hands. -तोया N. of a river. -द a. 1 paying taxes. -2 tributary; करदीकृताखिलनृपां मेदिनीम् Ve. 6.18. -3 giving the hand to help &c. -दक्ष a. handy, dexterous. -पत्रम् 1 a saw; तत्क्रूरदन्तकरपत्रनिकृत्तसत्त्वम् Mv.5. 29. -2 playing in water. ˚वत् m. the palm tree. -पत्रकम् a saw. -पत्रिका splashing water about while bathing or sporting in it. -पल्लवः 1 a tender hand. -2 a finger. cf. ˚किसलय. -पालः, -पालिका 1 a sword. -2 a cudgel. -पात्रम् 1 splashing water about while bathing. -2 the hand hollowed to hold anything. -पात्री A cup made of leather. -पीडनम् marriage; cf. पाणिपीडन. -पुटः 1 the hands joined and hollowed to receive anything. -2 A box, chest with a lid; तेषां रक्षणमप्यासीन्महान्करपुट- स्तथा Mb.14.65.16. -पृष्ठम् the back of the hand. -बालः, -वालः 1 sword; अघोरघण्टः करवालपाणिर्व्यापादितः Māl.9; म्लेच्छनिवहनिधने कलयसि करवालम् Gīt.1, Śi.13.6. -2 a finger-nail. -भारः a large amount of tribute. -भूः a finger-nail. -भूषणम् an ornament worn round the wrist, such as a bracelet. -मर्दः, -मर्दी, -मर्दकः N. of a plant (Carissa carandus; Mar. करवंद) -मालः smoke. -मुक्तम् a kind of weapon; see आयुध. -रुहः 1 a finger-nail; अनाघ्रातं पुष्पं किसलयमलूनं कररुहैः Ś.2.11; Me.98. -2 a sword. -वालिका a small club. -वीरः, -वीरकः 1 a sword or scimitar. -2 a cemetery. -3 N. of a town in the S. M. country. -4 a kind of tree. (Mar. कण्हेर, अर्जुनसादडा); Rām.5.2.1. Māna.18.242.3. (-रा) red arsenic. (-री) 1 a woman who has borne a son, a mother. -2 N. of Aditi. -3 a good cow. (-रम्) the flower of the tree. मल्लिका, करवीरम्, बिसम्, मृणालम् Mbh. on P.IV.3.166. -शाखा a finger. -शीकरः water thrown out by an elephant's trunk. -शूकः a finger-nail. -शोथः swelling of the hands. -सादः 1 weakness of the hand. -2 the fading of rays. -सूत्रम् a marriage string worn round the wrist. -स्थालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्वनः clapping of the hands.
kalāpaḥ कलापः 1 A band, bundle; समित्कलापमादाय प्रविवेश स्वमाश्रमम् Mb.3.137.1. मुक्ताकलापस्य च निस्तलस्य Ku.1. 42 a round necklace of pearls; रशनाकलापः a zone of several strings. -2 A group or whole collection of things; अखिलकलाकलापालोचन K.7. -3 A peacock's tail; तं मे जातकलापं प्रेषय मणिकण्ठकं शिखिनम् V.5.13; Pt.2.8. Ṛs.1.16,2.14. -4 A woman's zone or girdle; (oft. with काञ्ची or रशना &c.) जघनमरुणरत्नग्रन्थिकाञ्चीकलापं कुवलय- नयनाना को विहातुं समर्थः Bh.1.11. श्रोणीतटं सुविपुलं रशना- कलापैः Ṛs.3.2; Mk.1.27. -5 An ornament in general; Mb.8.19.29. 'कलापः संहते बर्हे तूणीरे भूषणे हरे' इति विश्वः -6 The rope round an elephant's neck. -7 A quiver. -8 An arrow. -9 The moon. -1 A shrewed and intelligent man. -11 A poem written in one metre. -12 A tuft (जटा˚) or knot of braided hair. -पी A bundle of grass.
kalāpakam कलापकम् 1 A series of four stanzas on the same subject and forming one grammatical sentence (चतु- र्मिस्तु कलापकम्); for an illustration see Ki.3.41,42,43, 44. -2 A debt to be paid when the peacocks spread their tails. -कः 1 A band or bundle in general. -2 A string of pearls; a kind of ornament; कलापकावक्षमाला यथेयम् Ms.3.112.5. -3 The rope round an elephant's neck. -4 A zone or girdle (= कलाप); रशनाकलापकगुणेन वधूर्मकरध्वजद्विरदमाकलयत् Śi.9.45. -5 A sectarian mark on the forehead (विशेषक).
kalpa कल्प a. [क्लृप्-घञ्] 1 Practicable, feasible, possible, -2 Proper, fit, right. -3 Strong, vigorous; चरन्तं ब्राह्मणं कञ्चित्कल्पचित्तमनामयम् Mb.12.179.3. -4 Able, competent (with a gen., loc.; inf. or at the end of comp.); धर्मस्य, यशसः, कल्पः Bhāg. able to do his duty &c.; स्वक्रियायामकल्पः ibid. not competent to do one's duty; अकल्प एषामधिरोढुमञ्जसा पद्म्द्म् ibid., so स्वभरणाकल्प &c. -ल्पः 1 A sacred precept or rule, law, ordinance. -2 A prescribed rule, a prescribed alternative, optional rule; प्रभुः प्रथमकल्पस्य यो$नुकल्पेन वर्तते Ms.11.3 'able to follow the prescribed rule to be observed in preference to all others'; प्रथमः कल्पः M.1; cf. also Pratimā 4, and Abhiṣekanāṭakam 6 and Ś.4. a very good (or best) alternative; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः प्रदाने हव्यकव्ययोः Ms. 3.147. -3 (Hence) A proposal, suggestion, resolve, determination; एष मे प्रथमः कल्पः Rām.2.52.63; उदारः कल्पः Ś.7. -4 Manner of acting, procedure, form, way, method (in religious rites); श्रूयते हि पुराकल्पे Mb. 6.43.23; क्षात्रेण कल्पेनोपनीय U.2; कल्पवित्कल्पयामास वन्यामे- वास्य संविधाम् R.1.94; Ms.7.185. -5 End of the world, universal destruction. -6 A day of Brahmā or 1, Yugas, being a period of 432 million years of mortals and measuring the duration of the world; cf. Bhāg.3.11; श्रीश्वेतवाराहकल्पे [the one in which we now live]; कल्पं स्थितं तनुभृतां तनु- भिस्ततः किम् Śānti.4.2. Hence कल्पिक means 'born in the primeval age' Bu. Ch.2.48. -7 Medical treatment of the sick. -8 One of the six Vedāṅgas, i. e. that which lays down the ritual and prescribes rules for ceremonial and sacrificial acts; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणम् Muṇdtod; 1.1.5 see under वेदाङ्ग. -9 A termination added to nouns and adjectives in the sense of 'a little less than', 'almost like', 'nearly equal to', P.V.3.67 [denoting similarity with a degree of inferiority]; कुमारकल्पं सुषुवे कुमारम् R.5.36; उपपन्नमेतदस्मिन्नृषि- कल्पे राजनि Ś.2; प्रभातकल्पा शशिनेव शर्वरी R.3.2; so मृतकल्पः, प्रतिपन्नकल्पः &c. -1 The doctrine of poisons and antidotes. -11 One of the trees of paradise; cf. कल्पद्रुम. -12 Vigour, strength; लौकिके समयाचारे कृतकल्पो विशारदः Rām.2.1.22. -ल्पा, -ल्पम् A kind of intoxicating liquor. -Comp. -अन्तः end of the world, universal destruction; कल्पान्तेष्वपि न प्रयाति निधनं विद्याख्यमन्तर्धनम् Bh.2.16. कल्पान्तक्रूरकेलिः क्रतुक्रदनकरः कुन्दकर्पूरकान्तिः Udb. ˚स्थायिन् a. lasting to the end of a कल्प; शरीरं क्षणविध्वंसि कल्पान्तस्थायिनो गुणाः H.1.46. -आदिः renovation of all things in the creation; कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि कल्पादौ विसृजाम्यहम् Bg.9.7; -उपनिषद् pharmacology; Charak 1.4. -कारः 1 author of Kalpasūtra, q. v. -2 a barber. -क्षयः end of the world, universal destruction; e. g. कल्पक्षये पुनस्तानि Bg.9.7. पुरा कल्पक्षये वृत्ते जातं जलमयं जगत् Ks.2.1. -तरुः, -द्रुमः, -पादपः, -वृक्षः 1 one of the trees of heaven or Indra's praradise, fabled to fulfill all desires; आसीत्कल्पतरुच्छायामाश्रिता सुरभिः पथि R.1.75; 17.26; Ku.2.39;6.41. -2 a tree supposed to grant all desires; 'wish-yielding tree'; नाबुद्ध कल्पद्रुमतां विहाय जातं तमात्मन्यसिपत्रवृक्षम् R.14.48; मृषा न चक्रे$- ल्पितकल्पपादपः N.1.15. -3 any productive or bountiful source; निगमकल्पतरोर्गलितं फलम् Bhāg.1.1.3. -4 (fig.) a very generous person; सकलार्थिसार्थकल्पद्रुमः Pt.1. -नृत्यम् a particular kind of dance. -पालः 1 a protector of order. -2 a seller of spirituous liquors. -लता, -लतिका 1 a creeper of Indra's paradise; Bh. 1.9. -2 a creeper supposed to grant all desires; नानाफलैः फलति कल्पलतेव भूमिः Bh.2.46; cf. कल्पतरु above. -वल्ली see कल्पलता; Ks.1.66; कल्पवल्लीगृहेषु 52.21. -विद् a. conversant with sacred precepts; कल्पवित्कल्पया- मास वन्यामेवास्य संविधाम् R.1.94. -स्थानम् 1 the art of preparing drugs; Charak 7. -2 the science of poisons and antidotes; Suśr. -सूत्रम् a manual of ritual in the form of Sūtras. Mb.14.54.9. N. of a sacred Jaina book written by भद्रबाहु sketching the life of महावीर.
kaśaḥ कशः A whip (usually in pl.). -शा A whip; इदानीं सुकुमारे$स्मिन् निःशङ्कं कर्कशाः कशाः । तव गात्रे पतिष्यन्ति सहास्माकं मनोरथैः ॥ Mk.9.35 (where the word may be m. or f.) -2 Flogging. -3 A string, rope. -4 The mouth. -5 A quality. -6 Fat; कशशब्दो मेदसि प्रसिद्धः । यथा कशवाहिनो रथाः मेदोवाहिन इति गम्यते । ŚB. on MS.9.4.22. -Comp. -त्रयम् the three modes of flogging a horse; सम्यक् कशात्रयविचारवता नियुक्तः Śi.
kaṣāya कषाय a. 1 Astringent, Ś.2. -2 Fragrant, स्फुटित- कमलामोदमैत्रीकषायः Me.31; U.2.21; Mv.5.41. -3 Red, dark-red; चूताङ्कुरास्वादकषायकण्ठः Ku.3.32. -4 (Hence) Sweet-sounding, Māl.7; cf. also सगद्गदं बाष्पकषायकण्ठः Bu. Ch.1.68. -5 Brown. -6 Improper, dirty. -यः, -यम् 1 Astringent flavour of taste (one of the six rasas): see कटु; यो वक्त्रं परिशोषयति जिह्वां स्तम्भयति कण्ठं बध्नाति हृदयं कषति पीडयति च स कषायः Suśr. cf. also 'बध्नातीव च यः कण्ठं कषायः स विकास्यपि' । Ibid. -2 The red colour. -3 A decoction with one part of a drug mixed with four, eight, or sixteen parts of water (the whole being boiled down until one quarter is left); Ms.11.153. -4 Plastering, smearing; कर्णार्पितो लोध्रकषायरूक्षे Ku.7.17; anointing. -5 Perfuming the body with unguents; शिरोरुहैः स्नानकषायवासितैः Ṛs.1.4. -6 Gum, resin, extract or exudation from a tree. -7 Dirt, uncleanness. -8 Dulness, stupidity; विगतभयकषायलोभमोहः Mb.12.179.26. -9 Attachment to worldly objects; Ch. Up.7.26.2; भक्त्या निर्मथिताशेषकषायधिषणो$र्जुनः Bhāg.1.15.29. -1 Decay, ruin. -यः 1 Passion, emotion. -2 Kaliyuga. -Comp. -कृत् m. the लोध्र tree (Symplocos racemosa) -वसनम् The yellowish-red garment of monks, mendicants.
kaṣāyin कषायिन् a. Yielding a resinous exudation, astringent. -2 Dyed of a red colour. -3 Worldly-minded. -m. N. of several plants:-- खर्जूर, शाल &c.
kācaḥ काचः 1 Glass, crystal; आकरे पद्मरागाणां जन्म काचमणेः कुतः H. Pr.38; काचमूल्येन विक्रीतो हन्त चिन्तामणिर्मया Śānti.1.12; मणिर्लुठति पादेषु काचः शिरसि धार्यते । यथैवास्ते तथैवास्तां काचः काचो मणिर्मणिः ॥ H.2.67. -2 A loop, a swinging shelf, a string so fastened to the yoke as to support burdens. -3 An eye-disease, an affection of the optic nerve, producing dimness of sight. -4 Alkaline ashes. -5 The string of the balance. -6 A house with a southern and a northern hall; पूर्वापरे तु शाले गृहचुल्ली दक्षिणोत्तरे काचम् Bṛi. S.53.4. -चम् 1 Alkaline salt. -2 Wax. -Comp. -अक्षः N. of an aquatic bird (बक). -कामलम् a kind of disease of the eyes, (काचबिन्दु) -घटी a glass ewer. -भाजनम् a glass vessel. -मणिः 1 crystal, quartz. -2 Metallic beads. शेषाः काचमणयः Kau. A.2.11. -मलम्, -लवणम्, -संभवम्, -सौवर्चलम् black salt or soda. -स्थाली N. of a tree (Mar. सागरगोटी).
kācana काचन काचनकम् A string or tape which ties a parcel or bundle of papers or the leaves of a manuscript; cf. कचेल.
kāmaḥ कामः [कम्-घञ्] 1 Wish, desire; संतानकामाय R.2.65, 3.67; oft. used with the inf. form; गन्तुकामः desirous to go; संगात्संजायते कामः Bg.2.62; Ms.2.94. -2 Object of desire; सर्वान् कामान् समश्नुते Ms.2.5; Bṛi. Up.1.3.28. Kaṭh. Up.1.25. -3 Affection, love. -4 Love or desire of sensual enjoyments, considered as one of the ends of life (पुरुषार्थ); cf. अर्थ and अर्थकाम. -5 Desire of carnal gratification, lust; Ms.2.214; न मय्यावेशितधियां कामः कामाय कल्पते Bhāg.1.22.26. -6 The god of love. -7 N. of Pradyumna. -8 N. of Balarāma. -9 A kind of mango tree. -1 The Supreme Being. -मा Desire, wish; उवाच च महासर्पं कामया ब्रूहि पन्नग Mb.3.179.2. -मम् 1 Object of desire. -2 Semen virile. [Kāma is the Cupid of the Hindu mythology the son of Kṛiṣṇa and Rukmiṇī. His wife is Rati. When the gods wanted a commander for their forces in their war with Tāraka, they sought the aid of Kāma in drawing the mind of Śiva towards Pārvatī, whose issue alone could vanquish the demon. Kāma undertook the mission; but Śiva, being offended at the disturbance of his penance, burnt him down with the fire of his third eye. Subsequently he was allowed by Śiva to be born again in the form of Pradyumna at the request of Rati. His intimate friend is Vasanta or the spring; and his son is Aniruddha. He is armed with a bow and arrows--the bow-string being a line of bees, and arrows of flowers of five different plants]. -Comp. -अग्निः 1 a fire of love, violent or ardent love. -2 violent desire, fire of passion. ˚संदीपनम् 1 inflaming fire of love. -2 an aphrodisiac. -अङ्कुशः 1 a fingernail (which plays an important part in erotic acts). -2 the male organ of generation. -अङ्गः the mango tree. -अधिकारः the influence of love or desire. -अधिष्ठित a. overcome by love. -अनलः see कामाग्नि. -अन्ध a. blinded by love or passion. (-न्धः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -अन्धा musk. -अन्निन् a. getting food at will. -अभिकाम a. libidinous, lustful. -अरण्यम् a pleasant grove. -अरिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ते समेत्य तु कामारिं त्रिपुरारिं त्रिलोचनम् Rām.7.6.3. -2 a mineral substance. -अर्थिन् a. amorous, lustful, lascivious. -अवतारः N. of Pradyumna. -अवशा(सा)यिता f. 1 Self-control. -2 a kind of Yogic power. -अवसायः suppression of passion or desire, stoicism. -अशनम् 1 eating at will. -2 unrestrained enjoyment. -आख्या, -अक्षी N. of Durgā. -आतुर a. love-sick, affected by love; कामातुराणां न भयं न लज्जा Subhāṣ. -आत्मजः an epithet of Aniruddha, son of Pradyumna. -आत्मन् a. lustful, libidinous, enamoured. कामात्मानः स्वर्गफलाः Bg.2.43. Mb.1.119.3-4. Ms.7.27. -आयुधम् 1 arrow of the god of love. -2 membrum virile. (-धः) the mango-tree. -आयुस् m. 1 a vulture. -2 Garuḍa. -आर्त a. love-stricken, affected by love; कामार्ता हि प्रकृतिकृपणाश्चेतनाचेतनेषु Me.5. -आश्रमः the hermitage of the god of love; Rām.1. -आसक्त a. overcome with love or desire, impassioned, lustful. -इष्टः the mango tree. -ईप्सु a. striving to obtain a desired object, यत्तु कामेप्सुना कर्म Bg.18.24. -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera; -2 the Supreme soul. -3 a person possessing all wealth. अपास्य कामा- न्कामेशो वसेत्तत्राविचारयन् Mb.12.287.56. -उदकम् 1 voluntary libation of water. -2 a voluntary libation of water to deceased friends exclusive of those who are entitled to it by law; कामोदकं सखिप्रत्तास्वस्रीयश्वशुर- र्त्विजाम् Y.3.4. -उपहत a. affected by or overcome with passion. -कला N. of Rati, the wife of Kāma. -काम, -कामिन् a. following the dictates of love or passion, गतागतं कामकामा लभन्ते Bg.9.21; स शान्तिमाप्नोति न कामकामी Bg.2.7. -कार a. acting at will, indulging one's desires. (-रः) 1 voluntary action, spontaneous deed; Rām.2.11.18; Ms.11.41,45. -2 desire, influence of desire; अयुक्तः कामकारेण फले सक्तो निबध्यते Bg.5. 12. -कूटः 1 the paramour of a harlot. -2 harlotry. -कृत् a. 1 acting at will, acting as one likes. -2 granting or fulfilling a desire. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -केलि a. lustful. (-लिः) 1 a paramour. -2 amorous sport. -3 copulation. -क्रीडा 1 dalliance of love, amorous sport. -2 copulation. -ग a. going of one's own accord, able to act or move as one likes. (-गा) 1 an unchaste or libidinous woman; Y.3.6. -2 a female Kokila. -गति a. able to go to any desired place; अध्यास्त कामगति सावरजो विमानम् R.13.76. -गुणः 1 the quality of passion, affection. -2 satiety, perfect enjoyment. -3 an object of sense. -चर, -चार a. moving freely or unrestrained, wandering at will; सर्वेषु लोकेष्वकामचारो भवति Bṛi. Up.7.25.2; नारदः कामचरः Ku.1.5. -चार a. unchecked, unrestrained. (-रः) 1 unrestrained motion. -2 independent or wilful action, wantonness; न कामचारो मयि शङ्कनीयः R.14.62. -3 one's will or pleasure, free will; अव्यपवृक्ते कामचारः Mbh. on Śiva Sūtra 3.4. कामचारानुज्ञा Sk.; Ms.2.22. -4 sensuality. -5 selfishness. -चारिन् a. 1 moving unrestrained; Me.65. -2 libidinous, lustful. -3 self-willed. (-m.) 1 Garuḍa. -2 a sparrow. -ज a. produced by passion or desire; Ms.7.46,47,5. -जः anger; रथो वेदी कामजो युद्धमग्निः Mb.12.24.27. -जननी betel-pepper (नागवेली). -जानः, -निः See कामतालः. -जित् a. conquering love or passion; R.9.33. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Skanda. -2 of Śiva. -तन्त्रम् N. of a work. -तालः the (Indian) cuckoo. -द a. fulfilling a desire, granting a request or desire. (-दः) an epithet of Skanda and of Śiva. -दहनम् a particular festival on the day of full moon in the month फाल्गुन (Mar. होलिकोत्सव). -दा = कामधेनु q. v. -दर्शन a. looking lovely. -दानम् 1 a gift to one's satisfaction. -2 a kind of ceremony among prostitutes; B. P. -दुघ a. 'milking one's desires', granting every desired object; प्रीता कामदुघा हि सा R.1.81,2.63; Māl.3.11. -दुघा, -दुह् f. a fabulous cow yielding all desires; आयुधानामहं वज्रं धेनूनामस्मि कामधुक् Bg.1.28. स्वर्गे लोके कामधुग्भवति Mbh. on P.VI.1.84. -दूती the female cuckoo. -दृश् f. a woman; विमोचितुं कामदृशां विहारक्रीडामृगो यन्निगडो विसर्गः Bhāg.7.6.17. -देव 1 the god of love. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -दोहिन् a. granting desires. -धर्मः amorous behaviour. -धेनुः f. the cow of plenty, a heavenly cow yielding all desires; कलतिवलती कामधेनू; or कलिवली कामधेनू Vyākraṇa Subhāṣita. -ध्वंसिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पति, -पत्नी f. Rati, wife of Cupid. -पालः N. of Balarāma; also of Śiva. -प्रद a. granting desires. (-दः) 1 a kind of coitus. -2 the Supreme Being. -प्रवेदनम् expressing one's desire, wish or hope; कच्चित् कामप्रवेदने Ak. -प्रश्नः an unrestrained or free question; स ह कामप्रश्नमेव वव्रे Bṛi. Up.4.3.1. -फलः a species of the mango tree. -ला the plantain tree. -भाज् a. partaking of sensual enjoyment; कामानां त्वा कामभाजं करोमि Kaṭh.1.24. -भोगाः (pl.) sensual gratifications; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु Bg.16.16. -महः a festival of the god of love celebrated on the full-moon day in the month of Chaitra. -मालिन् m. N. of Gaṇeśa. -मूढ, -मोहित a. influenced or infatuated by love; यत्क्रौञ्च- मिथुनादेकमवधीः काममोहितम् U.2.5. -रसः 1 seminal discharge. -2 the spling -रसिक a. lustful, libidinous; क्षणमपि युवा कामरसिकः Bh.3.112. -रूप a. 1 taking any form at will; जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 beautiful, pleasing. (-पाः) (pl.) a district lying in the east of Bengal (the western portion of Assam); तमीशः कामरूपाणाम् R.4.83,84. -रूपिन् a. 1 taking any form at will; कामान्नी कामरूपी Tait. Up.3.1.5. -2 beautiful. -m. 1 a pole-cat. -2 a boar. -3 a Vidyādhara. -रेखा, -लेखा a harlot, courtezan. -लता membrum virile. -लोल a. overcome with passion, love-stricken. -वरः a gift chosen at will. -वल्लभः 1 the spring. -2 the moon. -3 the mango tree. (-भा) moonlight. -वश a. influenced by love. (-शः) subjection to love. -वश्य n. subject to love. -वाद a. saying anything at will. -विहन्तृ a. disappointing desires. -वीर्य a. 'showing heroism at will,' an epithet of Garuḍa. -वृक्षम् a. paracitical plant. -वृत्त a. addicted to sensual gratification, licentious, dissipated; विशीलः कामवृत्तो वा गुणैर्वा परिवर्जितः । उपचर्यः स्त्रिया साध्व्या सततं देववत्पतिः ॥ Ms. 5.154. -वृत्ति a. acting according to will, self-willed, independent; न कामवृत्तिर्वचनीयमीक्षते Ku.5.82. (-त्तिः) f. 1 free and unrestrained action. -2 freedom of will. -वृद्धिः f. increase of passion. -वृन्तम् the trumpet flower. -शर 1 a love shaft. -2 the mango tree. -शास्त्रम् the science of love, erotic science. -संयोगः attainment of desired objects. -सखः 1 the spring. -2 the month of Chaitra. -3 the mango tree. -सू a. fulfilling any desire. किमत्र चित्रं यदि कामसूर्भूः R.5.33. -m. N. of Vāsudeva. -f. N. of Rukmiṇi; -सूत्रम् 1 N. of an erotic work by Vātsyāyana. -2 'thread of love', love-incident' औद्धत्यमायोजितकामसूत्रम् Māl.1.4. -हैतुक a. produced by mere desire without any real cause; Bg.16.8.
kālāpakam कालापकम् 1 An assemblage of the pupils of Kalāpa. -2 The doctrines or teachings of Kalāpa. -3 N. of the Kātantra grammar; अधुना स्वल्पतन्त्रत्वात्कातन्त्राख्यं भविष्यति । मद्वाहनकलापस्य नाम्ना कालापकं तथा ॥ Ks.7.13.
ku कु ind. A prefix implying 'badness', 'deterioration', 'depreciation', 'sin', 'reproach', 'littleness', 'want', 'deficiency', &c. Its various substitutes are कद् (कदश्व), कव (कवोष्ण), का (कोष्ण), किं (किंप्रभुः); cf. Pt.5.17. -Comp. -कर्मन् n. a bad deed, a mean act. -a. wicked, Bhāg.1.16.22. -कु-वाच् m. jackal. -कूलम् A hole filled with stakes. ˚लः A fire made of chaff; कुकूलं शङ्कुभिः कीर्णे श्वभ्रे ना तु तुषानले Nm. -ग्रहः an unpropitious planet. -ग्रामः a petty village or hamlet (without a king's officer, an agnihotrin, a physician, or a river.) -चन्दनम् Red sandal-wood. -चर a. of bad conduct, a thief; दृष्ट्वा त्वादित्यमुद्यन्तं कुचराणां भयं भवेत् Mb.14.39.13. -चेल a. wearing bad or ragged garments; कपालं वृक्ष- मूलानि कुचेलमसहायता । समता चैव सर्वस्मिन्नेतन्मुक्तस्य लक्षणम् ॥ Ms.6.44. -चरित्रम्, -चर्या wickedness, evil conduct, impropriety; Ms.9.17. -चोद्यम् an unsuitable question. -जन्मन् a. low born. -तनु a. deformed, ugly. (-नुः) an epithet of Kubera. -तन्त्री a bad lute. -तपः 1 a sort of blanket (made of the hair of the mountain goat). -2 the eighth Muhūrta or portion of the day. -3 a daughter's or sister's son. -4 the sun. -तर्कः 1 sophistical or fallacious argument. -2 a heterodox doctrine, free thinking; कुतर्केष्वभ्यासः सततपरपैशुन्यमननम् G. L.31. ˚पथः a sophistical mode of arguing. -तीर्थम् a bad teacher. -दिनम् an evil or unpropitious day. -दृष्टिः f. 1 weak sight. -2 an evil eye, sinister eye (fig.). -3 an opinion or doctrine opposed to the Vedas, heterodox doctrines; या वेदबाह्याः स्मृतयो याश्च काश्च कुदृष्टयः Ms.12.95. -देशः 1 a bad place or country. -2 a country where the necessaries of life are not available or which is subject to oppression. -देह a. ugly, deformed; कुदेहमानाहिविदष्टदृष्टेर्ब्रह्मन्वचस्ते$मृतमौषधं मे Bhāg.5.12.2. (-हः) an epithet of Kubera. -द्वारम् back door. -धी a. foolish, silly, stupid. -2 wicked. -नखम् a disease of the nails; Mb.3. -नटः 1 a bad actor. -2 a sort of trumpet flower. -3 red arsenic. -नदिका a small river, rill; सुपूरा स्यात्कुनदिका Pt.1.25. -नाथः a bad master; हतास्म्यहं कुनाथेन न पुंसा वीरमानिना Bhāg.9.14.28. -नामन् m. a miser. -नीतः bad counsel, leading; तृणैश्छन्ना भूमिर्मतिरिव कुनीतैव विदुषः Mu.6.11. -पटः, -टम् a miserable garment; कुपटावृतकटिः Bhāg.5.9.1. -पथः 1 a wrong road, bad way (fig. also). -2 a heterodox doctrine. -पथ्य a. unwholesome, improper. -परीक्षक a. examining badly, not valuing rightly; कुत्स्याः स्युः कुपरीक्षका न मणयो यैरर्घतः पातिताः Bh.2.15. -पात्रम् an unfit recipient. -पुत्रः a bad or wicked son: यादृशं फल- माप्नोति कुप्लवैः संतरन् जलम् । तादृशं फलमाप्नोति कुपुत्रैः संतरंस्तमः ॥ Ms.9.161. कुपुत्रो जायेत क्वचिदपि कुमाता न भवति, देव्यपराध- क्षमापनस्तोत्र (ascribed to a later शङ्कराचार्य). -पुरुषः 1 a low or wicked man. -2 a spiritless coward. -पूय a. low, vile, contemptible. -प्रिय a. disagreeable, contemptible, low, mean. -प्लवः a bad boat; कुप्लवैः संतरन् जलम् Ms.9.161. -बन्धः a disgraceful stigma; अन्त्याभिगमने त्वङ्क्यः कुबन्धेन प्रवासयेत् Y.2.294. -ब्रह्मः, -ब्रह्मन् m. a bad or degraded Brāhmaṇa. -मन्त्रः 1 bad advice. -2 a charm used to secure success in a bad cause. -मुद्विन् a. Unfriendly; उदहृष्यन्वारिजानि सूर्योत्थाने कुमुद्विना । राज्ञा तु निर्भया लोकाः Bhāg.1.21.47. -मेरुः The southern hemisphere or pole. -योगः an inauspicious conjunction (of planets). -योगिन् m. a false devotee, impostor. -रस a. having bad juice or flavour. (-सः) a kind of spirituous liquor. -रूप a. ugly, deformed; कुपुत्रो$पि भवेत्पुंसां हृदयानन्दकारकः । दुर्विनीतः कुरूपो$पि मूर्खो$पि व्यसनी खलः ॥ Pt.5.19. -रूप्यम् tin. -लक्षण a. having fatal marks on the body. कुलक्षणेत्यहं राज्ञा त्यक्तेत्यात्तविमानना Ks.91.19. -वङ्गः lead. -वचस्, -वाच्, -वाक्य a. abusive, bad, scurrilous; using abusive or foul language; संस्मारितो मर्मभिदः कुवाग्रिपून् Bhāg.4.3.15. (-n.) abuse, bad language. -वज्रकम् crystal; a stone resembling a diamond. -वर्षः a sudden or violent shower; Rām.6. -विक्रमः bravery exhibited in a wrong place; धिगीदृशं ते नृपते कुविक्रमं कृपाश्रये यः कृपणे पतत्त्रिणि N.1.132. -विवाहः a degraded or improper form of marriage; Ms.3.63. -वृत्तिः f. bad bebaviour. -वेधस् m. bad fate; हृतरत्नेन मुषितो दत्त्वा काचं कुवेधसा Ks. 71.232. -वैद्यः a bad physician, quack. -शील a. rude, wicked, unmannerly, ill tempered, of bad character; कुतो गम्यमगम्यं वा कुशीलोन्मादिनः प्रभोः Ks.32.152. -ष्ठलम् 1 a bad place. -2 the earth; शयानां कुष्ठले Bk.9.84. -सरित् f. a small river, rill; उच्छिद्यन्ते क्रियाः सर्वा ग्रीष्मे कुसरितो यथा Pt.2.89. -सृतिः f. 1 evil conduct, wickedness; कस्माद्वयं कुसृतयः खलयोनयस्ते Bhāg.8.23.7. -2 conjuring, magic. -3 roguery. -स्त्री a bad woman.
kuṭakam कुटकम् A plough without a pole. -कः The post round which the string of the churning-stick passes. (pl.) N. of a people; कोङ्कवेङ्ककुटकानां राजा Bhāg.5.6.9.
kuṇḍaḥ कुण्डः डी डम् [cf. Uṇ.1.112] 1 A bowl-shaped vessel, a basin, bowl. -2 A round hole in the ground for receiving and preserving water. बलं नागसहस्रस्य यस्मि- न्कुण्डे प्रतिष्ठितम् Mb.1.128.68. -3 A hole in general; अग्निकुण्डम्. -4 A pool, well; especially one consecrated to some deity or holy purpose. -5 The bowl of a mendicant. -6 A water-jar (कमण्डलु). -डः (-डा f.) A son born in adultery, the son of a woman by a man other than her husband while the husband is alive; पत्यौ जीवति कुण्डः स्यात् Ms.3.174; Y.1.22. -ण्डा An epithet of Durgā. -Comp. -आशिन् m. a pander, pimp, one who depends for his livelihood on a कुण्ड i. e. a bastard, or adulterine; अमृते जारजः कुण्डो मृते भर्तरि गोलकः । यस्तयो- रन्नमश्नाति स कुण्डाशीति कथ्यते ॥ Deval Smṛiti; Ms.3.158; Y.1.224. -ऊधस् (कुण्डोध्नी P.V.4.131) 1 ऊधसो$नङ् a cow with a full udder भुवं कोष्णेन कुण्डोध्नी; R.1.84. -2 a woman with a full bosom. -कीटः 1 a keeper of concubines. -2 a follower of the Chārvāka doctrine, an atheist. -3 a Brāhmaṇa born in adultery. -कीलः a low or vile man. -गोलम्, -गोलकम् 1 gruel. -2 a group of कुण्ड and गोलक (taken together); cf. परदारेषु जायेते द्वौ पुत्रौ कुण्डगोलकौ । पत्यौ जीवति कुण्डः स्यात् मृते भर्तरि गोलकः ॥ Ms.3.174. -धारः 1 N. of a cloud; Mb.12.271.2. -2 N. of a Nāga; Mb.2.9.9. -पाय्यः (कुण्डेन पीयते अत्र क्रतौ) क्रतौ कुण्डपाय्यस- ञ्चाय्यौ P.III.1.13; a sacrifice; कुण्डपाय्यवतां कच्चिदग्नि- चित्यावतां तथा Bk.4.67. -भेदिन् a. Clumsy.
kulam कुलम् 1 A race, family; निदानमिक्ष्वाकुकुलस्य संततेः R.3.1. -2 The residence of a family, a seat, house, an abode; ददर्श धीमान्स कपिः कुलानि Rām.5.5.1; वसन्नृषि- कुलेषु सः R.12.25. -3 A high or noble family, noble descent; कुले जन्म Pt.5.2; कुलशीलसमन्वितः Ms.7.54,62; so कुलजा, कुलकन्यका &c. -4 A herd, troop, flock; collection, multitude; मृगकुलं रोमन्थमभ्यस्यतु Ś.2.6; U.2.9; अलिकुलसंकुल Gīt.1; Śi.9.71; so गो˚, कृमि˚, महिषी˚ &c. -5 A lot, gang. band (in a bad sense). -6 A country. -7 The body. -8 The front or fore part. -9 A tribe, caste, community. -1 A blue stone. -लः The head of a guild or corporation. -ला See कुलतिथि. -Comp. -अकुल a. 1 of a mixed character or origin. -2 middling. ˚तिथिः m., f. the second, sixth, and the tenth lunar days of a fort-night in a month. ˚नक्षत्रम् N. of the lunar mansions आर्द्रा, मूला, अभिजित् and शतभिषा. ˚वारः Wednesday. -अङ्कुरः the scion of a family; अनेन कस्यापि कुला- ङ्कुरेण स्पृष्टस्य गात्रेषु सुखं ममैवम् Ś.7.19. -अङ्गना a respectable or high born (chaste) woman. -अङ्गारः a man who ruins his family; Pt.4. -अचलः, -अद्रिः, -पर्वतः, -शैलः a principal mountain, one of a class of seven mountains which are supposed to exist in each division of the continent; their names are :-- महेन्द्रो मलयः सह्यः शुक्तिमान् ऋक्षपर्वतः । विन्ध्यश्च पारियात्रश्च सप्तैते कुलपर्वताः ॥ -अन्वित a. born in a noble family. -अभिमानः family pride. -अभिमानिन् a. proud of birth or family descent; कुलाभिमानी कुलजां नराधिपः Ki.1.31. -आख्या family-name, surname; कुलाख्या लोके गोत्रावयवा इत्युच्यन्ते Mbh. on P.IV. 1.79. -आचारः, -कर्मन् n., -धर्मः a duty or custom peculiar to a family or caste. -आचार्यः, -गुरुः 1 a family priest or teacher. -2 a geneologist. -आधारकः a son. -आपीडः, -शेखरः the glory of a family; तस्मिन्कुलापीडनिभे निपीडं सम्यग्महीं शासति शासनाङ्काम् R.18. 29. -आलम्बिन् a. maintaining a family. वरमेकः कुलालम्बी यत्र विश्रूयते पिता H. -ईश्वरः 1 the chief of a family. -2 N. of Śiva. (-रा) N. of Durgā. -उत्कट, a. high born. (-टः) a horse of a good breed. -उत्पन्न, उद्गत, -उद्भव a. sprung from a noble family, highborn; आमात्यमुख्यं धर्मज्ञं प्राज्ञं दान्तं कुलोद्भवम् Ms.7.141. -उद्वहः the head or perpetuator of a family; see उद्वह. -उपदेशः a family name. -कज्जलः one who is a disgrace to his family. -कण्टकः one who is a thorn or trouble to his family. -कन्यका, -कन्या a girl of high birth; विशुद्धमुग्धः कुलकन्यकाजनः Māl.7.1; गृहे गृहे पुरुषाः कुलकन्यकाः समुद्वहन्ति Māl.7. -करः, -कर्तृ m. the founder of a family. -करणिः A hereditary clerk or officer; E.I.XV.91. -कलङ्कः one who is a disgrace to his family. -कलङ्कितः a. causing disgrace to a family; न चाप्यहं गमिष्यामि कथां कुलकलङ्किताम् Ks.22.216. -क्षयः 1 ruin of a family. -2 extinction of a family; कुलक्षयकृतं दोषं मित्रद्रोहे च पातकम् Bg.1.39,4. -गरिमा m. family pride or dignity. -गिरिः, -भूभृत् m., -पर्वतः, -शैलः see कुलाचल above. -गृहम् a noble house; पर्याकुलं कुलगृहे$पि कृतं वधूनाम् Ṛs.6.21. -घ्न a. ruining a family; दोषैरेतैः कुलघ्नानाम् Bg.1.43. -ज, -जात a. 1 well-born, of high brith; प्रदाने हि मुनिश्रेष्ठ कुलं निरवशेषतः । वक्तव्यं कुलजातेन तन्नि- बोध महामते ॥ Rām.1.71.2. -2 ancestral, hereditary; Ki.1.31 (used in both senses). -जनः a high-born or distinguished person. -जाया a. high-born lady; कुलजाया सा जाया केवलजाया तु केवलं माया Udb. -तन्तुः one who continues or perpetuates a family. -तिथिः m., f. an important lunar day, viz:-- the 4th, 8th, 12th or 14th of a lunar fort-night. -तिलकः the glory of a family, one who does honour to his family. -दीपः, -दीपकः the glory of a family. -दुहितृ f. also कुलपुत्री; cf. P.VI. 3.7, Vārt.9; see कुलकन्या. -दूषण a. disgracing one's family; Mk. -देवता a tutelary deity; the guardian deity of a family; तामर्चिताभ्यः कुलदेवताभ्यः कुलप्रतिष्ठां प्रणमय्य माता Ku.7.27. -धन a. one whose wealth is the preservation of the good name of the family; कष्टो जनः कुलधनैरनुर- ञ्जनीयः U.1.14. (-नम्) the dearest and most valued treasure of the family; इक्ष्वाकूणां कुलधनमिदं यत्समाराधनीयः U.7.6. -धर्मः a family custom, a duty or custom peculiar to a family; उत्सन्नकुलधर्माणां मनुष्याणां जनार्दन Bg. 1.44; Ms.1.118;8.14. -धारकः a son. -धुर्यः (a son) able to support a family, a grown-up son; न हि सति कुलधुर्ये सूर्यवंश्या गृहाय R.7.71. -नन्दन a. gladdening or doing honour to a family. -नायिका a girl worshipped at the celebration of the orgies of the lefthand Śāktas. -नारी a high bred and virtuous woman. -नाशः 1 ruin or extinction of a family. -2 an apostate, reprobate, outcast. -3 a camel. -नाशनम् conducive to the extinction of the family; मुसलं कुलनाशनम् Mb. -परंपरा the series of generations comprising a race. -पतिः 1 the head or chief of a family. -2 a sage who feeds and teaches 1, pupils; thus defined:- मुनीनां दशसाहस्रं यो$न्नदानादिपोषणात् । अध्यापयति विप्रर्षिरसौ कुलपतिः स्मृतः ॥ अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् Ś.1; R.1.95; U.3.48. -3 The head-servant (Gīrvāṇa); Bhāg.5.18.1. -4 N. of Kṛiṣṇa; कुन्दस्रजः कुलपतेरिह वाति गन्धः Bhāg.1.3.11. -पांसन a. one who disgraces one's family; इत्युक्तः स खलः पापो भोजानां कुलपांसनः Bhāg.19.1.35. -पांसुका a woman disgracing her family, an unchaste woman. -पालकम् an orange. -पालिः, -पालिका, -पाली f. a chaste or high-born woman. -पुत्रः a nobly-born youth; इह सर्वस्वफलिनः कुलपुत्रमहाद्रुमाः Mk.4.1. -पुत्री (See -दुहितृ). -पुरुषः 1 a respectable or high-born man; कुश्चुम्बति कुलपुरुषो वेश्याधरपल्लवं मनोज्ञमपि Bh.1.59. -2 an ancestor. -पूर्वगः (कः) an ancestor. तवापि सुमहाभागे जनेन्द्रकुलपूर्वकम् (v. l. जनेन्द्राः कुलपूर्वगाः) Rām.2.73.24. -भरः (कुलंभरः) 1 One who maintains the family. -बीजः the head or chief of a guild. -भार्या a virtuous wife. -भृत्या the nursing of a pregnant woman. -मर्यादा family honour or respectability. -मार्गः 1 a family custom, the best way or the way of honesty. -2 the doctrine of the Kaulas (कौलमार्ग). -योषित्, -वधू f. a woman of good family and character. त्यागिनां कुलयोषिताम् Ms.3.245; ब्रूते ब्रूते व्रजकुलवधूः कापि साध्वी ममाग्रे Udb. -लक्षणम् The characteristics of a noble family; आचारो विनयो विद्या प्रतिष्ठा तीर्थदर्शनम् । निष्ठा वृत्तिस्तपो दानं नवधा कुललक्षणम् ॥ -वारः a principal day; (i. e. Tuesday and Friday). -विद्या 1 knowledge handed down in a family, traditional knowledge. -2 one of the three आन्वीक्षिकी lores. -विप्रः a family-priest. -वृद्धः an old and experienced member of a family. -व्रतः, -तम् a family vow; गलितवयसामिक्ष्वाकूणामिदं हि कुलव्रतम् R.3.7; विश्वस्मिन्नधुना$न्यः कुलव्रतं पालयिष्यति कः Bv.1.13. -शीलम् character or conduct honourable to a family. -श्रेष्ठिन् a. well-born, of a good family. (-m.) 1 the chief of a family or a guild. -2 an artisan of noble birth. -संख्या 1 family-respectability. -2 inclusion among respectable families; कुलसंख्यां च गच्छन्ति कर्षन्ति च महायशः Ms.3.66. -संततिः f. posterity, descendants, continuation of a lineage; दिवं गतानि विप्राणामकृत्वा कुलसंततिम् Ms.5.159. -सन्निधिः m. the presence of witnesses; Ms.8.194,21. -संभवः a. of a respectable family. -सेवकः an excellent servant. -स्त्री a woman of good family, a noble woman; अधर्माभिभवात् कृष्ण प्रदुष्यन्ति कुलस्त्रियः Bg.1.41. -स्थितिः f. 1 antiquity or prosperity of a family -2 family observance or custom; U.5.23.
kṛta कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त] 1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines. -2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11. -3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4. -4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114. -5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186. -6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21. -तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; ungrateful; Ms.7.197. -2 Service, benefit. -3 Consequence, result. -4 Aim, object. -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18. -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon). -7 The number '4'. -8 A stake at a game. -9 Prize or booty gained in a battle. -1 An offering. -11 Magic sorcery. -Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अङ्क a. 1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154. -अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient. -अनुसारः custom, usage. -अन्त a. bringing to an end, terminating. (-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1. -2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17. -3 a demonstrated conclusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13. -4 a sinful or inauspicious action. -5 an epithet of Saturn. -6 Saturday. -7 the inevitable result of former actions. -8 the second lunar mansion. -9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun. -अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3. -2 digested food. -3 excrement. -अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal. -अभय a. saved from fear or danger. -अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (-कः) a prince. -अभ्यास a. practised. -अयः the die called कृत marked with four points. -अर्थ a. 1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14. -2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194. -3 clever. -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence incapable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ 1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125. -2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.) -अवधान a. careful, attentive. -अवधि a. 1 fixed, appointed. -2 bounded, limited. -अवमर्ष a. 1 effacing from recollection. -2 intolerant. -अवस्थ a. 1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6. -2 fixed, settled. -अस्त्र a. 1 armed. -2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62. -अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies. -आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11. -आत्मन् a. 1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11. -2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48. -आभरण a. adorned. -आयास a. labouring, suffering. -आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (-यः) a frog; dog ? M. W. -आवास a lodging. -आस्पद a. 1 governed; ruled. -2 supporting, resting on. -3 residing in. -आहार a. having taken one's meals. -आह्वान a. challenged. -उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving. -उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3. -उद्वाह a. 1 married. -2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands. -उपकार a. 1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73. -2 friendly. -उपभोग a. used, enjoyed. -कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -कर्मन् a. 1 one who has done his work; R.9.3. -2 skilful, clever. (-m.) 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a Saṁnyāsin. -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled. -कार्य a. 1 one who has done his work or obtained his object. -2 having no need of another's aid. -काल a. 1 fixed or settled as to time. -2 who has waited a certain time. (-लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -कृत्य, -क्रिय a. 1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2. -2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3. -3 clever. -4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32. -क्रयः a purchaser. -क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act. -2 one who has fulfilled his duty. -3 one who has performed a religious ceremony; Ms.5.99. -क्षण a. 1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1. -2 one who has got an opportunity. -घ्न a. 1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89. -2 defeating all previous measures. -चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता. -जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6. -ज्ञ a. 1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38. -2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki. (-ज्ञः) 1 a dog. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थ a. 1 one who has visited or frequented holy places. -2 one who studies with a professional teacher. -3 fertile in means or expedients. -4 a guide. -5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3. -दार a. married. -दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant. -दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा) -दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB). -धी a. 1 prudent, considerate. -2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79. -नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6. -निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189. -निश्चय a. 1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37. -2 confident, sure. -पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery. -पूर्व a. done formerly. -प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made an agreement or engagement. -2 one who has fulfilled his promise. -प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158. -फल n. successful. (-लम्) result, consequence. -बुद्धि a. 1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3. -2 a man of resolute character. -3 informed of one's duty. -ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has performed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1. -मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated. -मति a. firm, resolute. -मन्यु a. indignant. -मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia. -2 the spotted antelope. -मुख a. learned, clever, wise. -युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages. -रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2. -लक्षण a. 1 stamped, marked. -2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239. -3 excellent, amiable. -4 defined, discriminated. -वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki. -वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18. -विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8. -विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45. -वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (-र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna. -वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164. -वेदिन् a. 1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ. -2 observant of propriety. -वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11. -व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27. -शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -शोभ a. 1 splendid. -2 beautiful. -3 handy, dexterous. -शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21. -श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astronomy. -संकल्प a. resolved, determined. -संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -संज्ञ a. 1 having presence of mind ... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms. -2 restored to consciousness or senses. -3 aroused. -4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221. -संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred. -संस्कार a. 1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, initiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78. -2 Prepared, adorned. -सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has married another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife. -हस्त, -हस्तक a. 1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy. -2 skilled in archery. -हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity; ... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47. -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41.
kevala केवल a. [केव् सेवने वृषा˚ कल] 1 Peculiar, exclusive, uncommon; किं तया क्रियते लक्ष्म्या या वधूरिव केवला Pt.2.134. -2 Alone, mere, sole, only, isolated; स हि तस्य न केवलां श्रियं प्रतिपेदे सकलान् गुणानपि R.8.5; न केवलानां पयसां प्रसूति- मवेहि मां कामदुघां प्रसन्नाम् 2.63;15.1; Ku.2.34. -3 Whole, entire, absolute, perfect. -4 Bare, uncovered (as ground); निषेदुषी स्थण्डिल एव केवले Ku.5.12. -5 Pure, simple, unmingled, unattended (by anything else); कातर्यं केवला नीतिः R.17.47. -6 Selfish, envious. -ली, -लम् 1 The doctrine of absolute unity of spirit and matter. -2 One of the five types of knowledge according to the Jainas; (श्रुतज्ञान, मतिज्ञान, अवधिज्ञान, मनःपर्ययज्ञान and केवलज्ञान). -ली Astronomical science. -लम् ind. Only, merely, solely, entirely, absolutely, wholly; केवलमिदमेव पृच्छामि K.155; न केवलं--अपि not only-but;. वसु तस्य विभोर्न केवलं गुणवत्तापि परप्रयोजना R.8.31; cf. also 3.19;2,31. -2 Silently, quietly; न हि मे$व्याहृतं कुर्यात्सर्वलोको$पि केवलम् Mb.12.2.28. -Comp. -अद्वैतम् a particular doctrine of अद्वैत. -अन्वयिन् see under अन्वय. -आत्मन् a. one whose essence is absolute unity; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्राक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने Ku.2.4. -ज्ञानम् the highest possible knowledge, (Jaina Phil.). -ज्ञानिन् m. one who has obtained the highest possible knowledge. -द्रव्यम् 1 black pepper. -2 mere mattar or substance. -ज्ञानम् highest Knowledge; जयन्ति ते जिना येषां केवलज्ञानशालिनाम् Pt.5.12. -नैयायिकः a mere logician (not proficient in any other branch of learning); so ˚वैयाकरण. -व्यतिरेकिन् m. pertaining to only one of the varieties of inference according to न्यायशास्त्र.
kevalin केवलिन् a. (-नी f.) 1 Alone, only. -2 Devoted to the doctrine of absolute unity of the spirit; Bhāg.4.25.39. -3 one who has obtained the highest knowledge (Jaina Phil.)
kauṭilyam कौटिल्यम् [cf. नित्यं कौटिल्ये गतौ P.III.1.23.] 1 Crookedness (lit. and fig.); कौटिल्यं कचनिचये करचरणा- धरतलेषु रागस्ते K. P. -2 Wickedness. -3 dishonesty, fraud; यो मित्राणि करोत्यत्र न कौटिल्येन वर्तते Pt.2.185. -ल्यः 'The crooked', N. of Chāṇakya, a celebrated writer on civil polity, (the work being known as चाण्क्य- नीति), the friend and adviser of Chandragupta and a very important character in the Mudrārākṣasa; कौटिल्यः कुटिलमतिः स एष येन क्रोधाग्नौ प्रसभमदाहि नन्दवंशः Mu.1.7; स्पृशति मां भृत्यभावेन कौटिल्यशिष्यः Mu.7. -शास्त्रम् Chāṇakya's doctrine (diplomacy).
kaula कौल a. (-ली f.) [कुले भवः अण् cf. P.IV.2.96] 1 Relating to a family, राज्यं प्राप्तं यशश्चैव कौली श्रीरभिवर्धिता; Rām.4.29.9. -2 ancestral, hereditary; Bhāg.12.3.36. -3 Of a noble family, well-born. -लः A worshipper of शक्ति according to the left hand ritual. -लम् The doctrine and practices of the left hand Śāktas (for a short description of कौलधर्म see Karpūr. I, speech of भैरवानन्द). -Comp. -मार्गः the doctrine of the Kaulas.
kṣaṇaḥ क्षणः णम् [क्षणोति दुःखं क्षण्-अच्] 1 An instant, moment, measure of time equal to 4/5 of a second; न हि कश्चित्क्षणमपि Bg.3.5; क्षणमात्रमृषिस्तस्थौ सुप्तमीन इव ह्रदः R.1.73;2.6; Me.26; क्षणमवतिष्ठस्व wait a moment. -2 Leisure; अहमपि लब्धक्षणः स्वगेहं गच्छामि M.1; Pt.1.138; गृहीतः क्षणः Ś.2 'my leisure is at your disposal' i. e. I pledge my word to do your work. -3 A fit moment or opportunity; रहो नास्ति क्षणो नास्ति नास्ति प्रार्थयिता नरः Pt.1.138; Me.64; अधिगतक्षणः Dk.147. -4 An auspicious or lucky moment. -5 A festival, joy, delight; तदेव वीरो$भिजगाम तोरणं कृतक्षणः काल इव प्रजाक्षये Rām. 5.47.38. -6 Dependence, servitude. -7 The centre, the middle. -8 A certain day of the fortnight (as the full moon). -9 Rule, resolution; गन्तुं भूमीं कृतक्षणाः Mb.1.64.51. (In comp. क्षण is translated by 'momentary', 'temporary'. क्षणात्, -क्षणेन् in a moment, at once, immediately). -क्षणेक्षणे ind. Every instant, moment; क्षणेक्षणे यन्नवतामुपैति तदेव रूपं रमणीयतायाः आरब्धै- र्व्यसनैर्भूम्ना क्षीणकोशः क्षणे क्षणे Rāj. T.5.166. -Comp. -अन्तरे ind. the next moment, after a little while. -अर्धम् half a moment, small space of time. -क्षेपः a momentary delay. -दः an astrologer. (-दम्) 1 night-blindness. -2 water. (-दा) 1 night; क्षणादथैष क्षणदापतिप्रभः N.1.67; R.8.74;16.45; Śi.3.53. -2 turmeric. ˚करः, ˚पतिः the moon; उदिते क्षणदाकरे Śi.9.7. ˚चरः a night-walker, a demon; सानुप्लवः प्रभुरपि क्षणदाचराणां R.13.75. ˚आन्ध्यम् night-blindness, nyctalopsis. -द्युतिः f. -प्रकाशा, -प्रभा lightning. -निःश्वासः the porpoise. -भङ्गवादः the doctrine of the continual decay of things (Buddh.); Bādarāyaṇa 2.1.18. -भङ्गुर a. transient, frail, perishable; मृगतृष्णासमं वीक्ष्य संसारं क्षणभङ्गुरम् H.4. 13. -मात्रम् ind. for a moment; क्षणमात्रमृषिस्तस्थौ सुप्त- मीन इव ह्रदः R.1.73. -रामिन् m. a pigeon. -विध्वंसिन् a. perishable in a moment. (-m.) a class of atheistic philosophers who deny the continued identity of any part of nature, and maintain that the universe perishes and undergoes a new creation every instant. -वीर्यम् an auspicious moment (क्षण, मुहूर्त).
gavya गव्य a. [गवे हितं यत्] 1 Consisting of cattle or cows. -2 Coming or got from a cow (as milk, curds &c.); गव्येन दत्ते श्राद्धे तु संवत्सरमिहोच्यते Mb.13.88.8. -3 Proper or fit for cattle. -4 Sacred to the cow, worshipping the cow. -व्यम् 1 Cattle, a herd of cows; गव्यं यव्यं यन्तो Rv.1.14.13. -2 Pasture-land. -3 The milk, curds &c of a cow; Mb.13.66.13. -4 A bow-string; श्रवणोपा- न्तिकनीयमानगव्यम् Śi.2.19. -5 Colouring substance, yellow pigment. -6 The sacrificial act called गवामयनम्; गव्यस्य च तदादिषु Ms.8.1.18; गव्यमिति गवामयनं ब्रूमः ŚB. on MS.8.1.18. -व्या 1 A herd of cows. -2 A measure of distance equal to two Krośas. -3 A bow-string. -4 A colouring substance, yellow pigment.
gādh गाध् 1 Ā. (गाधते, गाधित) 1 To stand, stay, remain. -2 To set out for; dive or plunge into; गाधितासे नभो भूयः Bk.22.2;8.1. -3 To seek, search or inquire for. -4 To compile, string or weave together.
gītā गीता [गै कर्मणि क्त] A name given to certain sacred writings in verse (often in the form of a dialogue) which are devoted to the exposition of particular religious and theosophical doctrines; e. g. शिवगीता, रामगीता, भगवद्गीता. But the name appears to be especially confined to the last, the Bhagavadgītā; गीतासुगीता कर्तव्या किमन्यैः शास्त्रविस्तरैः । या स्वयं पद्मनाभस्य मुखपद्माद्विनिःसृता ॥ quoted by Śrīdharasvāmin.
gucchaḥ गुच्छः 1 A bundle, bunch (in general); गुच्छगुल्मं तु विविधम् Ms.1.48. -2 A bunch of flowers, a cluster of blossoms, a clump (of trees &c.); अक्ष्णोर्निक्षिपदञ्जनं श्रवणयोस्तापिच्छगुच्छावलिम् Gīt.11; Ms.1.48; Śi.6.5; Y.2.229. -3 The plumage of a peacock. -4 A necklace of pearls (in general). -5 A pearl necklace of 32 (or, according to some, of 7) strings; Kau. A. 2.11. -Comp. -अर्धः a pearl necklace of 24 strings. (-र्धः, -र्धम्) half of a cluster. -कणिशः a kind of corn. -पत्रः the palm tree. -फलः 1 the vine. -2 plantain tree.
guṇaḥ गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food).
guph गुफ् or गुम्फ् 6 P. [गु-गुम्फति, गुम्फित) 1 To put string or weave together, tie, wind round; गुम्फिताः शिरसि वेणयो$भवन् Śi.14.3; विश्वाभिरामगुणगौरवगुम्फितानाम् Bv.1.71; Bk.7.15. -2 (fig.) To write, compose. -Caus. To string together; गुम्फयन्तीव सुश्लक्ष्णपदरत्नमयीं स्रजम् Ks.72.79.
gumphaḥ गुम्फः [गुम्फ्-घञ्] 1 Tying, stringing together. गुम्फो वाणीनाम् B. R.1.1. -2 Putting together, composing, arrangement. -3 A bracelet. -4 A whisker, a mustachio.
gumphanā गुम्फना [गुम्फ्-युच्] 1 Stringing together. -2 Arranging, composing. -3 Good adjustment (of words and their senses), good composition; वाक्ये शब्दार्थयोः सम्यग्रचना गुम्फना मता.
guru गुरु a. (-रु, -र्वी f.) [ग कु उच्च Uṇ.1.24.] (compar. गरीयस्; superl. गरिष्ठ) 1 Heavy, weighty (opp. लघु); (fig. also); तेन धूर्जगतो गुर्वी सचिवेषु निचिक्षिपे R.1.34;3.35; 12.12; विमुच्य वासांसि गुरूणि साम्प्रतम् Ṛs.1.7. -2 Great, large, long, extended. -3 Long (in duration or length). आरम्भगुर्वी Bh.2.6; गुरुषु दिवसेष्वेषु गच्छत्सु Me.85. -4 Important, momentous, great; विभवगुरुभिः कृत्यैः Ś.4. 19; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V.4.31; Ku.3.13; Bh.3.7; R.14.35. -5 Arduous, difficult (to bear); कान्ताविरहगुरुणा शापेन Me.1. -6 Great, excessive, violent, intense; गुरुः प्रहर्षः प्रबभूव नात्मनि R.3.17; गुर्वपि विरहदुःखम् Ś.4.16; Bg.6.22. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Heavy, hard of digestion (as food). -9 Best, excellent. -1 Dear, beloved. -11 Haughty, proud (as a speech). -12 (In prosody) Long, as a syllable, either in itself, or being short, followed by a conjunct consonant &c.; e. g. ई in ईड् or त in तस्कर (It is usually represented by ग in works on prosody; मात्तौ गौ चेच्छालिनी वेदलोकैः &c.). -13 Irresistible, unassailable; जागर्ति दंशाय...गुरुर्भुजङ्गी Māl.6.1. -14 Mighty; powerful. -15 Valuable, highly prized; पूर्वं पूर्वं गुरु ज्ञेयम् Y.2.3. -16 Grievous; Me.85. -रुः 1 (a) A father; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेकपार्थिवः क्षितावभूदेकधनुर्धरो$पि सः R.3.31,48;4.1; 8.29. (b) Forefather, ancestor; त्वां मैत्रावरुणो$भिनन्दतु गुरुर्यस्ते गुरूणामपि U.5.27. (c) Father-in-law; त्वं हि मे गुरुः (तद्धर्मतः स्नुषा ते$हम्) Rām.7.26.28-29. -2 Any venerable or respectable person, an elderly personage or relative, the elders (pl.) शुश्रूषस्व गुरून् Ś.4.18; Bg. 2.5; Bv.2.7,18,19,49; आज्ञा गुरूणां ह्यविचारणीया R. 14.46. -3 A teacher, preceptor; गुरुशिष्यौ. -4 Particularly, a religious teacher, spiritual preceptor. तौ गुरुर्गुरुपत्नी च प्रीत्या प्रतिननन्दतुः R.1.57; (technically a Guru is one who performs the purificatory ceremonies over a boy and instructs him in the Vedas; स गुरुर्यः क्रियाः कृत्वा वेदमस्मै प्रयच्छति Y.1.34). -5 A lord, head, superintendent, ruler; सर्वे गुरुहिते स्थिताः Rām.4.4.6; कर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी R.5.19 the head of the castes or orders; गुरुर्नृपाणां गुरवे निवेद्य 2.68. -6 N. of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; गुरुं नेत्रसहस्रेण चोदयामास वासवः Ku.2.29; Pt.1.23. -7 The planet Jupiter; गुरुकाव्यानुगां बिभ्रच्चान्द्रीमभिनभः श्रियम् Śi.2.2. -8 The propounder of a new doctrine. -9 The lunar asterism called पुष्य. -1 N. of Droṇa, teacher of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -11 N. of Prabhākara, the leader of a school of the Mīmāṁsakas (called after him Prābhākara). -12 The supreme spirit. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a long syllable. -अङ्गना 1 the wife of a Guru. -2 A woman entitled to great respect. -अर्थ a. important; सतीं व्यादाय शृण्वन्तो लघ्वीं गुर्वर्थगह्वराम् Bhāg.3. 16.14. (-र्थः) a preceptor's fee for instructing a pupil; गुर्वर्थमाहर्तुमहं यतिष्ये R.5.17. -उत्तम a. highly revered. (-मः) the Supreme soul. -उपदेशः 1 Consultation of the experts; एषु स्थानेषु गुरूपदेशात् सम्यङ् नाडीं परीक्ष्य शिरामोचनं कुर्यात् Śālihotra of Bhoja, 82. -2 advice by the elders or by the preceptor. -कण्ठः a peacock. -कारः worship, adoration. -कार्यम् 1 a serious or weighty affair. -2 the office of a spiritual teacher. -कुलम् the residence of a Guru (गुरुगृह), academy; वसन् गुरुकुले नित्यं नित्यम- ध्ययने रतः Mb.9.4.3; आवृत्तानां गुरुकुलाद्विप्राणां पूजको भवेत् Ms.7.82. -कृत a. 1 worshipped. -2 made much of; अहो निन्द्यं रूपं कविजनविशेषैर्गुरु कृतम् Bh.3.2. -क्रमः instruction handed down through a series of teachers, traditional instruction. -गृहम् signs (राशिs) Sagittarius (धनु) and Pisces (मीन). -घ्नः white mustard. -चर्या attendance upon a preceptor; Māl.9.51. -जनः any venerable person, an elderly relative, the elders collectively; नापेक्षितो गुरुजनः K.158; Bv.2.7. -तल्पः 1 the bed (wife) of a teacher. -2 violation or violator of a teacher's bed; Mb.12.56.32. -तल्पगः, -तल्पिन् m. 1 one who violates his teacher's bed (wife), (ranked in Hindu law as a sinner of the worst kind, committer of an अतिपातक; cf. Ms.11.13); Mb.3.43.6. -2 one who defiles his step-mother. -दक्षिणा fee given to a spiritual preceptor; उपात्तविद्यो गुरुदक्षिणार्थी R.5.1. -दानम् a Guru's gift. -दैवतम् the constellation पुष्य. -पत्रा the tamarind tree. -त्रम् tin. -पाक a. difficult of digestion. -पूजा 1 the ceremonies in propitiation of Bṛihaspati when a work is to be performed or undertaken. -2 the worship of one's spiritual preceptor. -प्रसादः the product of a Guru's blessing, i. e. learning. -भम् 1 the constellation पुष्य. -2 a bow. -3 the sign Pisces of the zodiac. -भावः importance, weight. -मर्दलः a kind of drum or tabor. -रत्नम् 1 topaz; (Mar. पुष्पराग, गोमेद). -2 a gem brought from the Himālaya and the Indus. -लाघवम् relative importance or value; विरोधिषु महीपाल निश्चित्य गुरु- लाघवम् Mb.3.131.12; Ś.5. -वर्चोघ्नः the lime, citron. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् m. a student (ब्रह्मचारिन्) who resides at his preceptor's house. -वर्ति, -ता f. respectful behaviour towards Guru (elder or venerable person); निवेद्य गुरवे राज्यं भजिष्ये गुरुवर्तिताम् Rām.2.115.19. -वारः, -वासरः Thursday. -वृत्तिः f. the conduct of a pupil towards his preceptor; Rām.2.9.2. -व्यथ a. greatly distressed, heavy with grief; वचोभिराशाजननैर्भवानिव गुरुव्यथम् V. 3.9. -शिखरिन् m. an epithet of the Himālaya. -श्रुतिः a mantra (especially गायत्री); जपमानो गुरुश्रुतिम् Mb.13. 136.6. -स्वम् (= ष्वम्) the preceptor's wealth or property; गवां क्षीरं गुरुष्वं ते... Bm.1.35.
go गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.] 1 Cattle, kine (pl.) -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c. -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1. -4 The sky. -5 The thunderbolt of Indra; Ki.8.1. -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6. -7 A diamond. -8 Heaven. -9 An arrow. -f. 1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6. -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (-6). -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2. -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī. -5 A mother. -6 A quarter of the compass. -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5. -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42. -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव. -2 The hair of the body. -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3. -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49. -5 The sun. -6 The number 'nine' (in math.). -7 The moon. -8 A singer. -9 A billion. -1 A cow-sacrifice -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा ... Enm. -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made impassable. -2 the cow's hoof. -3 the print of a cow's hoof. -कर्ण a. having cow's ears. (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57. -2 a mule. -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42. -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P. -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33. -6 a kind of deer. -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42. -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird. -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough -2 a pestle. -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb. -2 a cow-house. -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up). -कुलिक a. 1 one who does not help a cow in the mud. -2 squint-eyed. -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā. -कृतम् cow-dung. -क्षीरम् cow's milk. -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof. -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13. -खा a nail. -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf. -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen. -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed. -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung. -2 a cow-house. -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2. -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite. -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer. -घृतम् 1 rain-water. -2 clarified butter coming from a cow. -घ्न a. 1 destructive to cows. -2 one who has killed a cow. -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest. -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood. -चर a. 1 grazed over by cattle. -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77. -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13. -4 moving on earth. -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12. -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent. (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1. -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39. -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible. -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16. -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1. -6 horizon. -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4. -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other. ˚पीडा inauspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current). -चर्मन् n. 1 a cow's hide. -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha :-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva. -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29. -चारकः cowherd. -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8. -ज a. 1 born in the earth (rice &c.). -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा ...... Kaṭh.5.2. -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13. -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow. -जागरिकम् auspiciousness, happiness. (-कः) a preparer of food, baker. -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11. -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी). -जिह्विका the uvula. -जीव a. living on cattle (milkman); Hch.1.7. -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow. -तीर्थम् a cowhouse. -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क] 1 a cow-pen. -2 a stable in general. -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141. -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88. -5 a multitude. -6 increase. -7 a forest. -8 a field. -9 a road. -1 possessions, wealth. -11 an umbrella, a parasol. -12 knowledge of futurity. -13 a genus, class, species. -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm. (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows. -2 the earth. ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree. ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family. ˚कीला the earth. ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135. ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree. ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52. ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (-दः) brain. (-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī. -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (-त्रम्) a crown (protecting the head). -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail. (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment. -2 a white fossil substance. -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow. -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently). -3 the part of the head close to the right ear. -दाय a. intending to give cows. -दारणम् 1 a plough. -2 a spade, hoe. -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south. -दुह् m., -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi. -दोहः 1 the milking of cows. -2 the milk of cows. -3 the time of milking cows. -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows. -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4. -दोहनी a milk-pail. -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow. -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle. -2 possession of cows. (-नः) a broad-pointed arrow. -धरः a mountain. -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26. -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13. -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour; -सम्भवम् a sour paste. -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called because cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth). -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf. -भ्रः a mountain. -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva. -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird. -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane. -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull). -3 N. of a country. -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya. -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake. -2 a kind of gem. -नसा the mouth of a cow. -नाथः 1 a bull. -2 an owner of land. -3 a herdsman. -4 an owner of kine. -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3. -नाशनः a wolf. -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox. -नासम् a kind of gem. -निष्यन्दः cow's urine. -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15. -2 the chief of a cowpen. -3 the superintendent of a village. -4 a king. -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1. ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49. ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd. ˚आटविका a cowherd. ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd. -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. ˚चापः the rainbow. ˚दलः the betel-nut tree. ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily. ˚रसः gum myrrh. ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1. (-पकः) 1 the superintendent of a district. -2 myrrh. (-पिका) 1 a cowherdess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15. -2 protectress. (-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports). -2 a milk-maid. -3 a protectress. -4 Nature, elementary nature. -पतिः 1 an owner of cows. -2 a bull. -3 a leader, chief. -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32. -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1. -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -7 N. of Śiva. -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11. -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26. -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av. -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो. -पशुः a sacrificial cow. -पाः m. Ved. 1 a herdsman. -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57. -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15. -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed. -पालकः 1 a cowherd. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa. -पालिः an epithet of Śiva. -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19. -पालितः N. of a lexicographer. -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.). -पीतः a species of wagtail. -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage. -पुच्छम् a cow's tail. -2 a particular point of an arrow. (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22. -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings. -3 a kind of drum. -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull. -पुत्रः 1 a young bull. -2 an epithet of Karṇa. -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1. -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5. -3 the ornamental gateway of a temple. -पुरीषम् cowdung. -प्रकाण्डम् an excellent cow or bull. -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166. -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle. -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11. -प्रदानम् same as गोदान. -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35. -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c. -2 a sling. -बालः the hair of cows. -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -मक्षिका a gadfly. -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3. -मंडलम् 1 the globe. -2 a multitude of cows. -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B. -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v. -मतल्लिका a tractable cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41. -मथः a cowherd. -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist. -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय. -मांसम् beef. -मायु 1 a kind of frog. -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25. -3 bile of a cow. -4 N. of a Gandharva. -मीनः a kind of fish. -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55. (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark. -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves. (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly. -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside. -2 a house built unevenly. -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows. -मूढ a. stupid as a bull. -मूत्रम् cow's urine. -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11. -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly. -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it :-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.) -2 a form of calculation. -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय). -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, described as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue. -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद. -2 a kind of poison (काकोल). -3 smearing the body with unguents. -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8. -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174. -युक्त a. drawn by oxen. -युतम् 1 a cattle station. -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22. -रक्षः 1 a cowherd. -2 keeping or tending cattle. -3 the orange. -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat. -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith). -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl -2 a prisoner. -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes. -4 a chanter. -रवम् saffron. -रसः cow's milk. -2 curds. -3 buttermilk. -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk. -राजः an excellent bull. -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird. -रुतम् a measure of distance equal to two Krośas. -रूपम् the form of a cow. (-पः) N. of Śiva. -रोचम् yellow orpiment. -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow. -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow. -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3. -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world. -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute. -2 white Dūrvā grass. -3 Zedoary. -4 N. of a shrub. -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf. -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59. -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -वरम् pounded cowdung. -वशा a barren cow. -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen. -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide. -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m. 1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9. -2 a husbandman. -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows. -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman. -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन -विष् f., -विष्ठा cowdung. -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4. -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9. -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2. -वीर्यम् the price received for milk. -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle. -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow. -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva. -वैद्यः a quack docter. -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen. -2 a herd of cows. -3 a place where cattle graze. -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in frugality; ...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः ... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14. -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182. -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa. -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall. -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11. -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23. -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine. -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows. -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7. -2 giving cattle. -ष्टोमः a kind of sacrifice fasting for one day. -संख्यः a cowherd. -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय). -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग. -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17. -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ. -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री). -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow. -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow. -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c. -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings. -4 a kind of fort. -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes. -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen. -स्वामिन् m. 1 an owner of cows. -2 a religious mendicant. -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्). -हत्या cow-slaughter. -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung. -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.) -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (-तः) N. of Viṣṇu.
godhā गोधा [गुध्यते, वेष्ट्यते बाहुरनया करणे घञ] 1 A leathern fence fastened round the left arm to prevent injury from the bow-string; गोधाश्लिष्टभुजाशाखैरभूद्भीमा रणाटवी Śi. 19.39. -2 The alligator (Mar. सुसर); गोधाधरान् कीलधरान् वलीमुखशिलीमुखान् Parnāl 3.25; त्रिभागागोधामुखं गोपुरं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -3 A sinew; गोधा तस्मा अयथं कर्षदेतत् Rv.1.28.1-11. -4 A chord; गोधा परि सनिष्वणत् Rv. 8.69.9. -5 An iguana (Mar. घोरपड).
grathanam ग्रथनम् 1 Coagulation, thickening, becoming obstructed or clogged with knotty lumps. -2 Stringing together. -3 Composing, writing; (ना also in these senses).
granth ग्रन्थ् 1, 9 P., 1 U., 1 Ā. (ग्रन्थति, ग्रथ्नाति, ग्रन्थयति- ते, also ग्रथति, ग्रथते) 1 To fasten, tie or string together; ग्रन्थित्वेव स्थितं रुचः Bk.7.15; स्रजो ग्रथयते &c. -2 To arrange, class together, connect in a regular series. -3 To wind round. -4 To write, compose; ग्रथ्नामि काव्य- शशिनं विततार्थरश्मिम् K. P.1. -5 To form, make, produce; ग्रथ्नन्ति बाष्पबिन्दुनिकरं पक्ष्मपङ्क्तयः K.6; Bk.17.69. -6 To set or strew with.
granthaḥ ग्रन्थः [ग्रन्थ् संदर्भे भावे घञ्] 1 Binding, stringing together (fig. also). -2 A work, treatise, composition, literary production, book; ग्रन्थारम्भे, ग्रन्थकृत्, ग्रन्थसमाप्ति &c. -3 Wealth, property. -4 A verse consisting of 32 syllables, written in the Anuṣṭubh metre. -Comp. -कर्तृ, m. -कारः -कृत् m. a writer, an author; ग्रन्थारम्भे समुचितेष्टदे- वतां ग्रन्थकृत्परामृशति K. P.1. -कुटी, -कूटी 1 a library. -2 a studio. -विस्तरः, विस्तारः voluminousness, diffuse style; Bṛi S.1.2. -संधिः a section or chapter of a work; (for the several names by which sections, or chapters of works in Sanskṛit, are called, see under अध्याय).
granthanam ग्रन्थनम् ना [ग्रन्थ भावे ल्युट्] 1 Stringing or tying together. -2 Composing, writing.
grāhin ग्राहिन् a. [ग्रह् णिनि] 1 Seizing, taking, holding. -2 Picking, gathering. -3 Containing. -4 Drawing, attracting, alluring. -5 Obtaining, gaining. -6 Searching through, scrutinizing. -7 Choosing, selecting. -8 Perceiving, observing. -9 Accepting. -1 Astringent. -11 Obstructing. -12 Purchasing; मूल्येन रत्नग्रही च Ks. 57.2. -m. The wood-apple tree. -णी Adverse fate (प्रतिकूला).
ghaṇṭuḥ घण्टुः 1 A string of bells tied on an elephant's chest by way of ornament. -2 Heat, light.
catuṣka चतुष्क a. [चतुरवयवं चत्वारो$वयवा यस्य वा कन्] 1 Consisting of four. -2 Increased by four; द्विकं त्रिकं चतुष्कं च पञ्चकं च शतं समम् Ms.8.142 (i. e. 12, 13, 14, or 15, or interest at the rate of 2 to 5 percent). -ष्कम् 1 The number 'four'. -2 A collection of four. -3 cross-way -4 A quadrangular courtyard. -5 A hall resting on (four) pillars, a hall or saloon in general; Ku.5.68, 7.9. -6 A necklace of four strings. -7 A stand or a seat with four feet (Mar. चौरंग); चतुष्कैर्मञ्चकैश्चापि ... Śiva. B.22.62. -ष्की 1 A large four sided pond. -2 A mosquito curtain.
cartana चर्तन a. Ved. Stringing together. -नम् A hook, or pin.
cārvākaḥ चार्वाकः [चारुः लोकसंमतो वाकोवाक्यं यस्य, पृषो˚ Tv.] 1 N. of a sophistical philosopher (said to have been a pupil of Brihaspati), who propounded the grossest form of atheism or materialism (for a summary of the doctrines of Chārvāka; see Sarva. S.1.). -2 A follower of the philosophy of Chārvākā चार्वाकाणामिवैषां हि भयं न परलोकतः Rāj. T.4.345. -3 N. of a Rākṣasa described in the Mahābhārata, as a friend of Duryodhana and an enemy of the Pāndavas. [When Yudhiṣṭhira entered Hastināpura in triumph, he assumed the form of a Brāhmaṇa and reviled him and the assembled Brāhmaṇas, but he was soon detected, and the real Brāhmaṇas, filled with fury, are said to have killed him on the spot. He also tried to deceive Yudhiṣṭhira at the end of the great war by telling him that Bhīma was slain by Duryodhana; see Ve.6]. -Comp. -मतम्.
cīram चीरम् [चि-क्रन् दीर्घश्च; Uṇ.2.26] 1 A rag, a tattered cloth, a long stripe or garment; Ms.6.6; क्षौमं दुकूलमजिनं चीरं वल्कलमेव वा Bhāg.7.13.39. -2 A bark. -3 A cloth or garment in general; दर्भचीरं निव- स्याथ दण्डाजिनविभूषितः Mb.3.39.23. -4 A necklace of pearls consisting of four strings. -5 A stripe, stroke, line. -6 A manner of writing with strokes. -7 Lead. -8 A crest. -9 The dress of a Buddhist priest. -Comp. -परिग्रह, -वासस् a. 1 clothed in bark; Ku.6.92; Ms.11.12. -2 dressed in rags or tatters. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -भवन्ती the elder sister of a wife. -मोचनम् N. of a Tīrtha; चीरमोचनतीर्थान्तर्गणरात्रं तपस्यता Rāj. T.1.149.
caitrakaḥ चैत्रकः The month चैत्र. चैत्रिः caitriḥ चैत्रिकः caitrikḥ चैत्रिन् caitrin चैत्रिः चैत्रिकः चैत्रिन् m. The month called Chaitra.
jīvā जीवा a. [जीव्-अच्] 1 Water. -2 The earth. -3 A bow-string; मुहुर्जीवाघोषैर्बधिरयति Mv.6.3. -4 The chord of an arc. -5 Means of living. -6 The tinkling of metallic ornaments. -7 N. of a plant (वचा). -8 Life, existence.
jainaḥ जैनः a. 1 A Jaina, a follower of Jaina doctrines. -2 A Buddha.
jyā ज्या 1 A bow-string; विश्रामं लभतामिदं च शिथिलज्याबन्ध- मस्मद्धनुः Ś.2.6; R.3.59;11.15;12.14. -2 The chord of an arc. -3 The earth. -4 A mother. -5 Overpowering force or strength. -6 Excessive demand, importunity. -7 A kind of wooden stick (शम्या). -8 The rear of the army; ज्या भूमिमौर्व्योः शम्यायां वाहिन्याः पृष्ठभागके । Nm. Hence ˚घातवारणम् A handguard used by the archers and ˚घोषः The twanging of the bow.
ṭa टः 1 A sound like the twang of a bow-string. -2 A dwarf. -3 A quarter, a fourth part. -टा 1 The earth. -2 An oath. -टम् A hollowed cocoanut.
ṭaṅkāraḥ टङ्कारः 1 The twang of a bow-string. -2 A howl, cry, shout; सृगालोलूकटङ्कारैः प्रणेदुरशिवं शिवाः Bhāg 3.17.9. -3 Fame; (Notoriety; M. W.) -4 Surprise, wonder. 'ten'; ञश्चाग्निर्ञा जरा राशिरेव च and ञं सर्पिः परं ब्रह्म निगद्यते । Enm.
ḍoraḥ डोरः A fillet of thread (tied round the arm). -2 The string with which a packet or parcel is tied.
tata तत p. p. [तन्-क्त] 1 Extended, spread; तमीं तमोभिर- भिगम्य तताम् Śi.9.23;6.5; Ki.5.11. -2 Spreading or reaching over, extending to. -3 Covered over, concealed. -4 Protracted, continued. -5 Bent (as a bow); ततायुधकलापवान् Mb.1.49.25. -6 Spreading wide &c; see तन्. -तः Ved. 1 A father; पितरं तत कस्मै मां दास्यसि Kaṭh.1.1.4.; Bhāg.1.18.37. -2 Wind, air. -3 Extent. -4 Offspring, a child (n. also). -5 A son. -तम् Any stringed musical instrument.
tantiḥ तन्तिः f. [तन्-कर्मणि क्तिच्] 1 A cord, line, string; सासज्जत शिचस्तन्त्यां महिषी कालयन्त्रिता Bhāg.7.2.52. -2 A row, series, (Mar. दावण); वत्सानां न तन्तयस्त इन्द्र Rv.6.24.4; यथा गावो नसि प्रोतास्तन्त्र्यां बद्धाः स्वदामभिः Bhāg.1.13.42. -3 Extension, expansion. -4 A cow. -5 A weaver. -Comp. -पालः 1 a guardian of (the rows of) cows. -2 N. assumed by Sahadeva when living at the house of Virāṭa.
tantuḥ तन्तुः [तन्-तुन्] 1 A thread, cord, wire, string, line; चिन्तासंततितन्तु Māl.5.1; Me.7. -2 A cob-web R.16.2. -3 filament; विसतन्तुगुणस्य कारितम् Ku.4. 29. -4 An offspring, issue, race; स्वमायया$वृणोद्गर्भं वैराट्याः कुरुतन्तवे Bhāg.1.8.14; Mb.6.43.98. -5 A shark. -6 The Supreme Being; Bhāg.8.16.31. -7 A snare, fetter (पाश); ते तानावारयिष्यन्ति ऐणेयानिव तन्तुना Mb.5. 57.41. -Comp. -करणम् spinning. -कार्यम् a web. -काष्ठम् a piece of wood or brush used by weavers for cleaning threads. -कीटः a silk-worm. -कृन्तनम् cutting off the propagation of a family; तन्तुकृन्तन यन्नस्त्वमभद्रमचरः पुनः Bhāg.6.5.43. -नागः a (large) shark. -निर्यासः the palmyra tree. -नाभः a spider. -पर्वन् n. the anniversary of the day of full-moon in the month of Srāvaṇa when Krisna was invested with the sacred thread. -भः 1 the mustard seed. -2 a calf. -वर्धनः 'increasing the race', N. of Viṣṇu, also of Śiva. -वाद्यम् any stringed musical instrument. -वानम् weaving. -वापः 1 a weaver. -2 a loom. -3 weaving. -वायः 1 a spider. -2 a weaver; तन्तुवायो दशपलं दद्यादेकपलाधिकम् Ms.8.397; तन्तुवायास्तुन्नवायाः ... Śiva. B.31.19. -3 weaving. ˚दण्डः a loom. -विग्रहा a plantain. -शाला a weaver's workshop. -संतत a. woven, sewn. (तम्) woven cloth. -संततिः f., -संतानः weaving. -सारः the betel-nut tree.
tantram तन्त्रम् 1 A loom; तदा$पश्यत् स्त्रियौ तन्त्रे अधिरोप्य सुवेमे पटं वयन्त्यौ Mb.1.3.144. -2 A thread. -3 The warp or threads extended lengthwise in a loom; सिरीस्तन्त्रं तन्वते अप्रजज्ञयः Rv.1.71.9. -4 Posterity. -5 An uninterrupted series. -6 The regular order of ceremonies and rites, system, framework, ritual; कर्मणां युगपद्भावस्तन्त्र Kāty.; अशक्यं हि उत्तरं तन्त्रं कर्तुम् । ŚB. on MS.1.2.57. -7 Main point; प्रकर्षतन्त्रा हि रणे जयश्रीः Ki.3.17. -8 Principal doctrine, rule, theory, science; विधिनोपचरेद्देवं तन्त्रोक्तेन च केशवम् Bhāg. 11.3.47; जितमनसिजतन्त्रविचारम् Gīt.2. -9 Subservience, dependence; as in स्वतन्त्र, परतन्त्र; दैवतन्त्रं दुःखम् Dk.5. -1 A scientific work. -11 a chapter, section, as of a work; तन्त्रैः पञ्चभिरेतच्चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रम् Pt.1. -12 A religious treatise teaching magical and mystical formularies for the worship of the deities or the attainment of superhuman power; Ks.23.63; Bṛi. S.16.19. -13 The cause of more than one effect. -14 A spell. -15 A chief remedy of charm; जानन्ति तन्त्रयुक्तिम् Ms.2.1. -16 A drug, medicament. -17 An oath, ordeal. -18 Raiment. -19 The right way of doing anything. -2 Royal retinue, train, court. -21 A realm, country, authority. -22 (a) Government, ruling, administration; लोकतन्त्रविधानम् Mb.3.162.1;13.63.5; लोकतन्त्राधिकारः Ś.5. (b) Arrangement or machinery of government; सर्वमेव तन्त्रमाकुली- भूतम् Mu.1;2.1. -23 An army; पराजिताः फल्गुतन्त्रैः Bhāg.1.54.15. -24 A heap, multitude. -25 A house. -26 Decoration. -27 Wealth. -28 Happiness. -29 Model. -3 Supporting a family; Mv.2.17. -31 Providing for the security and prosperity of a kingdom; Mb.1.13. 26. -32 A group of acts or subsidiaries common to several प्रधानकर्मs or things; यत् सकृत्कृतं बहूनामुपकरोति तत् तन्त्रमित्युच्यते । तथा बहूनां ब्राह्मणानां मध्ये कृतः प्रदीपः ŚB. on MS.11.1.1; तन्त्रं साधारणो धर्मग्रामः । ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. (Opp. आवापः) -33 The order of the world; यतः प्रवर्तते तन्त्रं यत्र च प्रतितिष्ठति Mb.14.2.14. -34 A detail (matter or thing) which is subservient to (i. e. serves the purpose of) several things simultaneously; साधारणं भवेत् तन्त्रम् ŚB. on MS.12.1.1. -Comp. -काण्ठम् = तन्तु- काष्ठ q. v. -ज्ञः an expert, scientist; Bhāg.1.36.28. -भावः Simultaneity; यथा एकैकस्य सत्त्वस्य हस्तिनो$श्वस्य वा दर्शनमेकैकेन कृत्स्नमभिनिर्वर्त्यते एवमेव सत्रे तन्त्रभावो भवेत् । ŚB. on. MS.6.2.2. -युक्तिः The plan of a treatise; Kau. A. 15. -वापः, -पम् 1 weaving. -2 a loom. -वायः 1 a spider. -2 a weaver; (तन्त्रवापः also).
tantriḥ तन्त्रिः न्त्री f. 1 A string, cord; न लङ्घयेद्वत्सतन्त्रीम् Ms.4.38. -2 A bow-string. -3 The wire of a lute; इमास्तन्त्रीः सुमधुराः Rām.7.93.13; तन्त्रीमार्द्रां नयनसलिलैः सारयित्वा कथंचित् Me.88. -4 A sinew. -5 A tail. -6 A young woman having peculiar qualities. -7 A lute. -8 N. of the plant Amṛitā. -Comp. -भाण्डम् the Indian lute. -मुखः peculiar position of the hand.
tarkaḥ तर्कः (तर्क्-भावे अच्) 1 Supposition, conjecture, guess; प्रसन्नस्ते तर्कः V.2. -2 Reasoning, speculation, discussion, abstract reasoning; कुतः पुनरस्मिन्नवधारिते आगमार्थे तर्कनिमित्तस्याक्षेपस्यावकाशः; इदानीं तर्कनिमित्त आक्षेपः परिह्रियते Ś. B.; तर्को$प्रतिष्ठः स्मृतयो विभिन्नाः Mb.; Ms.12.16. -3 Doubt. -4 Logic, the science of logic; यत्काव्यं मधुवर्षि धर्षितपरास्तर्केषु यस्योक्तयः N.22.155; तर्कशास्त्रम्, तर्कदीपिका -5 (In logic) Reduction to absurdity, a conclusion opposed to the premises, a reductio ad absurdum. -6 A system of doctrine founded on pure reasoning or free thinking, a philosophical system (particularly one of the six principal Darṣanas q. v.). -7 A name for the number 'six'. -8 Supplying an ellipsis. -9 Cause, motive. -1 Wish, desire. -र्का Speculation, reasoning. -Comp. -अटः a beggar. -आभासः fallacious reasoning, fallacy in drawing conclusions. -कौमुदी N. of a Vaiśeṣika-work. -मुद्रा a particular position of the hand; कृत्वोरौ दक्षिणे सव्यं पादपद्मं च जानुनि । बाहुप्रकोष्ठे$क्षमालामासीनं तर्कमुद्रया ॥ Bhāg.4. 6.38. -विद्या logic; philosophical treatise. -शास्त्रम् 1 logic. -2 a philosophical work.
talaḥ तलः लम् [तल्-अच्] 1 A surface; भुवस्तलमिव व्योम कुर्वन् व्योमेव भूतलम् R.4.29; sometimes used at the end of comp. without much alteration of meaning; महीतलम् 'surface of the earth' i. e. earth itself; शुद्धे तु दर्पणतले सुलभावकाशा Ś.7.32; नभस्तलम् &c. -2 The palm of the hand; R.6.18. -3 The sole of the foot; Bhāg.1.36. 8. -4 The fore-arm. -5 A slap with the hand. -6 Lowness, inferiority of position. -7 A lower part, part underneath, base, foot, bottom; रेवारोधसि वेतसीतरुतले चेतः समुत्कण्ठते K. P.1. -8 (Hence) The ground under a tree or any other object, shelter afforded by anything; फणी मयूरस्य तले निषीदति Ṛs.1.13. -9 A hole, pit. -1 A span. -लः 1 The hilt of a sword. -2 The palmyra tree. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 Pressing the strings of a lute with the left hand; तत्र तत्र महानादैरुत्कृष्टतलनादितैः Mb.1.221.6. -5 A division of hell. -लम् 1 A pond. -2 A forest, wood; भस्मप्रस्तरशायी च भूमिशय्या तलेषु च Mb.12.33.11. -3 Cause, origin, motive. -4 A leathern fence worn round the left arm (तला also in this sense); उद्यतैरायुधैश्चित्रास्तलबद्धाः कलापिनः Mb.6.16.14. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः f. a toe. -अतलम् the fourth of the seven divisions of hell; Bhāg.2.5.41. -ईक्षणः a hog. -उदर a. having a protuberant belly, pot-bellied. -उदरी f. A wife; L. D. B. -उदा a river. -घातः a slap with the palm of the hand. -तालः 1 a kind of musical instrument. -2 clapping of the hands. -त्रम्, -त्राणम्, -वारणम् a leathern glove of an archer; शरासन- ज्यातलवारणध्वनिः Ki.14.29; पाणयः सतलत्राश्च... Śiva B.12.8. -प्रहारः a slap with the hand. -बद्धः a. having fastened round one's arm the तल (त्र); Mb.6.16.14. -युद्धम् a fight with the palms of the hands. -लोकः nether world (पाताल); Bhāg.2.6.42. -सारकम् 1 a martingale. -2 a horse's food-receptacle; M. W. -सारणम्, -सारिका ibid. -हृदयम् the centre of the sole of foot.
tāntrika तान्त्रिक a. (-की f.) 1 Well-versed in any science or doctrine -2 Relating to the Tantras. -3 Taught or contained in them. -कः A follower of Tantra doctrines; तान्त्रिकाः परिचर्यायां केवलस्य श्रियः पतेः । अङ्गोपाङ्गायुधाकल्पं कल्प- यन्ति यथा च यैः ॥ Bhāg.12.11.2.
tālitam तालितम् 1 Coloured colth. -2 Any musical instrument. -3 A string.
tāvaram तावरम् A bow-string.
tubara तुबर a. Astringent.
tulā तुला [तुल्-भिदा˚ अङ्] 1 A balance; तस्मात्ते$द्य प्रदास्यामि स्वमांसं तुलया धृतम् Mb.3.131.25; the beam of a balance; तुलया धृ to hold in a balance, to weigh, consider equal; अश्वमेधसहस्राणि सत्यं च तुलया धृतम् H.4.131. v. l. -2 A measure, weight. -3 Weighing. -4 Resemblance, likeness, equality, similarity (with gen., instr. or in comp.); किं धूर्जटेरिव तुलामुपयाति संख्ये Ve.3.8; तुलां यदारोहति दन्तवाससा Ku.5.34; R.8.15; सद्यः परस्परतुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68; 19.8,5. -5 Libra, the seventh sign of the zodiac; जयति तुलामधिरूढो भास्वानपि जलदपटलानि Pt.1.33. -6 A sloping beam or timber in the roof of a house. -7 A measure of gold or silver equal to 1 palas. -8 A kind of beam in the roof of a house (Mar. तुळई); Bṛi. S.53.3. -Comp. -अधिरोहणम् resembling; नवदिवाकरातपस्पृष्टपङ्कजतुलाधि- रोहणम् R.19.8. -अनुमानम् like inference, analogy. -कूटः a false weight. -कोटिः, -टीः f. 1 an ornament (an anklet or नूपुर) worn on the feet by women; cf. तुलाकोटिस्तु मञ्जीरे Nm.; लीलाचलत्स्त्रीचरणारुणोत्पलस्खलत्तुलाकोटि- निनादकोमलः Śi.12.44. -2 a hundred millions (अर्बुद). -3 the end of the beam. -कोशः, -कोषः 1 ordeal by weighing, weighing on a balance; हीनस्य नाशो$भ्यधिकस्य वृद्धिस्तुल्येन तुल्यं तुलितं तुलायाम् । एतत्तुलाकोशरहस्यमुक्तम्... Bṛi. S.26.1. -2 a place where a balance is kept. -गुडः a kind of ball (used as missile); Mb.3. -दानम् the gift to a Brāhmaṇa. of as much gold or silver as equals the weight of one's body. -घटः 1 the scale of a balance. -2 an oar. -धरः 1 a trader, merchant. -2 the sign Libra of the zodiac. -3 The sun; तुला- धरस्तु वणिजि श्लक्ष्णराशौ दिवाकरे Nm. -धारः a dealer, trader, or merchant. -2 the string of a balance. -3 the beam. -4 the sign Libra of the zodiac. -धारणम् weighing; तुलाधारणविद्वद्भिरभियुक्तस्तुलाश्रितः Y.2.1. -परीक्षा ordeal by the balance. -पुरुषः, भारः gold, jewels or other valuable things equal to a man's weight (given to a Brāhmaṇa as a gift); cf. तुलादान. -प्रग्रहः, -प्रग्राहः the string or beam of a balance. -मानम्, -यष्टिः f. 1 the beam of a balance; स्तोकेनोन्नति- मायाति स्तोकेनायात्यधोगतिम् । अहो सुसदृशी चेष्टा तुलायष्टेः खलस्य च ॥ Pt.1.15. -2 (-मानम्) weights and measures; Kau. A.2. -बीजम् the berry of the Guñjā plant (used as a weight). -सूत्रम् the string of a balance.
tuvara तुवर a. 1 Astringent. -2 Beardless; also तूवर. -रः -रम् An astringent taste. -री 1 A fragrant earth -2 Alum.
tūbaraḥ तूबरः 1 A beardless man. -2 A bull without horns. -3 Astringent flavour. -4 A eunuch. -री A fragrant earth.
tairthika तैर्थिक a. 1 Sacred, holy. -3 Coming from a sacred place; Mb.13.127.12. -3 Frequenting sacred places or shrines. -कः 1 An ascetic. -2 One who propounds a new religious or philosophical doctrine. -कम् Holy water (such as that brought from a sacred bathingplace).
tri त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old.
dakṣiṇa दक्षिण a. [दक्ष्-इनन् Uṇ 2.5.] 1 Able, skilful, dexterous, competent, clever; इत्यम्बरीषं नाभागिमन्वमोदन्त दक्षिणाः Mb.12.29.12. -2 Right (opp. वाम). -3 Situated on the right side. दक्षिणं परि, दक्षिणं कृ to place any one on the right side as a mark of respect; ग्रहर्क्षताराः परियन्ति दक्षिणम् Bhāg.4.12.25. -4 South, southern; as in दक्षिणवायु, दक्षिणदिक्; आददे नातिशीतोष्णो नभस्वानिव दक्षिणः R. 4.8. -5 Situated to the south. -6 Sincere, straightforward, honest, impartial. -7 Pleasing, amiable. -8 Courteous, civil. -9 Compliant, submissive. -1 Dependent. -11 Favourable; 'दक्षिणः सरलावामपरच्छन्दानुवर्तिषु' इति विश्वः; Ki.18.27. -णः 1 The right hand or arm. -2 A civil or courteous person, applied in poetic compositions to a lover who professes attachment to one mistress, while his heart has been entirely taken up by another. -3 An epithet of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -4 The right-hand horse of a carriage; इन्द्रस्येव दक्षिणः श्रियैधि Vāj.9.8. -5 The southern sacred fire. -णः, णम् 1 The right side. -2 The south; Nala.9.23. -3 The Deccan. -णम् The highest doctrine of the Śāktas -Comp. -अग्निः the southern fire, the sacred fire placed southwards; also called अन्वाहार्यपचन q. v. -अग्र a. pointing to the south. -अचलः the southern mountain. i. e. Malaya. -अत्ययः a dweller in the south. -अपर a. south-western. -अभिमुख a. facing the south, directed towards the south; Ms.4.5. -अयनम् the sun's progress south of the equator, the half year in which the sun moves from the north to the south, the winter solstice; सर्वे$श्वमेधैरीजानास्ते$ न्वयुर्दक्षिणायनम् Mb. 12.29.13. रात्रिः स्याद्दक्षिणायनम् Ms.1.67; Bhāg.5.21.3. -अरण्यम् Dandakāraṇya. -अर्धः 1 the right hand. -2 the right or southern side. -आचार a. 1 honest, well-behaved. -2 a worshipper of Śakti according to the right hand (or purer) ritual. -आम्नायः the southern sacred text (of the Tāntrikas). -आवर्त a. turning to the right (from the left), (a conch-shell). -आशा the south. ˚पतिः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 the planet Mars. -इतर a. 1 left (as hand or foot); तमिमं कुरु दक्षिणेतरं चरणं निर्मितरागमेहि मे Ku.4.19. -2 northern. (-रा) the north. -ईर्मन् a. (a deer) wounded on the right side मृगयुमिव मृगो$थ दक्षिणेर्मा. -उत्तर a. turned or lying to the south and the north. ˚वृत्तम् the meridian line. -कालिका f. 1 A Tāntrika Deity. -2 Durgā. -पश्चात् ind. to the south-west. -पश्चिम a. south-western. (-मा) the south-west; जग्मुर्भरतशार्दूल दिशं दक्षिणपश्चिमाम् Mb.17.1.44. -पूर्व, -प्राच् a. south-east. -पूर्वा, -प्राची the south-eastern quarter. -भागः the southern hemisphere. -समुद्रः, -सागरः the southern ocean. -स्थः a charioteer.
daṇḍaḥ दण्डः ण्डम् [दण्ड्-अच्] 1 A stick, staff, rod, mace, club, cudgel; पततु शिरस्यकाण्डयमदण्ड इवैष भूजः Māl.5.31; काष्ठदण्डः. -2 The sceptre of a king, the rod as a symbol of authority and punishment; आत्तदण्डः Ś.5.8. -3 The staff given to a twice-born man at the time of investiture with the sacred thread; cf Ms.2.45-48. -4 The staff of a संन्यासिन् or ascetic. -5 The trunk of an elephant. -6 The stem or stalk as of a lotus, tree &c.; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; the handle as of an umbrella; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः &c. Dk.1 (opening verse); राज्यं स्वहस्तधृतदण्डमिवातपत्रम् Ś.5.6; Ku.7.89; so कमल- दण्ड &c. -7 The oar of a boat. -8 An arm or leg (at the end of comp.) -9 The staff or pole of a banner, a tent &c. -1 The beam of a plough. -11 The cross-bar of a lute or a stringed instrument. -12 The stick with which an instrument is played. -13 A churning-stick. -14 Fine; Ms.8.341;9.229; Y.2.237. -15 Chastisement, corporal punishment, punishment in general; यथापराधदण्डानाम् R.1.6; एवं राजापथ्यकारिषु ती- क्ष्णदण्डो राजा Mu.1; दण्डं दण्ड्येषु पातयेत् Ms.8.126; कृतदण्ड स्वयं राज्ञा लेभे शूद्रः सतां गतिम् R.15.23. यथार्हदण्डो (राजा) पूज्यः Kau. A.1.4; सुविज्ञातप्रणीतो हि दण्डः प्रजां धर्मार्थकामै- र्योजयति Kau. A.1.4 -16 Imprisonment. -17 Attack, assault, violence, punishment, the last of the four expedients; see उपाय; सामादीनामुपायानां चतुर्णामपि पण्डिताः । साम- दण्डौ प्रशंसन्ति नित्यं राष्ट्राभिवृद्धये ॥ Ms.7.19; cf. Śi.2.54. -18 An army; तस्य दण्डवतो दण्डः स्वदेहान्न व्यशिष्यत R.17. 62; Ms.7.65;9.294; Ki.2.15. -19 A form of military array; Mb.12.59.4. -2 Subjection, control, restraint; वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -21 A measure of length equal to 4 Hastas; Bṛi. S.24.9. -22 The penis. -23 Pride; या चापि न्यस्तदण्डानां तां गतिं व्रज पुत्रक Mb. 7.78.25. -24 The body. -25 An epithet of Yama. -26 N. of Viṣṇu. -27 N. of Śiva. -28 An attendant on the sun. -29 A horse (said to be m. only in this and the preceding four senses). -3 A particular appearance in the sky (similar to a stick). -31 An uninterrupted row or series, a line. -32 Standing upright or erect. -33 A corner, an angle. -34 The Science of Govt. विनयमूलो दण्डः, दण्डमूलास्तिस्त्रो विद्याः Kau. A.1.5. -35 Harm, injury; न्यासो दण्डस्य भूतेषु मनोवाक्कायजस्य यः Bhāg.7. 15.8. -Comp. -अजिनम् 1 staff and hide (as outer badges of devotion). -2 (fig.) hypocrisy, deceit. -अधिपः a chief magistrate. -अनीकम् a detachment or division of an army; तव हृतवतो दण्डानीकैर्विदर्भपतेः श्रियम् M.5.2. -अप (व) तानकः tetanus, lock-jaw. -अपूपन्यायः see under न्याय. -अर्ह a. fit to be chastised, deserving punishment. -अलसिका cholera. -आख्यम् a house with two wings, one facing the north and the other the east; Bṛi. S.53. 39. -आघातः a blow with a stick; पूर्वप्रविष्ठान्क्रोधात्तान्दण्डा- घातैरताडयन् Ks.54.23. -आज्ञा judicial sentence. -आश्रमः the condition of a pilgrim. -आश्रमिन् m. a devotee, an ascetic. -आसनम्, दण्डकासनम् lying prostrate on the ground, a kind of Āsana; Yoga S.2.46. -आहतम् buttermilk. -उद्यमः 1 threatening. -2 (pl.) application of power; निःसाराल्पफलानि ये त्वविधिना वाञ्छन्ति दण्डोद्यमैः Pt.1.376. -कर्मन् n. infliction of punishment, chastisement; देशकालवयःशक्ति संचिन्त्यं दण्डकर्मणि Y.2.275. -कलितम् repetition like a measuring rod, i. e. doing a matter after it is done in full first and then repeating it like that a second time and so on; आवृत्तिन्यायानां दण्ड- कलितं न्याय्यम् । ŚB. on MS.1.5.83; ˚वत् ind. in the manner of a measuring rod. -कल्पः Infliction of punishment; शुद्धचित्रश्च दण्डकल्पः Kau. A.4. -काकः a raven. -काण्ठम् a wooden club or staff; दण्डकाष्ठमवलम्ब्य स्थितः Ś2. -ग्रहणम् assumption of the staff of an ascetic or pilgrim, becoming a mendicant. -घ्न a. striking with a stick, committing an assault; Ms.8.386. -चक्रः a division of an army. -छदनम् a room in which utensils of various kinds are kept. -ढक्का a kind of drum. -दासः one who has become a slave from non-payment of a debt; Ms.8.415. -देवकुलम् a court of justice. -धर, -धार a. 1 carrying a staff, staffbearer. -2 punishing, chastising; दत्ताभये त्वयि यमादपि दण्डधारे U.2.11. -3 exercising judicial authority. (-रः) 1 a king; श्रमनुदं मनुदण्डधरान्वयम् R.9.3; बलीयानबलं ग्रसते दण्डधराभावे Kau. A.1.4. -2 N. of Yama; यमो निहन्ता... ...दण्डधरश्च कालः -3 a judge, supreme magistrate. -4 a mendicant carrying a staff. -5 a potter. -6 a general (of an army;) Dk.2. -धारणम् 1 carrying a staff (as by a Brahmachārin). -2 following the order of a mendicant. -3 infliction of punishment. -नायकः 1 a judge, a head police-officer, a magistrate. -2 the leader of an army, a general. -3 a king. ˚पुरुषः a policeman, constable. -निधानम् pardoning, indulgence; Mb.12. -निपातनम् punishing, chastising. -नीतिः f. 1 administration of justice, judicature. -2 the system of civil and military administration, the science of politics, polity; Ms.7.43; Y.1.311; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्ड- नीतेः R.18.46; जरातुरः संप्रति दण्डनीत्या सर्वं नृपस्यानुकरोमि वृत्तम् Nāg.4.1. -3 an epithet of Durgā. -नेतृ m. 1 a king. -2 Yama; गृध्रा रुषा मम कृषन्त्यधिदण्डनेतुः Bhāg.3.16. 1. -3 a judge; Ms.12.1; Bhāg.4.22.45. -पः a king. -पांशुलः a porter, door-keeper. -पाणिः 1 an epithet of Yama; करोमि चिकित्सां दण्डपाणिरिव जनतायाः Bhāg.5.1.7. -2 N. of the god Śiva at Benares. -3 a policeman; इति पश्चात्प्रविष्टास्ते पुरुषा दण्डपाणयः Ks.54.23. -पातः 1 falling of a stick. -2 infliction of punishment. -3 dropping one line in a manuscript. -पातनम् infliction of punishment, chastisement. -पारुष्यम् 1 assault, violence. -2 hard or cruel infliction of punishment; अत ऊर्ध्वं प्रवक्ष्यामि दण्डपारुष्यनिर्णयम् Ms.8.278. -पालः, -पालकः 1 a head magistrate. -2 a door-keeper, porter. Kau. A.1.12. -3 Ns. of two kinds of fishes; L. D. B. -पाशकः, -पाशिकः 1 a head police-officer; Pt.2; उच्यता- मस्मद्वचनात्कालपाशिको दण्डपाशिकश्च Mu.1.2-21. -2 a hangman, an executioner. -पोणम् a strainer furnished with a handle. -प्रणामः 1 bowing by prostrating the body at full length (keeping it erect like a stick). cf. साष्टाङ्गनमस्कार. -2 falling flat or prostrate on the ground. -बालधिः an elephant. -भङ्गः non-execution of a sentence. -भृत् m. 1 a potter. -2 an epithet of Yama. -माण (न)वः 1 a staff-bearer -2 an ascetic bearing a staff; Rām.2.32.18. -3 a chief or leader. -माथः a principal road, highway. -मुखः a leader, general of an army. -यात्रा 1 a solemn procession (particularly bridal). -2 warlike expedition, conquest (of a region). -यामः 1 an epithet of Yama. -2 of Agastya. -3 a day. -लेशम् a small fine; Ms.8.51. -वधः capital punishment. -वाचिक a. actual or verbal (assault); Ms.8.6; cf. वाक्-पारुष्यम्. -वादिन् a. reprimanding, censuring, threatening with punishment; (also -m.). -वारित a. forbidden by threat of punishment. -वासिकः a door-keeper, warder. -वासिन् m. 1 a door-keeper. -2 a magistrate. -वाहिन् m. a police-officer. -विकल्पः discretion given to an officer in awarding punishment or fine; Ms.9.228. -विधिः 1 rule of punishment; see दण्डोद्यमः -2 criminal law. -विष्कम्भः the post to which the string of a churning-stick is fastened. -व्यूहः a particular form of arranging troops, arranging them in long lines or columns; Ms.7.187. -शास्त्रम् the science of inflicting punishment, criminal law. -हस्तः 1 a door-keeper, warder, porter. -2 an epithet of Yama.
daṇḍikā दण्डिका 1 A stick. -2 A row, line, series. -3 A string of pearls, a necklace. -4 A rope.
dambh दम्भ् I. 5 P. See दभ्. -II. Caus. or 1 U. (दम्भयति- ते) 1 To kill, destroy, strike down. -2 (Ā.) To collect, arrange, string.
dāman दामन् n. [दो-मनिन्] 1 A string, thread, fillet, rope. -2 A chaplet, a garland in general; आद्ये बद्धा विरहदिवसे या शिखा दाम हित्वा Me.93; कनकचम्पकदामगौरीम् Ch. P.1; Śi.4.5. -3 A line, streak (as of lightning); वुद्युद्- दाम्ना हेमराजीव विन्ध्यम् M.3.2; Me.27. -4 A large bandage. -5 Ved. A gift. -6 A portion, share. -7 A girdle. -Comp. -अञ्चलम्, -अञ्जनम् a foot-rope for horses, &c.; सस्रुः सरोषपरिचारकवार्यमाणा दामाञ्चलस्खलितलोलपदं तुरङ्गाः Śi.5.61. -उदरः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
dāmā दामा A string, cord.
dāru दारु a. [दीर्यते दॄ-उण्] 1 Tearing, rending. -2 Liberal. -3 Kind. -रुः 1 A liberal or munificent man. -2 A donor. -3 An artist. -रु n. (said to be m. also) 1 Wood, a piece of wood, timber. -2 A block. -3 A lever. -4 A bolt. -5 The pine or Devadāru tree. -6 Ore. -7 Brass. -Comp. -अण़्डः the peacock. -आघाटः the woodpecker. -कर्मन्, -कृत्यम् wood-work; Pt.1.96. -गर्भा a wooden-puppet. -जः a kind of drum. -निशा, -पिता, -हरिद्रा N. of a plant, a species of curcuma (Mar. दारुहळद, आंबेहळद). -पात्रम् a wooden vessel, such as a trough. -पुत्रिका, -पुत्री a wooden doll. -फलः, -लम् Pistachio (Mar. पिस्ता). -मत्स्याह्वयः a lizard; also मुख्याह्वय. -मुख्याह्वया, -मुख्याह्वा a lizard. -यन्त्रम् 1 a wooden puppet moved by strings. -2 any machinery of wood. -वधूः a wooden doll. -सारः sandal. -सिता Cinnamon in sticks (Mar. दालचिनी). -हस्तकः a wooden spoon. -हारः a wood-cutter, procurer of wood; नैष्कर्तृको दारुहारः ॥ ŚB. on Ms.1.2.28.
dṛbh दृभ् I. 1, 6 P., 1 U. (दर्भति, दृभति, दर्भयति-ते) To tie, fasten, string together, arrange. -II. 1 U. (दर्भयति-ते) To fear, be afraid of.
dṛbdha दृब्ध p. p. 1 Tied, strung. -2 Afraid. -ब्धम् 1 A string. -2 Fear.
dṛbdhiḥ दृब्धिः f. Stringing together, arranging. दृम्प् (-म्फ्) 6 P. (दृम्प-म्फ-ति) To afflict, torture, hurt.
darśana दर्शन a. [दृश्-ल्युट्] 1 Seeing, looking at (at the end of comp.); देव˚, धर्म˚, &c. -2 Showing, exhibiting. -3 Demonstrating, teaching; भागवतधर्मदर्शना नव महाभागवताः Bhāg.5.4.12. -नम् 1 Looking at, seeing, observing; अतीन्द्रियेष्वप्युपपन्नदर्शनो बभूव भावेषु दिलीपनन्दनः R.3.41. -2 Knowing, understanding, perceiving, foreseeing; प्रमदा- मनु संस्थितः शुचा नृपतिः सन्निति वाच्यदर्शनात् R.8.72. -3 Sight, vision; चिन्ताजडं दर्शनम् Ś.4.6. -4 The eye. -5 Inspection, examination; बलानां दर्शनं कृत्वा सेनान्या सह चिन्तयेत् Y.1.329. -6 Showing, displaying, exhibition. -7 Becoming visible; रावणिः पितरं युद्धे दर्शनस्थो$ब्रवीदिदम् Rām.7.29.32. -8 Visiting, paying a visit, a visit; देवदर्शनम् Y.1.84. -9 (Hence) Going into the presence of, audience; मारीचस्ते दर्शनं वितरति Ś.7; राजदर्शनं मे कारय &c. -1 Colour, aspect, appearance, semblance, अनेकाद्भुतदर्शनम् Bg.11.1; R.3.57. -11 Appearance, producing (in court); यो यस्य प्रतिभूस्तिष्ठेद्दर्शनायेह मानवः Ms.8.158,16. -12 A vision, dream, dream. -13 Discernment, understanding, intellect; सम्यग्दर्शन- संपन्नः कर्मभिर्न निबध्यते Ms.6.74. -14 Judgment, apprehension. -15 Religious knowledge. -16 A doctrine or theory prescribed in a system. -17 A system of philosophy; as in सर्वदर्शनसंग्रह. -18 A mirror. -19 Virtue, moral merit. -2 Opinion; अथानुजं भृशमनुशास्य दर्शनम् Rām.2.21.64. -21 Intention. -22 Demonstration. -23 A sacrifice. -24 Mention, assertion; दर्शनादर्शन- योश्च दर्शनं प्रमाणम् ŚB. on MS.1.7.36. -25 Experiencing; भवतो दर्शनं यत्स्यादपुनर्भवदर्शनम् Bhāg.8.25. -Comp. -ईप्सु a. anxious to see. -उज्ज्वला the great white jasmine. -गृहम् an audience chamber. -पथः the range of sight or vision, horizon; मम दर्शनपथमवतीर्णः Ś.3. 'crossed my sight'; क्रमेण तस्मिन्नवतीर्णदृक्पथे N. -प्रतिभूः, -प्रातिभाव्यम् a bail or surety for appearance; Y.2.54; Ms.8.16.
dṛṣṭiḥ दृष्टिः f. [दृश्-भावे-क्तिन्] 1 Seeing, viewing. -2 Seeing with the mental eye. -3 Knowing, knowledge; सम्यग्- दृष्टिस्तस्य परं पश्यति यस्त्वाम् Ki.18.28. -4 The eye, the faculty of seeing, sight; केनेदानीं दृष्टिं विलोभयामि V.2; चलापाङ्गं दृष्टिं स्पृशसि &Sacute.1.23.; दृष्टिस्तृणीकृतजगत्त्रयसत्त्वसारा U.6.19; R.2.28; Ś.4.2; देव दृष्टिप्रसादं कुरु H.1. -5 A look, glance. -6 View, notion; क्षुद्रदृष्टिरेषा K.173; एतां दृष्टिमवष्टभ्य Bg. 16.9. -7 Consideration, regard. -8 Intellect, wisdom; तुभ्यं नमस्ते$स्त्वविषक्तदृष्टये Bhāg.1.4.12. -9 (In Astrol.) Aspect of the stars. -1 Light (प्रकाश). -11 A theory, doctrine, notion; याश्च काश्च कृदृष्टयः (सर्वास्ता निष्फलाः) Ms. 12.95. -Comp. -कृत् n., -कृतम् a kind of lily (स्थलपद्म). -क्षम worth-seeing; V.4.21. -क्षेपः a glance, look. -गतम् a theory, doctrine. -गुणः a mark for archers, butt, target. -गोचर a. within the range of sight, in sight, visible. (-रः) the range of sight. -दानम् appearance. -दोषः the evil influence of the human eye. -पातः 1 a look, glance; मार्गे मृगप्रेक्षिणि दृष्टिपातं कुरुष्व R.13.18; Bh.1.11,94;3.66. -2 act of seeing, function of the eye; रजःकणैर्विघ्नितदृष्टिपाताः Ku.3.31 (Malli. interprets-unnecessarily in our opinion-- पात by प्रभा). -पथः the range of sight. -पूत a. 'kept pure by the sight', watched that no impurity is contracted; दृष्टिपूतं न्यसेत्पादम् Ms.6.46. -प्रसादः the favour of a look. -बन्धुः a firefly. -मण्डलम् 1 the pupil of the eye. -2 the circle of sight. -रागः the expression of the eyes; भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2.11-12. -वादः 1 a Buddhist canon dealing with discussion on other religious views; दृष्टिवादो द्वादशाङ्गी स्याद्गणिपिटकाह्वया । प्रतिकर्मसूत्रपूर्वानुयोगो पूर्व- गतचूलिकाः । पञ्च स्युर्द्दष्टिवादभेदाः पूर्वाणि चतुर्दशापि पूर्वगते । Hem. -2 N. of the 12th Aṅga of the Jainas. -विक्षेपः a side-glance, leer, oblique look. -विद्या optics. -विभ्रमः an amorous glance, a coquettish look; Ś.1.23. -विषः a serpent. -संभेदः mutual glance; त्वयापि न निरूपिता अनयोर्द्दष्टिसंभेदाः Māl.7.
deva देव a. (-वी f.) [दिव्-अच्] 1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117. -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1. -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured. -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12. -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud. -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव. -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22. -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c. -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c. -7 Quicksilver. -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112. -9 A fool -1 A child. -11 A man following any particular business. -12 A lover. -13 Emulation. -14 Sport, play. -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर). -16 A lancer. -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.]. -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god. -अगारः, -रम् a temple. -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras. -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god. -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv. -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 the supreme god. -अनीकम् an army of celestials. -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52. -अन्धस् n., अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia. -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon. -अभीष्ट a. 1 liked by or dear to gods. -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (-ष्टा) piper betel. -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana garden; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8. -अरिः a demon. -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods. -2 idolatry. -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god. -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.). -आवसथः a temple. -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra. -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden. -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol. -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it. -आत्मन् a. 1 consecrated, holy, sacred. -2 of a divine nature. (-m.) 1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3. -2 the holy fig-tree. -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P. -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon. -2 rainbow. -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god. -आलयः 1 heaven. -2 a temple. -आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ). -3 a temple. -4 the Sumeru mountain. -आहारः nectar, ambrosia. -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods. -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods. -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Śiva. -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (-ष्टः) bdellium. (-ष्टा) the wild lime tree. -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (-शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra. -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden. -2 The Nandana garden. -3 a garden near a temple. -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः) 1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra. -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26. -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru. -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका. -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13. -2 the worship of gods. -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree. -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥ -कुटम् a temple. -कुण़्डम् a natural spring. -कुलम् 1 a temple. -2 a race of gods. -3 a group of gods. -कुल्या the celestial Ganges. -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14. -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among mountains. -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23. -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm. -गणः a class of gods. -गणिका an apsaras; q. v. -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4. -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (-र्वम्) a particular mode of singing. -गर्जनम् thunder. -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23. -गायनः a celestial chorister, a Gandharva. -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥ -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44. -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad). -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī. -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods). -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods). -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it. -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods. -2 death. -गृहम् 1 a temple. -2 the place of a king. -3 a planetary sphere. -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness. -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्. -चर्या the worship or service of gods. -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods. -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32. -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -जातम् a class of gods. -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1. -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak. -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार). -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony. -ताडः 1 fire. -2 an epithet of Rāhu. -तातः 1 a sacrifice. -2 N. of Kaśyapa. -तातिः 1 a god. -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1. -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods. -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods. -दत्त a. 1 god-given, granted by the gods. -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.). (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15. -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c. -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha. -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (-नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1. -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36. -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple. (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple. -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple). -3 the wild citron tree. -दीपः the eye. -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām. -2 the holy basil with red flowers. -3 an epithet of Indra. -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel. -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1. -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52. -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15. -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55. -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189. -द्रोणी a procession with idols. -धर्मः a religious duty or office. -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23. -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात). -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7. -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्). -नदी 1 the Ganges. -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17. -नन्दिन् m. N. of the doorkeeper of Indra. -2 N. of a grammarian. -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written. -नाथः Śiva. -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25. -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36. -निन्दकः a blasphemer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist. -निन्दा heresy, atheism. -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice. -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural. -पतिः an epithet of Indra. -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्. -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb. -2 the milky way. -पशुः any animal consecrated to a deity. -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni. -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods. -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति). -पुष्पम् cloves. -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -प्रतिकृतिः f., -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity. -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, fortune-telling. -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2. -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning1 a goat. -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P. -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world). -बलिः an oblation to the gods. -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race. -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg. -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple. -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa. -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods. -भवनम् 1 the heaven. -2> a temple. -3 the holy fig-tree. -भागः the northern hemisphere. -भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven. -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45. -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges. -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां ...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū. -भृत् m. an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2. -भोज्यम् nectar. -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -2 the sun. -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58. -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1. -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods. -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17. -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg. -मार्गः the air or sky. -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy. -मुनिः a divine sage. -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4. -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17. -यजि a. making oblations to gods. -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacrifices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also). -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice. -यात्रा 'an idolprocession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13. -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2. -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6. -यानम् a celestial car. -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11. -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men. -योनिः 1 a superhuman being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak. -2 a being of divine origin. -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also). -योषा an apsaras. -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession. -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot. -रहस्यम् a divine mystery. -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6. -2 a king. -3 N. of Buddha. -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit. -2 a kind of swan or crane. -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan. -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord. -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant. -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13. -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182. -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire. -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere. -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods. -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven. -वाहनः an epithet of Agni. -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid. -विभागः the northern hemisphere. -विश् f., -विशा a deity. -वीतिः food of the gods. -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree. -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods. -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow. -2 the favourite food of the gods. (-तः) an epithet of 1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1. -2 Kārtikeya. -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19. -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb. -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods. -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा). -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods. -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī. -श्रुतः an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Nārada. -3 a sacred treatise. -4 a god in general. -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v. -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods. -संध a. divine. -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्). -2 a council of a king, council-chamber. -3 a gambling-house. -सभ्यः 1 a gambler. -2 a frequenter of gaming-houses. -3 an attendant on a deity. -4 the keeper of a gambling-house. -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B. -2 N. of a plant. -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification. -सिंह an epithet of Śiva. -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1. -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण). -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink. -सेना 1 the army of gods. -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege. -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3. -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice. -हिंसकः an enemy of gods. -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51. -हूतिः f. 1 invocation of the gods. -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama. -हेडनम् an offence against the gods. -हेतिः a divine weapon.
dehaḥ देहः हम् [दिह्-घञ्] 1 The body; देहं दहन्ति दहना इव गन्धवाहाः Bv.1.14. -2 A form, shape, bulk, mass, -3 A person, an individual. -4 An appearance, a manifestation. -हः Anointing, smearing. -ही A rampart, wall, mound. -Comp. -अन्तरम् another body; किं नु तद् दुष्कृतं कर्म पुरा देहान्तरे कृतम् Rām.7.24.15. ˚प्राप्तिः f. transmigration. -आत्मवादः materialism, the doctrines of Chārvāka. -आत्मवादिन् m. a materialist, a Chārvāka. -आवरणम् armour, dress. -आसवः urine. -ईश्वरः the soul. -उद्भव, -उद्भूत a. born in the body, inborn, innate. -करः a father. -कर्तृ m. 1 the sun. -2 the Supreme Soul. -3 father. -कृत् 1 the five elements. -2 the God; देहकृत् देहभृत् देही Mb. -3 father; त्रसदस्युः पौरुकुत्सो यो$नरण्यस्य देहकृत् Bhāg.9.7.4. -कोषः 1 the covering of the body. -2 a feather, wing &c. -3 skin. -क्षयः 1 decay of the body. -2 sickness, disease. -गत a. incarnate, embodied. -जः 1 son. -2 a. Belonging to the body; मनोवाग्देहजैर्नित्यं कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1.14. -जा a daughter. -तन्त्र a. whose chief kind of existence is corporeal; त्वं देहतन्त्रः प्रशमाय पाप्मनां निदेशभाजां च विभो विभूतये Bhāg.3.33. 5. -त्यागः 1 death (in general). -2 voluntary death; resigning the body; तीर्थे तोयव्यतिकरभवे जह्नुकन्यासरष्वोर्देह- त्यागात् R.8.95; Ms.1.62. -दः quick-silver. -दीपः the eye. -धर्मः the function of the body (आहारनिद्रामैथु- नादि); Rām.4.35.9. -धारकम् a bone. -धारणम् living, life. -धिः a wing. -धृष् m. air, wind. -पातः death. -बद्ध a. embodied, incarnate; देहबद्धमिव धर्ममभ्यगात् R. 11.35; Ku.2.47. -बन्ध bodily frame; ध्वंसते देहबन्धः U.3.38; Māl.9.2. -भाज् a. embodied, corporeal. (-m) any being possessed of a body or life, especially a man; नायं देवो देहभाजां नृलोके Bhāg.5.5.1. -भुज् m. 1 the soul. -2 the sun. -भृत् m. 1 living being, especially a man; धिगिमां देहभृतामसारताम् R.8.51; देहभ्रतां वर Bg.8.4; 14.14. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 life, vitality. -भेदः death. -मध्यम् waist. -यात्रा 1 dying, death. -2 nourishment, food. -यापनम् fostering the body (शरीरपोषण); देवतातिथिशेषेण कुरुते देहयापनम् Mb.3.26.6. -लक्षणम् a mole, a black or dark spot upon the skin. -वर्मन् n. the skin. -वायुः one of the five vital airs of lifewinds; see प्राण. -विसर्जनम् death. -वृन्तम् the navel. -संचारिणी a daughter. -सारः marrow. -स्वभावः bodily temperament.
dorakam दोरकम् A string for fastening the wires of a lute.
druṇā द्रुणा A bow-string.
dvaitam द्वैतम् [द्विधा इतं द्वितं तस्य भावः स्वार्थे अण्] 1 Duality. -2 Dualism in philosophy, the assertion of two distinct principles, such as the maintenance of the doctrine that, spirit and matter, Brahman and the Universe, or the Individual and the Supreme Soul, are different from each other; cf. अद्वैत; किं शास्त्रं श्रवणेन यस्य गलति द्वैतान्ध- कारोत्करः Bv.1.86. -3 N. of a forest. -Comp. -अद्वैतमार्गः the path of dualism and non-dualism. -वनम् N. of a forest; भीमं प्रशस्याथ गुणैरनेकैर्हृष्टास्ततो द्वैतवनाय जग्मुः Mb.3. 11.68. Ki.1.1. -वादः the doctrine of dualism; see above. -वादिन् m. a philosopher who maintains the dvaita doctrine.
dvaitin द्वैतिन् m. A philosopher who maintains the dvaita doctrine.
dhanus धनुस् a. [धन् शब्दे-असि] Armed with a bow. n. 1 A bow; धनुर्वंशविशुद्धो$पि निर्गुणः किं करिष्यति Subhāṣ. धनुष्यमोघं समधत्त बाणम् Ku.3.66; so इन्द्रधनुः &c. (At the end of Bahu. comp. धनुस् is changed to धन्वन्; अधिज्यधन्वा विचचार दावम् R.2.8.). -2 A measure of length equal to four hastas; धनुःशतं परीणाहो ग्रामे क्षेत्रान्तरं भवेत् Y.2.167; Ms. 8.237. -3 An arc of a circle. -4 The sign Sagittarius of the zodiac. -5 A desert; cf. धन्वन् -m. N. of Śiva. -Comp. -आकार a. (धनुराकार) bow-shaped, curved, bent. -आसनम् (धनुरासनम्) a particular mode of sitting. -कर (धनुष्कर) a. having or armed with a bow. (-रः) a bow-maker. -काण्डम् (धनु- ष्काण्डम्) a bow and arrow. -खण्डम् (धनुष्खण्डम्) part of a bow. Me.15. -गुणः (धनुर्गुणः) a bowstring. -ग्रहः (धनुर्ग्रहः), ग्राहः an archer. धनुर्ग्रहवरो यस्यं बाणखड्गास्त्रभृत्स्वयम् Rām.2.44.2. -ग्रहम् a measure, a cubit of 27 aṅgulas; Māna.2.52. -ज्या (धनुर्ज्या) a bow-string; अनवरतधनुर्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् Ś2.4. -दुर्गम् (धनुर्दुर्गम्) a place protected by a desert; Ms.7.7. -द्रुमः (धनुर्द्रुमः) a bamboo. -धरः, -भृत् m. (धनुर्धरः &c.) 1 an archer; धनुर्भृतो$प्यस्य दयार्द्रभावम् R.2.11; धनुर्धरः केसरिणं ददर्श 29;3.31,38,39;9.11;12.97; 16.77. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -3 the sign Sagittarius of the zodiac. -धारिन् (धनुर्धारिन्) m. an archer. -पाणि a. (धनुष्पाणि) armed with a bow, with a bow in hand; अहमेव धनुष्पाणिर्योद्धा समरमूर्धनि Rām. -मार्गः (धनुर्मार्गः) a line curved like a bow, a curve. -मासः (धनुर्मासः) The period during which the sun is in Sagittarius. -मुष्टिः (धनुर्मुष्टिः) a measure, a cubit of 26 aṅgulas; Māna 2.51. -लता 1 bow. -2 Soma creeper. -वातः (धनुर्वातः) a kind of disease. -विद्या (धनुर्विद्या) the science of archery. -वृक्षः (धनुर्वक्षः) 1 a bamboo. -2 the अश्वत्थ tree. -वेदः (धनुर्वेदः) the science of archery, one of the four Upavedas q. v. चतुष्पादं धनुर्वेदं वेद पञ्चविधं द्विज । रथनागाश्वपत्तीनां योधांश्चाश्रित्य कीर्तितम् ॥ यन्त्रमुक्तं पाणिमुक्तं मुक्तसन्धारितं तथा । अमुक्तं बाहुयुद्धं च पञ्चधा तत् प्रकीर्तितम् ॥ Agni P. -वेदिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्भः Tetanus.
dhruva ध्रुव a. 1 (a) Fixed, firm, immovable, stable, permanent, constant, unchangeable; इति ध्रुवेच्छाम- नुशासती सुताम् Ku.5.5. (b) Perpetual, everlasting, eternal; ध्रुवेण भर्त्रा Ku.7.85; Ms.7.28. -2 Fixed (in astrology). -3 Certain, sure, inevitable; जातस्य हि ध्रुवो मृत्युर्ध्रुवं जन्म मृतस्य च Bg.2.27; यो ध्रुवाणि परित्यज्य अध्रुवं परिषेवते Chāṇ.63; Pt.1.419. -4 Retentive, tenacious; as in ध्रुवा स्मृति Ch. Up.7.26.2. -5 Strong, fixed, settled (as a day). -वः 1 The polar star; शरत्प्रसन्नैर्ज्योतिर्भिर्विभावर्य इव ध्रुवम् (अन्वयुः) R.17.35; 18.34; ध्रुवेण भर्त्रा ध्रुवदर्शनाय प्रयुज्यमाना प्रियदर्शनेन (सा दृष्टा) Ku.7.85. -2 The pole of any great circle. -3 The distance of a planet from the beginning of the sidereal zodiac, polar longitude. -4 The Indian figtree. -5 A post, stake. -6 The stem or trunk (of a tree lopped off). -7 The introductory stanza of a song (repeated as a kind of chorus; see Gīt.). -8 Time, epoch, era. -9 An epithet of Brahmā. -1 Of Viṣṇu. -11 Of Śiva. -12 A constant arc. -13 The tip of the nose. -14 A sacrificial vessel. -15 N. of the son of Uttānapāda and grandson of Manu. [Dhruva is the polar star, but personified in mythology as the son of Uttānapāda. The account of the elevation of an ordinary mortal to the position of the polar star runs thus: Uttānapāda had two wives, Suruchi and Sunīti, but the latter was disliked by him. Suruchi had a son named Uttama, and Sunīti gave birth to Dhruva. One day the boy tried, like his elder brother, to take a seat in his father's lap, but he was contemptuously treated both by the King and his favourite wife. The poor child went sobbing to its mother who told him in consolatory terms that fortune and favour were not attainable without hard exertions. At these words the youth left the paternal roof, retired to the woods, and, though quite a lad, performed such rigorous austerities that he was at last raised by Viṣṇu to the position of the Polar Star.] -16 Peg Nm. -17 N. of an astrological yoga (Nm.). -वम् 1 The sky, atmosphere. -2 Heaven. -3 The fixed point (from which a departure takes place); P.I.4.24. -4 A certain Yoga (अमृतसिद्धि); सेनामाज्ञापयामासुर्नक्षत्रे$हनि च ध्रुवे Mb.14.63.18. (Com. रोहिण्यामुत्तररात्रये च अहनि वारे ध्रुवे रविवारे उत्तरार्के$मृतसिद्धि- योगे). -वा 1 A sacrificial ladle (made of wood); साधारण्यान्न ध्रुवायां स्यात् Jaiminisūtras. -2 A virtuous woman. -3 A cow who stands still when being milked; सहस्रं धारा द्रविणस्य मे दुहां ध्रुवेव धेनुरनपस्फुरन्ती Av.12.1.45. -4 A bow-string. -5 clapping the hands together to show a particular measure of time in music; स्रुचि मौर्व्यां तालभेदे स्त्रियाम् Nm. -6 The upper quarter (ऊर्ध्व); किंदेवतो$स्यां ध्रुवायां दिशि Bṛi. Up.3.9.24. (MW's meaning is अधर- दिशा?) -वम् ind. Certainly, surely, verily; R.8.49; ध्रुवं स नीलोत्पलपत्रधारया समिल्लतां छेत्तुमृषिर्व्यवस्यति Ś.1.18. -Comp. -अक्षरः an epithet of Viṣṇu (ओम्). -आयर्तः the point on the crown of the head from which the hair radiate. -केतुः a kind of meteor. -गतिः a firm position. -तारा, -तारकम् the Polar star. -भागः the unchangeable longitude of fixed stars. -मण्डलम् the polar region. -यष्टिः the axis of the poles. -योनि a. having a firm resting place. -रत्ना N. of one of the मातृकाs (attending on Skanda). -शीलः a. having a fixed residence.
naya नय a. [नी भावे अच्] 1 Leading, conducting. -2 A guide. -3 Suitable, right, proper. -यः 1 Guiding, leading, managing. -2 (a) Behaviour, course of conduct, conduct, way of life as in दुर्नय. सितोन्नतेनैव नयेन हृत्वा कैलासशैलस्य यदग्रशोभाम् Bu. Ch.1.3. (b) Prudent or righteous conduct, virtue. नयानयौ दण्डनीत्याम् Kau. A.1.2. -3 Prudence, foresight, circumspection; तत् तासामुपशान्तये सुमतिभिः कार्यो विशेषान्नयः Pt.1.371;3.176. -4 Policy, political wisdom, statesmanship, civil administration, state-policy; नयप्रचारं व्यवहारदुष्टताम् Mk.1.7; नयगुणोप- चितामिव भूपतेः सदुपकारफलां श्रियमर्थिनः R.9.27; नयशालिभिः Mu.1.22. -5 Morality, justice, rectitude, equity; चलति नयान्न जिगीषतां हि चेतः Ki.1.29;2.3;6.38;16.42. -6 A plan, design, scheme; हितैः साधुसमाचारैः शास्त्रज्ञैर्मतिशालिभिः । कथंचिन्न विकल्पन्ते विद्वद्भिश्चिन्तिता नयाः ॥ Pt.1.339;377; Mu.6.11;7.9. -7 A maxim, principle. -8 Course, method, manner. -9 A system, doctrine, opinion. -1 A philosophical system; वैशेषिके नये Bhāṣā P.15. -11 N. of Viṣṇu. -12 A kind of game. -Comp. -कोविद, -ज्ञ a. skilled in policy, prudent. -ग a. behaving properly or prudently. -चक्षुस् a. having political foresight, wise, prudent; अर्हणामर्हते चक्रुर्मुनयो नयचक्षुषे R.1.55. -नेतृ m. a master in politics. -पीठी the board or cloth on which men are moved in play. -प्रयोगः political wisdom, statesmanship. -वादिन् m. a politician; Pt.3. -विद् m., -विशारदः a politician, statesman; सन्धिविग्रहिको कार्यो राज्ञा नयविशारदः Matsya P. -शास्त्रम् 1 the science of politics. -2 any work on politics or political economy. -3 a work on morality. -शालिन् a. just, righteous; नयशालिनि श्रिय इवाधिपतौ विरमन्ति न ज्वलितुमौषधयः Ki.5.24.
nastaḥ नस्तः The nose. -स्तम् A sternutatory, snuff. -स्ता A hole bored in the septum of the nose. -Comp. -ऊतः an ox led by a string through the nose.
nastita नस्तित a. Nozzled (with a string through the nose).
nasya नस्य a. [नासिकायै हितं तत्र भवं वा यत् नसादेशः] Nasal. -स्यम् 1 The hairs in the nose. -2 A sternutatory; कुरुते मूढ एवं हि यः श्रेयो नाधिगच्छति । धूपैरञ्जनयोगैश्च नस्यकर्मभि- रेव च ॥ Mb.12.14.34. -स्या 1 The nose. -2 The string through the nose of an animal; नस्यागृहीतो$पि धुवन्विषाण- योर्युगम् Śi.12.1.
nāḍiḥ नाडिः डी f. 1 The tubular stalk of any plant. -2 The hollow stalk of a lotus &c; स इत्थमुद्वीक्ष्य तदब्द- नालनाडीभिरन्तर्जलमाविवेश Bhāg.3.8.19. -3 Any tubular organ of the body (such as an artery, vein); ष़डधिकदशनाडीचक्रमध्यस्थितात्मा Māl.5.1,2. -4 A pipe, flute. -5 A fistulous sore, fistula, sinus. -6 The pulse at the hand or foot. -7 A measure of time equal to twenty-four minutes. -8 A period of time = 1/2 Muhūrta. -9 A sort of bent grass. -1 A juggling trick. -11 A leather-string; L. D. B. -12 A weaver's implement; L. D. B. -Comp. -चक्रम् a group of tubular organs of the body such as: मूलाधार, स्वाधिष्ठान, मणिपुर, अनाहत, विशुद्धि, आज्ञाचक्र, सहस्राधार; Pātañjala; ष़डधिकदशनाडीचक्मध्यस्थितात्मा, Māl.5.1. -चरणः a bird. -चीरम् 1 a small reed. -2 a tube round which the woof is wound. -जङ्घः 1 a crow. -2 a kind of crane; नाडीजङ्घो निजघ्ने कृततदुपकृतिर्यत्कृते गौतमेन Nāg.4.15. -तरङ्गः 1 an astrologer. -2 a debaucher, ravisher. -नक्षत्रम् = जन्मनक्षत्र q. v. -परीक्षा feeling the pulse. -पात्रम् a kind of water-clock. -मण्डलम् the celestial equator. -यन्त्रम् any tubular instrument. -वलयम् equinoctical circle. -व्रणः sinus, an ulcer, a fistula. -स्वेदः steam-bath through tubes.
nānā नाना ind. 1 In different places, in different ways, manifoldly, variously; मृत्योः स मृत्युमाप्नोति य इह नानेव पश्यति । -2 Distinctly, separately. -3 Without (= विना; with acc., instr. or abl.); नाना नारीं निष्फला लोकयात्रा Vop.; (विश्वं) न नाना शंभुना रामात् वर्षेणाधोक्षजोवर ibid. -4 (Used as an adjective at the beginning of comp.) Manifold, various, sundry, different, diverse; नानाफलैः फलति कल्पलतेव भूमिः Bh.2.46; नानाशस्त्रप्रहरणाः सर्वे युद्धविशारदाः Bg.1.9; Ms.9.148. -Comp. -अत्ययः a. of different kinds, manifold, diverse. -अर्थ a. 1 having different aims or objects. -2 having different meanings, homonymous (as a word). -आत्मवादिन् a. maintaining the Sāṅkhya doctrine that each individual has a soul distinct from the universal spirit. -आश्रय a. of many abodes; नानाश्रया प्रकृतिः Sāṅ. K.62. -कारम् ind. having done variously; P.III.4.62. Kāśi. -ग्रहः taking separately. -जातीय a. of diverse kinds or sorts. -धर्मन् a. having different customs. -ध्वनिः a musical instrument producing more than one sound. -भाव a. various, manifold. -रस a. of different or varying tastes; त्रैगुण्यो- द्भवमत्र लोकचरितं नानारसं दृश्यते M.1.4. -रूप a. of different forms, diverse, multiform, various. -वर्ण a. of different colours. -विध a. of various sorts, diverse, manifold. -विधम् ind. in various ways. -वीर्य a. having manifold energy.
nāman नामन् n. [म्नायते अभ्यस्यते नम्यते अभिधीयते अर्थो$ नेन वा] 1 A name, appellation, personal name (opp. गोत्र); किं नु नामैतदस्याः Mu.1.1; नाम ग्रह् 'to address or call upon by name,' नामग्राहमरोदीत् सा Bk.5,5; नाम कृ or दा, नाम्ना or नामतः कृ 'to give a name, call, name'; चकार नाम्ना रघु- मात्मसंभवम् R.3.31;5.36; तौ कुशलवौ चकार किल नामतः 15.32; चन्द्रापीड इति नाम चक्रे K.74; मातरं नामतः पृच्छेयम् Ś.7. -2 The mere name; संतप्तायसि संस्थितस्य पयसो नामापि न ज्ञायते Bh.2.67 'not even the name, i. e. no trace or mark is seen' &c.; Pt.1.25. -3 (In gram.) A noun, substantive (opp. आख्यात); तन्नाम येनाभिदधाति सत्त्वम्; सत्त्व- प्रधानानि नामानि Nir. -4 A word, name, synonymous word; इति वृक्षनामानि. -5 Substance (opp. गुण). -6 Water. -7 Ved. Mark, sign, token. -8 Form, mode, manner. -Comp. -अङ्क a. marked with a name; नामाङ्करावणशराङ्कितकेतुयष्टिम् (रथम्) R.12.13. -अनुशास- -नम्, -अभिधानम् 1 declaring one's name. -2 a dictionary, lexicon. -अपराधः abusing (a respectable man) by name, calling names. -आख्यातिक a. relating to nouns and verbs. -आवली a list of names (of a god). -करणम्, -कर्मन् n. 1 the ceremony of naming a child after birth. -2 a nominal affix. -ग्रहः, -ग्रहणम् addressing or mentioning by name, utterance of the name, calling to mind the name; पुण्यानि नामग्रहणान्यपि महामुनी- नाम् K.43; Ms.8.271; R.7.41;6.67. -ग्राहम् ind. by naming, by mentioning the name; नामग्राहमरोदीत् सा भ्रातरौ रावणान्तिके Bk.5.5. -त्यागः abandonment of name; स्वनामत्यागं करोमि Pt.1 'I shall forego my name'. -द्वादशी a kind of religious ceremony, the worship of Durgā daily under one of her 12 names, i. e. गौरी, काली, उमा, भद्रा, दुर्गा, कान्ति, सरस्वती, मङ्गला, वैष्णवी, लक्ष्मी, शिवा and नारायणी. -धातुः a nominal verb, denominative base (as पार्थायते, वृषस्यति &c.). -धारक, -धारिन् a. bearing only the name, in name only, nominal; (तथा) अर्थेन विहीनो$त्र पुरुषो नामधारकः Pt.2.84. -धेयम् 1 a name, appellation; वनज्योत्स्नेति कृतनामधेया Ś.1; किं नामधेया सा M.4; R.1.45;1.67;11.8; नामधेयस्य ये केचिदभिवादं न जानते Ms.2.123. -2 the ceremony of naming a child. ˚शब्दः a word or an expression which forms the name of a thing or an act; चोदकाच्च नामधेयशब्दो बलवत्तरः । ŚB. on MS.12.1.14. -नाभिकः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्देशः indication by name. -मात्र a. having only the name, nominal, in name; काचे मणिर्मणौ काचो येषां बुद्धिः प्रवर्तते । न तेषां सन्निधौ भृत्यो नाममात्रो$पि तिष्ठति ॥ Pt.1.77;2.86. (-त्रम्) the mere name or mention (of a thing); नाममात्रप्रस्तावो मे विषादाय कल्पते Ś.7; Pt.3.81; H.1.128; नाममात्रावशेषिताः शत्रवः Rām. -माला, -संग्रहः a list of names, glossary (of nouns). -मुद्रा a seal-ring, signetring; उभे नाममुद्राक्षराण्यनुवाच्य परस्परमवलोकयतः Ś.1. -लिङ्गम् gender of nouns. ˚अनुशासनम् rules on the gender of nouns. -वर्जित a. 1 nameless. -2 stupid, foolish. -वाचक a. expressing a name. (-कम्) a proper name. -शेष a. having only the name left, remaining in name only, dead, deceased; त्वां नामशेषामपि दृश्यमानः U.2.6. -षः death.
nāla नाल a. [नलस्येदं अण्] Consisting or made of reeds; नालं वनं यूथपतिर्यथोन्मदः. -लम् 1 A hollow stalk, especially the stalk of the lotus; विकचकमलैः दीर्घवैडूर्यनालैः Me.78; R.6.13; Ku.7.89; (-m. also in this sense). -2 Any tubular vessel of the body. -3 Yellow orpiment. -4 A handle. -5 The neck; L. D. B. -लः A canal, drain. (-लम्, -लः) The navel-string. -Comp. -अस्त्रम् any tubular weapon as gun, cannon &c.
nir निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also. -Comp. -अंश a. 1 whole, entire. -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property. -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः 1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā. -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal. -3 the equatorial region. -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate. -अग्नि a. having lost or neglected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1. -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remainder. -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, independence. -अघ a. sinless, blameless. -अङ्ग a. 1 having no parts. -2 deprived of expedients or resources. -अजिन a. skinless. -अञ्जन a. 1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52. -2 unstained, untinged. -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3. -4 simple, artless. (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 N. of the Supreme Being. (-ना) 1 the day of full moon. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, unrivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (-यः) the Supreme Being. -अत्यय a. 1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53. -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61. -3 completely successful. -अधिष्ठान a. 1 supportless. -2 independent. -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way. -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (-शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness. -अनुग a. having no followers. -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7. -अनुनासिक a. not nasal. -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences. -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless. -अनुरोध a. 1 unfavourable, unfriendly. -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1. -अन्तर a. -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25. -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66. -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76. -4 coarse, gross. -5 faithful, true (as a friend). -6 not hidden from view. -7 not different, similar, identical. -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341. -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (-रम्) ind. 1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly. -2 without intervening space or interval. -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11. -4 immediately. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or practice. -अन्तराल a. 1 without an intervening space, close. -2 narrow. -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry. -अन्वय a. 1 having no progeny, childless. -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198. -3 not agreeing with the context (as a word in a sentence). -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical. -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332. -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय. -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7. -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।). -अपत्रप a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold. -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blameless. (-धः) innocence. -अपवर्त a. 1 not turning back. -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms. -अपवाद a. 1 blameless. -2 not admitting of any exception. -अपाय a. 1 free from harm or evil. -2 free from decay, imperishable. -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2. -अपेक्ष a. 1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39. -2 disregarding, taking no notice of. -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82. -4 careless, negligent, indifferent -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41. -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5. -7 without purpose. (-क्षा) indifference, disregard. -अपेक्षित a. 1 disregarded. -2 regardless. -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent. -अभिभव a. 1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace. -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled. -अभिमान a. 1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism. -2 void of self-respect. -3 unconscious. -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7. -अभिसंधानम् absence of design. -अभ्र a. cloudless. -अमर्ष a. 1 void of anger, patient. -2 apathetic. -अम्बर a. naked. -अम्बु a. 1 abstaining from water. -2 waterless, destitute of water. -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (-लम्) ind. freely. -अर्थ a. 1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194. -2 meaningless, unmeaning (as a word or sentence). -3 non-sensical. -4 vain, useless, purposeless. (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment. -2 nonsense. -अर्थक a. 1 useless, vain, unprofitable. -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D. -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (-कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6. -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity. -अवकाश a. 1 without free space. -2 without leisure. -अवग्रह a. 1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, unchecked, uncontrolled, irresistible. -2 free, independent. -3 self-willed, head-strong. (-हम्) ind. 1 uninterruptedly. -2 intensely, strongly. -अवद्य a. 1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1. -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions). -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6. -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3. -अवयव a. 1 without parts. -2 indivisible. -3 without limbs. -अवलम्ब a. 1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6. -2 not affording support. -3 not depending or relying on. -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally). -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt. -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable. -अशन a. abstaining from food. (-नम्) fasting. -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11. -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (-ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old. -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed. -अस्थि a. boneless. -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13. -अहंकृत a. 1 having no egotism or self-consciousness. -2 without individuality. -3 unselfish. -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4. -आकाङ्क्ष a. 1 wishing nothing, free from desire. -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence). -आकार a. 1 devoid of form, formless, without form. -2 ugly, deformed. -3 disguised. -4 unassuming, modest. (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impressed on the mind; Sarva. S. -आकृति a. 1 formless, shapeless. -2 deformed. (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas. -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48. -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154. -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied, -आकुल a. 1 unconfused, unperplexed, unbewildered; Ki.11.38. -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28. -3 clear. -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1. (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity. -2 perspicuity, clearness. -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (-दः) a place where no sound can be heard. -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled. -आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas. -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48. -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian. -आडम्बर a. 1 without drums. -2 without show, unostentatious. -आतङ्क a. 1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6). -2 without ailment, comfortable, healthy. -3 not causing pain. -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (-पा) the night. -आदर a. disrespectful. -आदान a. 1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3. -2 an epithet of Buddha. -आधार a. 1 without a receptacle. -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39. -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety. -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful. -आन्त्र a. 1 disembowelled. -2 having the entrails hanging out. -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity. -आबाध a. 1 unvexed, unmolested, undisturbed, free from disturbance. -2 unobstructed. -3 not molesting or disturbing. -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā. -आमय a. 1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale. -2 untainted, pure. -3 guileless. -4 free from defects or blemishes. -5 full, complete. -6 infallible. -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (-यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8. (-यः) 1 a wild goat. -2 a hog or boar. -आमिष a. 1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh. -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49. -3 receiving no wages or remuneration. -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless. -यः an idler living from hand to mouth. -आयत a. 1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8. -2 contracted, compact. -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17. -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14. -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy. -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless. -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11. -आलम्ब a. 1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53. -2 not depending on another, independent. -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (-म्बा) spikenard. (-म्बम्) Brahman. -आलोक a. 1 not looking about or seeing. -2 deprived of sight. -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35. -5 invisible. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident. -आश a. 1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2. -2 depriving (one) of all hope. -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13. -आशङ्क a. fearless. -आशा hopelessness, despair. -आशिस् a. 1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13. -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76. -आश्रय a. 1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41. -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता. -3 not deep (as a wound). -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury. -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (-रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31. -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6. -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent. -इन्द्रिय a. 1 having lost a limb or the use of it. -2 mutilated, maimed. -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3. -4 barren. -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.). -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel. -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति. -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine. -ईषम् the body of a plough. -ईह a. 1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16. -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24. (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity. -2 indifference. -उच्छ्वास a. 1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6. -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32. -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (-सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8. -उत्तर a. 1 answerless, without a reply. -2 unable to answer, silenced. -3 having no superior. -उत्थ a. irrecoverable. -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.) -उत्सव a. without festivities; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66. -उत्साह a. 1 inactive, indolent. -2 devoid of energy. (-हः) 1 absence of energy. -2 indolence. -उत्सुक a. 1 indifferent. -2 calm, tranquil. -उदक a. waterless. -उदर a. 1 having no belly or trunk. -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31. -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle. उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm. -उपक्रम a. 1 without a commencement. -2 incurable. -उपद्रव a. 1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adversity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks. -2 free from national distress or tyranny. -3 causing no affliction. -4 auspicious (as a star). -5 secure, peaceful. -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.). -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable. -उपपद a. 1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19. -2 unconnected with a subordinate word. -उपप्लव a. 1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3. -2 not causing any affliction or misery. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4. -उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable. -उपसर्ग free from portents. -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14. -उपहत a. 1 not injured, unhurt. -2 auspicious, lucky. -उपाख्य a. 1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र). -2 immaterial. -3 invisible. (-ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman. -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute. -उपाय a. 1 without expedients, helpless. -2 unsuccessful. -उपेक्ष a. 1 free from trick or fraud. -2 not neglectful. -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold. -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree. -गर्व a. free from pride. -गवाक्ष a. windowless. -गुण a. 1 stringless (as a bow). -2 devoid of all properties. -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115. -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P. -5 having no epithet. (-णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities. -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39. -गौरव a. 1 without dignity, undignified. -2 devoid of respect. -ग्रन्थ a. 1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1. -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly. -3 alone, unassisted. (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool. -2 a gambler. -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit. -4 A Buddha Muni. -ग्रन्थक a. 1 clever, expert. -2 unaccompanied, alone. -3 deserted, abandoned. -4 fruitless. (-कः 1 a religious mendicant. -2 a naked devotee. -3 a gambler. -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (-कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class. -घटम् 1 a free market. -2 a crowded market. -घण्टः See निघण्टः. -घृण a. 1 cruel, merciless, pitiless. -2 shameless, immodest. -घृणा cruelty. -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm. -जन a. 1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate. -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (-नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place. -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga. -जर a. 1 young, fresh. -2 imperishable, immortal. (-रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (-रम्) ambrosia, nectar. -जरायु a. Ved. skinless. -जल a. 1 waterless, desert, destitute of water. -2 not mixed with water. (-लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha. -जाड्य free from coldness. -जिह्वः a frog. -जीव a. 1 lifeless. -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्. -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone. -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy. -दण्डः a Śūdra. -दय a. 1 merciless, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind. -2 passionate. -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18. -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239. -दयम् ind. 1 unmercifully, cruelly. -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84. -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11. -दशन a. toothless. -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous. -दुःख a. 1 free from pain, painless. -2 not causing pain. -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable. -दोष a. 1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम् -2 guiltless, innocent. -द्रव्य a. 1 immaterial. -2 without property, poor. -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious. -द्वन्द्व a. 1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45. -2 not dependent upon another, independent. -3 free from jealousy or envy. -4 not double. -5 not contested, undisputed. -6 not acknowledging two principles. -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (-नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence. -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy. -धूम a. smokeless. -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43. -नमस्कार a. 1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one. -2 disrespected, despised. -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted. -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2. -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता 1 want of protection. -2 widowhood. -3 orphanage. -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7. -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic. -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing. -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful. -निमित्त a. 1 causeless. -2 disinterested. -निमेष a. not twinkling. -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless. -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble. -बाध a. 1 unobstructed. -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary. -3 unmolested. (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow. -2 a knob. -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (-जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा). -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish. -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff. -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine). -भय a. 1 fearless, undaunted. -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -भर a. 1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47. -2 ardent. -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1. -4 sound, deep (as sleep). -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (-रः) a servant receiving no wages. (-रम्) excess. (-रम् ind.) 1 excessively, exceedingly, intensely. -2 soundly. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27. -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless. -भोगः a. not fond of pleasures. -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (-कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6. -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre. -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū. -मत्स्य a. fishless. -मद a. 1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet. -2 not proud, humble. -3 sad, sorry. -4 not in rut (as an elephant). -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men. -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent. -मन्त्र a. 1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts. -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43. -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4. -मम a. 1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3. -2 unselfish, disinterested. -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -मर्याद a. 1 boundless, immeasurable. -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22. -3 confused. -4 insolent, immodest. (-दम्) ind. confusedly, topsyturvy. (-दम्) confusion, disorder. -मल a. 1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63. -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56. -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318. (-लम्) 1 talc. -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal. -मशक a. free from gnats. -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3. -मान a. 1 without self-confidence. -2 free from pride. -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate. -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless. -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga. -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms. -2 the sun. -3 a rogue. (-टम्) a large free market or fair. -मूल a. 1 rootless (as a tree). -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.). -3 eradicated. -मेघ a. cloudless. -मेध a. without understanding, stupid, foolish, dull. -मोह a. free from illusion. (-हः) an epithet of Śiva. -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull. -यन्त्रण a. 1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted. -2 unruly, self-willed, independent. (-णम्) 1 squeezing out. -2 absence of restraint, independence. -यशस्क a. without fame, discreditable, inglorious. -युक्त a. 1 constructed, built. -2 directed. -3 (in music) limited to metre and measure. -युक्ति f. 1 disunion. -2 absence of connection or government. -3 unfitness, impropriety. -युक्तिक a. 1 disjoined, unconnected. -2 illogical, unmeaning. -3 unfit, improper. -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant). -यूष = निर्यास. -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45. -रक्त a. (-नीरक्त) colourless, faded. -रज, -रजस्क a. (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust. -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (-जः) an epithet of Śiva. -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see नीरज. (-f.) a woman not menstruating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness. -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent. -रन्ध्र a. (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23. -2 thick, dense. -3 coarse, gross. -रव a. (-नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58. -रस a. (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless. -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1. -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9. -4 vain, useless, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11. -5 disagreeable. -6 cruel, merciless. (-सः) the pomegranate. -रसन a. (नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11. -रुच् a. (नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27. -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1. -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless. (-पः) 1 air, wind. -2 a god. (-पम्) ether. -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118. -लक्षण a. 1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured. -2 undistinguished. -3 unimportant, insignificant. -4 unspotted. -5 having a white back. -लक्ष्य a. invisible. -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent. -लाञ्छनम् the marking of domestic animals (by perforating the nose &c.). -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks. -लिप्त a. 1 unanointed. -2 undefiled, unsullied. -3 indifferent to. (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -2 a sage. -लून a. cut through or off. -लेप a. 1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112. -2 stainless, sinless. (-पः) a sage. -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious. -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless. -वंश a. without posterity, childless. -वचन a. 1 not speaking, silent. -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately). -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19. -वण, -वन a. 1 being out of a wood. -2 free from woods. -3 bare, open. -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3. -वर = निर्दरम् q. v. -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor. -वाच्य a. 1 not fit to be said. -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48. -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (-तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124. -वानर a. free from monkeys. -वायस a. free from crows. -वार्य a. 1 irresistible. -2 acting fearlessly or boldly. -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a. 1 not admitting an alternative. -2 being without determination or resolution. -3 not capable of mutual relation. -4 conditioned. -5 undeliberative. -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (-ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering. -विकार a. 1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable. -2 not disposed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14. -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (-रः) the Supreme deity. -विकास a. unblown. -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (-घ्नम्) absence of impediment. -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, inconsiderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (-रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly. -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection. -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14. -वितर्क a. unreflecting. -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9. -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28. -विमर्श a. 1 void of reflection, thoughtless. -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi. -विवर a. 1 having no opening or cavity. 2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44. -विवाद a. 1 not contending or disagreeing. -2 undisputed, not contradicted or disputed, universally acknowledged. -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish. -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85. -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without distinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'. -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22. -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (-षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscriminately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.). -विशेषण a. without attributes. -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः. -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent. -विषय a. 1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4. -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1. -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind). -विषाण a. destitute of horns. -विहार a. having no pleasure. -वीज, -बीज a. 1 seedless. -2 impotent. -3 causeless. -वीर a. 1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31. -2 cowardly. -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead. -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34. -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless. -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति. -वृष a. deprived of bulls. -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm. -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried. -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel. -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle. -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (-रम्) absence of enmity. -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless. -व्यञ्जन a. 1 straight-forward. -2 without condiment. (-नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner. -व्यथ, -न a. 1 free from pain. -2 quiet, calm. -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak. -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39. -व्यलीक a. 1 not hurting or offending. -2 without pain. -3 pleased, doing anything willingly. -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling. -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare. -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither. -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination. -व्याकुल a. calm. -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers. -व्याज a. 1 candid, upright, honest, plain. -2 without fraud, true, genuine. -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.) -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (-जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85. -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit. -व्यापार a. 1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56. -2 motionless; U.6. -व्यावृत्ति a. not involving any return (to worldly existence). -व्रण a. 1 unhurt, without wounds. -2 without rents. -व्रत a. not observing vows. -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent. -हिमम् cessation of winter. -हेति a. weaponless. -हेतु a. causeless, having no cause or reason. -ह्रीक a. 1 shameless, impudent. -2 bold, daring.
netram नेत्रम् [नयति नीयते वा अनेन नी-ष्ट्रन्] 1 Leading, conducting, directing; कर्मणा दैवनेत्रेण जन्तुदेहोपपत्तये Bhāg.3.31.1. -2 The eye; प्रायेण गृहिणीनेत्राः कन्यार्थेषु कृटुम्बिनः Ku.6.85; 2.29,3;7.13. -3 The string of a churning-stick; मन्थानं मन्दरं कृत्वा तथा नेत्रं च वासुकिम् Mb.1.18.13; Bhāg. 8.6.22. -4 Woven silk, a fine silken garment; नेत्र- क्रमेणोपरुरोध सूर्यम् R.7.39. (where some commentators take नेत्रम् in its ordinary sense of the 'eye'). -5 The root of a tree. -6 An enema pipe. -7 A carriage, conveyance in general. -8 The number 'two'. -9 A leader; सूर्योदये सञ्जय के नु पूर्वं युयुत्सवो हृष्यमाणा इवासन् । मामका वा भीष्मनेत्राः समीपे पाण्डवा वा भीमनेत्रास्तदानीम् ॥ Mb.6.2.1. -1 A constellation, star. (said to be m. only in these two senses). -11 A river; Nm. -12 A kind of vein; Nm. -13 A bug; Nm. -14 A bark of a tree; Nm. -Comp. -अञ्जनम् a collyrium for the eyes; Ś. Til.7. -अतिथि a. One who has become visible. -अन्तः the outer corner of the eye. -अम्बु, -अम्भस् n. tears. -अभिष्यन्दः running of the eyes, a kind of eye-disease -अरिः Euphorbia Antiquorum (Mar. निवडुंग, शेर). -आमयः ophthalmia. -उत्सवः any pleasing or beautiful object. -उपमम् the almond fruit. -औषधम् 1 collyrium -2 green sulphate of iron (Mar. हिराकस). -कार्मणम् a spell for the eyes; Vikr. -कनीनिका the pupil of the eye. -कूटः, -टम् a front apartment, a side-hall, a corner tower; प्रधानावासनेत्रस्थनेत्रकूटद्वयं न्यसेत् Kāmikāgama 35.75. -कोषः 1 the eye-ball. -2 the bud of a flower. -गोचर a. within the range of sight, perceptible, visible. -चपल a. restless with the eyes, winking; न नेत्रचपलो$नृजुः Ms.4.177. -छदः the eyelid. -जम्, -जलम्, -वारि n. tears. -र्निसिन् a. kissing or touching the eye (sleep). -पत्रम् the eye-brows. -पर्यन्त a. as far as the eye, up to the eye. (-तः) the outer corner of the eye. -पाकः inflammation of the eye; Suśr. -पिण़्डः 1 the eye-ball. -2 a cat. -बन्धः hood-winking, playing at hide-and-seek; Bhāg. -भवः, -मलम् the mucus of the eyes. -मुष् a. stealing or captivating the eye. -योनिः 1 an epithet of Indra (who had on his body a thousand marks resembling the female organ inflicted by the curse of Gautama). -2 the moon. -रञ्जनम् a collyrium. -रोमन् n. the eyelash. -वस्तिः m., f. a clyster-pipe with a bag. -वस्त्रम् a veil over the eye, the eyelid. -विष् f. excretion of the eyes. -विष a. having poison in the eyes (the Brāhmaṇa); Mb.2. -स्तम्भः rigidity of the eyes.
pañcan पञ्चन् num. a. (Always pl., nom. and acc. पञ्च) Five. (As the first member of comp. पञ्चन् drops its final न्). [cf. Gr. pente.] -Comp. -अंशः the fifth part, a fifth. -अग्निः 1 an aggregate of five sacred fires; i. e. (अन्वाहार्यपचन or दक्षिण, गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय, सभ्य, and आव- सथ्य). -2 a householder who maintains the five sacred fires; पञ्चाग्नयो धृतव्रताः Māl.1; Ms.3.185. -3 five mystic fires supposed to exist in the body; तेजो ह्यग्निस्तथा क्रोधश्चक्षुरूष्मा तथैव च । अग्निर्जरयते यच्च पञ्चाग्नेयाः शरीरिणः ॥ Mb.12.184.21. -4 one who is acquainted with the doctrine of these fires. ˚साधनम् four fires on four sides and the sun above the head. This is a form of penance. -अङ्ग a. five-membered, having five parts or divisions as in पञ्चाङ्गः प्रणामः (i. e. बाहुभ्यां चैव जानुभ्यां शिरसा वक्षसा दृशा); कृतपञ्चाङ्गविनिर्णयो नयः Ki.2.12. (see Malli. and Kāmandaka quoted by him); पञ्चाङ्गमभिनयमुपदिश्य M.1; चित्ताक्षिभ्रूहस्तपादैरङ्गैश्चेष्टादिसाम्यतः । पात्राद्यवस्थाकरणं पञ्चाङ्गे$भिनयो मतः ॥ (-ङ्गः) 1 a tortoise or turtle. -2 a kind of horse with five spots in different parts of his body. (-ङ्गी) a bit for horses. -(ङ्गम्) 1 collection or aggregate of five parts. -2 five modes of devotion (silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols and feeding Brāhmaṇas) -3 the five parts of a tree; त्वक्पत्रकुसुमं मूलफलमेकस्य शाखिनः । एकत्र मिलितं चैतत् पञ्चाङ्ग- मिति संज्ञितम् ॥ -4 a calendar or almanac, so called because it treats of five things:-- (तिथिर्वारश्च नक्षत्रं योगः करणमेव च); चतुरङ्गबलो राजा जगतीं वशमानयेत् । अहं पञ्चा- ङ्गबलवानाकाशं वशमानये ॥ Shbhāṣ. ˚गुप्तः a turtle. ˚पत्रम् a calendar. ˚विनिर्णयः the five rules are as follows; सहायाः साधनोपाया विभागो देशकालयोः । विनिपातप्रतीकारः सिद्धिः पञ्चाङ्ग- मिष्यते ॥ Kāmandak; cf. Ki.2.12. ˚शुद्धिः f. the propitiousness or favourable state of five important points; i. e. तिथि, वार, नक्षत्र, योग and करण (in astrology). -अङ्गिक a. five-membered. -अङ्गुल a. (-ला or -ली f.) measuring five fingers. (-लः) the castor-oil plant. -अ(आ)जम् the five products of the goat; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अतिग a. liberated (मुक्त); सो$पि पञ्चातिगो$भवत् Mb. 12.59.9. -अप्सरस् n. N. of a lake, said to have been created by the sage Mandakarni; cf. R.13.38. -अमरा The five plants i. e. (Mar. भांग, दूर्वा, बेल, निर्गुडी and तुळस. -अमृत a. consisting of 5 ingredients. -(तम्) 1 the aggregate of five drugs; dry ginger, a species of Moonseed (Cocculus cordifolius, Mar. गुळवेल), Asparagus recemosus (Mar. शतावरी), Hypoxis brevifolia (Mar. मुसळी), गोक्षुरक (Mar. गोखरूं). -2 the collection of five sweet things used in worshipping deities; (दुग्धं च शर्करा चैव घृतं दधि तथा मधु). -3 the five elements; Māl.5.2. -अम्लम् the aggregate of five acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias and citron). -अर्चिस् m. the planet Mercury. -अवयव a. five-membered (as a syllogism, the five members being, प्रतिज्ञा, हेतु, उदाहरण, उपनय and निगमन q. v.). -अवस्थः a corpse (so called because it is resolved into the five elements) cf. पञ्चत्व below. -अविकम् the five products of the sheep; cf. पञ्चगव्य. -अशीतिः f. eighty-five. -अहः a period of five days. -आतप a. doing penance with five fires. (i. e. with four fires and the sun); cf. R.13.41. -आत्मक a. consisting of five elements (as body). -आननः, -आस्यः, -मुखः, -वक्त्रः 1 epithets of Śiva. -2 a lion (so called because its mouth is generally wide open; पञ्चम् आननं यस्य), (often used at the end of names of learned men to express great learning or respect; न्याय˚, तर्क˚ &c. e. g. जगन्नाथतर्कपञ्चानन); see पञ्च a. -3 the sign Leo of the zodiac. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā. -आम्नायाः m. (pl.) five Śāstras supposed to have proceeded from the five mouths of Śiva. -आयतनी, -नम् a group of five deities like गणपति, विष्णु, शंकर, देवी and सूर्य. -इन्द्रियम् an aggregate of the five organs (of sense or actions; see इन्द्रियम्). -इषुः, -बाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; (so called because he has five arrows; their names are:-- अरविन्दमशोकं च चूतं च नवमल्लिका । नीलोत्पलं च पञ्चैते पञ्चबाणस्य सायकाः ॥ the five arrows are also thus named:-- संमोहनोन्मादनौ च शोषणस्तापनस्तथा । स्तम्भनश्चेति कामस्य पञ्चबाणाः प्रकीर्तिताः ॥). -उपचारः the five articles of worship i. e. (गन्ध, पुष्प, धूप, दीप and नैवेद्य). -उष्मन् m. (pl.) the five digestive fires supposed to be in the body. -कपाल a. prepared or offered in five cups. -कर्ण a. branded in the ear with the number 'five' (as cattle &c.); cf. P.VI.3.115. -कर्मन् n. (in medicine) the five kinds of treatment; i. e. 1 वमन 'giving emetics'; 2 रेचन 'purging'; 3 नस्य 'giving strenutatories'; 4 अनुवासन 'administering an enema which is oily', and 5 निरूह 'administering an enema which is not oily. वमनं रेचनं नस्यं निरूहश्चानुवासनम् । पञ्चकर्मेदमन्यश्च ज्ञेयमुत्क्षेपणादिकम् ॥ -कल्याणकः a horse with white feet and a white mouth. -कषाय a decoction from the fruits of five plants (जम्बु, शाल्मलि, वाट्याल, बकुल and बदर). -कृत्यम् the five actions by which the Supreme Power manifests itself (सृष्टि, स्थिति, संहार, तिरोभाव and अनुग्रह- करण). -कृत्वस् ind. five times. -कृष्णः A kind of game. (-ष्णाः) The five deities of Mahānubhāva sect namely चक्रवर्ती कृष्ण, Datta of Mātāpura, Gundam Raul of ऋद्धिपुर, चांगदेव राऊळ of द्वारावती and चांगदेव राऊळ of प्रतिष्ठान. -कोणः a pentagon. -कोलम् the five spices taken collectively; पिप्पली पिप्पलीमूलं चव्यचित्रकनागरम् । पञ्चकोलं ......... (Mar. पिंपळी, पिंपळमूळ, चवक, चित्रक व सुंठ). -कोषाः m. (pl.) the five vestures or wrappers supposed to invest the soul; they are:-- अन्नमयकोष or the earthly body (स्थूलशरीर); प्राणमयकोष the vesture of the vital airs; मनो- मयकोष the sensorial vesture; विज्ञानमयकोष the cognitional vesture (these three form the लिङ्गशरीर); and आनन्द- मयकोष the last vesture, that of beatitude. कोषैरन्नमयाद्यैः पञ्चभिरात्मा न संवृतो भाति । निजशक्तिसमुप्तन्नैः शैवालप़टलैरिवाम्बु वापीस्थम् ॥ Vivekachūdāmaṇi. -क्रोशी 1 a distance of five Kroṣas. -2 N. of the city, Banares. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी a collection of five beds. -गत a. (in alg.) raised to the fifth power. -गवम् a collection of five cows. -गव्यम् the five products of the cow taken collectively; i. e. milk, curds, clarified butter or ghee, urine, and cowdung (क्षीरं दधि तथा चाज्यं मूत्रं गोमयमेव च). -गु a. bought with five cows. -गुण a. five-fold. (-णाः) the five objects of sense (रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श and शब्द). (-णी) the earth. -गुप्तः 1 a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head). -2 the materialistic system of philosophy, the doctrines of the Chārvākas. -घातः (in music) a kind of measure. -चत्वारिंश a. forty-fifth. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-five. -चामरम् N. of 2 kinds of metre; प्रमाणिकापदद्वयं वदन्ति पञ्चचामरम् Vṛittaratnākara. -जनः 1 a man, mankind. -2 N. of a demon who had assumed the form of a conch-shell, and was slain by Kṛiṣṇa; तस्मै प्रादाद्वरं पुत्रं मृतं पञ्चजनोदरात् Bhāg.3.3.2. -3 the soul. -4 the five classes of beings; i. e. gods, men, Gandharvas, serpents and pitṛis; यस्मिन् पञ्च पञ्चजना आकाशश्च प्रतिष्ठितः Bṛi. Up.4.4.17. -5 the four primary castes of the Hindus (ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र) with the Niṣādas or barbarians as the fifth (pl. in these two senses); (for a full exposition see Sārirabhāṣya on Br. Sūtras 1.4.11-13). (-नी) an assemblage of five persons. -जनीन a. devoted to the five races. (-नः) an actor, a mimic, buffoon, one who is devoted to the pentad viz. singer, musician, dancer, harlot and a jester; गायकवादक- नर्तकदासीभण्डरतः खलु पञ्चजनीनः Bhāsāvritti on P.V.1.9. -ज्ञानः 1 an epithet of Buddha as possessing the five kinds of knowledge. -2 a man familiar with the doctrines of the Pāśupatas. -तक्षम्, -क्षी a collection of five carpenters. -तत्त्वम् 1 the five elements taken collectively; i. e. पृत्थी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -2 (in the Tantras) the five essentials of the Tāntrikas, also called पञ्चमकार because they all begin with म; i. e. मद्य, मांस, मत्स्य, मुद्रा and मैथुन. -तन्त्रम् N. of a well-known collection in five books containing moral stories and fables by Visnugupta; पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते H. Pr.9. -तन्मात्रम् the five subtle and primary elements (such as शब्द, रस, स्पर्श and रूप and गन्ध). -तपस् m. an ascetic who in summer practises penance sitting in the middle of four fires with the sun burning right over his head; cf. हविर्भुजामेधवतां चतुर्णां मध्ये ललाटंतपसप्तसप्तिः R.13.41; Ku.5.23; Ms.6.23 and Śi.2.51. also; ग्रीष्मे पञ्चतपा वीरो वर्षास्वासारषाण्मुनिः Bhāg. 4.23.6; Rām.3.6.5. -तय a. five-fold; वृत्तयः पञ्चतय्यः क्लिष्टा अक्लिष्टाः Mbh. (-यः) a pentad. -तिक्तम् the five bitter things:-- निवामृतावृषपटोलनिदिग्धिकाश्च. -त्रिंश a. thirtyfifth. -त्रिंशत्, -त्रिंशतिः f. thirty-five. -दश a. 1 fifteenth. -2 increased by fifteen; as in पञ्चदशं शतम् 'one hundred and fifteen'. -दशन् a. (pl.) fifteen. ˚अहः a period of fifteen days. -दशिन् a. made or consisting of fifteen. -दशी 1 the fifteenth day of a lunar fortnight (the full or new moon day); Y.1.146. -2 N. of a philosophical work (प्रकरणग्रन्थ) by माधवाचार्य (विद्यारण्य). -दीर्घम् the five long parts of the body; the arms, eyes, belly, nose and breast; बाहू नेत्रद्वयं कुक्षिर्द्वे तु नासे तथैव च । स्तनयोरन्तरं चैव पञ्चदीर्घं प्रचक्षते ॥ -देवताः the five deities:-- आदित्यं गणनाथं च देवीं रुद्रं च केशवम् । पञ्चदैवतमित्युक्तं सर्वकर्मसु पूजयेत् ॥ -धारणक a. upheld by the five elements. -नखः 1 any animal with five claws; such as the hare, alligator, tortoise, porcupine, rhinoceros शशकः शल्लकी गोधा खड्गी कूर्मश्च पञ्चमः । पञ्च पञ्चनखा भक्ष्या ये प्रोक्ताः कृतजैर्द्विजैः Bk.6.131; Ms.5.17,18; Y.1.177. -2 an elephant. -3 a turtle. -4 a lion or tiger. -नखी, -नखराज an iguana (Mar. घोरपड); Gīrvāṇa. -नदः 'the country of five rivers, the modern Panjab (the five rivers being शतद्रु, विपाशा, इरावती, चन्द्रभागा and वितस्ता, or the modern names Sutlej, Beas, Ravee, Chenab and Jhelum). -दा (pl.) the people of this country. -नवतिः f. ninety-five. -निम्बम् the five products of निम्ब viz. (the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark and root). -नीराजनम् waving five things before an idol and then falling prostrate before it; (the five things being:-- a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango and betel-leaf). -पञ्चाश a. fiftyfifth. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-five. -पदी 1 five steps; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतो$पिनिष्ठुरै- रेतैर्धनैः पञ्चपदी न दीयते Pt.2.115. -2 the five strong cases, i. e. the first five inflections -पर्वन् n. (pl.) the five parvans q. v.; they are चतुर्दश्यष्टमी चैव अमावास्या च पूर्णिमा । पर्वाण्येतानि राजेन्द्र रविसंक्रान्तिरेव च ॥ a. five-knotted (an arrow). -पल्लवम् The leaves of the mango, fig, banyan, ficus religiosa (Mar. पिंपळ) and Genus Ficus (Mar. पायरी). There are other variations such as पनस, आम्र, पिप्पल, वट and बकुल. The first group is for the Vedic ritual only. -पात्रम् 1 five vessels taken collectively. -2 a Srāddha in which offerings are made in five vessels. -पाद् a. consisting of five feet, steps, or parts; पञ्चपादं पितरम् Praśna Up.1.11. (-m.) a year (संवत्सर). -पादिका N. of a commentary on शारीरकभाष्य. -पितृ m. (pl.) the five fathers:-- जनकश्चोपनेता च यश्च कन्यां प्रयच्छति । अन्नदाता भयत्राता पञ्चैते पितरः स्मृताः ॥ -पित्तम् the bile of five animals viz. (the boar, goat, buffalo, fish and peacock). -प्रस्थ a. having five elevations (a forest). -प्राणाः m. (pl.) the five life-winds or vital airs: प्राण, अपान, व्यान, उदान, and समान. -प्रासादः a temple of a particular size with four pinnacles and a steeple. -बन्ध a fine equal to the fifth part of anything lost or stolen. -बलाः five medicinal herbs, namely बला, नागबला, महाबला, अति- बला and राजबला. -बाणः, -वाणः, -शरः epithets of the god of love; see पञ्चेषु. -बाहुः N. of Śiva. -बिन्दुप्रसृतम् N. of a particular movement in dancing; Dk.2. -बीजानि the five seeds:--कर्कटी, त्रपुस, दाडिम, पद्मबीज, and वानरीबीज. -भद्र a. 1 having five good qualities. -2 consisting of five good ingredients (as a sauce &c.). -3 having five auspicious marks (as a horse) in the chest, back, face and flanks. -4 vicious. -द्रः a kind of pavilion. -भागिन् m. the five deities of पञ्चमहा- यज्ञ; धर्मकामविहीनस्य चुक्रुधुः पञ्चभागिनः Bhāg.11.23.9. -भुज a. pentagonal. (-जः) 1 a pentagon; cf. पञ्चकोण. -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. -भूतम् the five elements; पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश. -भृङ्गाः the five trees, viz. देवदाली (Mar. देवडंगरी), शमी, भङ्गा (Mar. भांग), निर्गुण्डी and तमालपत्र. -मकारम् the five essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual of which the first letter is म; see पञ्चतत्त्व (2). -महापातकम् the five great sins; see महापातक Ms.11. 54. -महायज्ञाः m. (pl.) the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृ- यज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो बलिर्भौतो नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7. अहुतं च हुतं चैव तथा प्रहुतमेव च । ब्राह्मं हुतं प्राशितं च पञ्च यज्ञान् प्रचक्षते ॥ Ms.3.73; see महायज्ञ. -मारः son of Baladeva; L. D. B. -माश(षि)क a. consisting of five Māṣas (as a fine &c.). -माष(षि)क a. amounting to five māṣas; गर्दभाजाविकानां तु दण्डः स्यात्पञ्चमाषिकः Ms.8.298. -मास्य a. happening every five months. -मुखः an arrow with five points; (for other senses see पञ्चानन.) -मुद्रा five gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol; viz आवाहनी, स्थापनी, संनिधापनी, संबोधनी and संमुखीकरणी; see मुद्रा. -मूत्रम् the urine of five female animals; the cow, goat, she-buffalo, sheep, and she-ass.). -मूलम् there are nine varieties of the pentad combinations of roots; लघुपञ्चमूल, बृहत्पञ्चमूल, शतावर्यादि, तृणपञ्चमूल, जीवकादिपञ्चमूल, पुनर्नवादिपञ्चमूल, गोक्षुरादि˚, वल्ली˚. -रत्नम् a collection of five gems; (they are variously enumerated: (1) नीलकं वज्रकं चेति पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । प्रवालं चेति विज्ञेयं पंचरत्नं मनीषिभिः ॥ (2) सुवर्णं रजतं मुक्ता राजावर्तं प्रवालकम् । रत्नपञ्चकमाख्यातम् ...॥ (3) कनकं हीरकं नीलं पद्मरागश्च मौक्तिकम् । पञ्चरत्नमिदं प्रोक्त- मृषिभिः पूर्वदर्शिभिः ॥ -2 the five most admired episodes of the Mahābhārata; गीता, विष्णुसहस्रनाम, भीष्मस्तवराज, अनुस्मृति and गजेन्द्रमोक्ष). -रसा the आमलकी tree (Mar. आंवळी). -रात्रम् 1 a period of five nights; इत्यर्थं वयमानीताः पञ्चरात्रो$पि विद्यते Pañch.3.24. -2 N. of one of Bhāsa's dramas. -3 N. of a philosophical treatise attributed to Nārada. -4 N. of an अहीन (sacrifice) lasting for 5 days; स एतं पञ्चरात्रं पुरुषमेधं यज्ञक्रतुमपश्यत् Śat. Br.; cf. Mb.12.218. 11. -राशिकम् the rule of five (in math.). -लक्षणम् a Purāṇa; so called because it deals with five important topics:-- सर्गश्च प्रतिसर्गश्च वंशो मन्वन्तराणि च । वंशानुचरितं चैव पुराणं पञ्चलक्षणम् ॥ see पुराण also. -लवणम् five kinds of salt; i. e. काचक, सैन्धव, सामुद्र, बिड and सौवर्चल. -लाङ्गलकम् a gift (महादान) of as much land as can be cultivated with five ploughs. -लोकपालः the five guardian deities viz. Vināyaka, Durgā, Vāyu, Ākāśa and Aśvinīkumāra. -लोहम् a metallic alloy containing five metals (i. e. copper, brass, tin, lead and iron). -लोहकम् the five metals i. e. gold, silver, copper, tin and lead. -वटः the sacred or sacrificial thread worn across the breast (यज्ञोपवीत). -वटी 1 the five fig-trees: i. e. अश्वत्थ, बिल्व, वट, धात्री and अशोक. -2 N. of a part of the Daṇḍakā forest where the Godāvarī rises and where Rāma dwelt for a considerable time with his beloved; it is two miles from Nasik; परिहरन्तमपि मामितः पञ्चवटीस्नेहो बलादाकर्षतीव U.2.27/28; R.13.34. -वर्गः 1 an aggregate of five. -2 the five essential elements of the body. -3 the five organs of sense; संतुष्टपञ्चवर्गो$हं लोकयात्रां प्रवाहये Rām.2.19.27. -4 the five daily sacrifices enjoined to be performed by a Brāhmaṇa; cf. महायज्ञ. -5 the five classes of spies (कापटिक, उदास्थित, गृहपतिव्यञ्जन, वैदेहिकव्यञ्जन and तापसव्यञ्जन); cf. Kull. on Ms.7.154. -वर्षदेशीय a. about five years old. -वर्षीय a. five years old. -वल्कलम् a collection of the barks of five kinds of trees; namely न्यग्रोध, उदुम्बर, अश्वत्थ, प्लक्ष and वेतस. -वल्लभा N. of Draupadī. -वार्षिक a. recurring every five years. -वाहिन् a. drawn by five (as a carriage). -विंश a. twenty-fifth. -शः 1 a Stoma consisting of 25 parts. -2 N. of Viṣṇu (regarded as the 25th तत्त्व); स तु जन- परितापं तत्कृतं जानता ते नरहर उपनीतः पञ्चतां पञ्चविंश Bhāg. 7.8.53. -विंशतिः f. twenty-five. -विंशतिका a collection of twenty-five; as in वेतालपञ्चविंशतिका. -विध a. fivefold, of five kinds. ˚प्रकृतिः f. the five departments of a government; अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गार्थदण्डाख्याः पञ्च चापराः Ms.7.157. -वीरगोष्ठम् an assembly room, concert-hall; रागमञ्जरी नाम पञ्चवीरगोष्ठे संगीतकमनुष्ठास्यति Dk.2. -वृत्, -वृतम् ind. five-fold. -वृत्तिता depending on senses; Rām.2.1.65. -शत a. amounting to five hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and five. -2 five hundred. -शाखः 1 the hand; स्वशिरः पश्चशाखाभ्यामभिहत्यायतेक्षणा Mb.11.17.3; कदापि नो मुञ्चति पञ्चशाखः (नारायणस्य) Rām. Ch.1.9; स्फूर्जद्रत्नाङ्गुलीयद्युतिशबलनखद्योतिभिः पञ्चशाखैः Śiva B.3.49. -2 an elephant. -शारदीयः N. of a Yāga. -शिखः a lion. -शीलम् the five rules of conduct; Buddh. -शुक्लम् The holy combination of five days, viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the month (day of the manes) and day time, हरिवासर and सिद्धक्षेत्र (cf. त्रिशुक्लम्). -ष a. (pl.) five or six; सन्त्यन्ये$पि बृहस्पतिप्रभृतयः संभाविताः पञ्चषाः Bh.2.34. -षष्ट a. sixty-fifth. -षष्टिः f. sixty-five. -सटः one with five tufts of hair on the head (सटाः जटाः केशसन्निवेशे मध्ये मध्ये पञ्चसु स्थानेषु क्षौरवद्वापनम्); दासो$यं मुच्यतां राज्ञस्त्वया पञ्चसटः कृतः Mb.3.272.18; (Mar. पांच पाट काढणें). -सप्तत a. seventy-fifth. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-five. -सस्यम् the five grains viz. धान्य, मुद्ग, तिल, यव and माष. -सिद्धान्ती f. the five astronomical doctrines from astronomical book like सूर्यसिद्धान्त etc. -सिद्धौषधयः the five medicinal plants:-- तैलकन्द, सुधाकन्द, क्रोडकन्द, रुदन्तिक, सर्पाक्षी. -सुगन्धकम् the five kinds of aromatic vegetable sub- stances; they are:-- कर्पूरकक्कोललवङ्गपुष्पगुवाकजातीफलपञ्चकेन । समांशभागेन च योजितेन मनोहरं पञ्चसुगन्धकं स्यात् ॥. -सूनाः f. the five things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed; they are:-- पञ्चसूना गृहस्थस्य चुल्ली पेषण्युपस्करः कण्डनी चोदकुम्भश्च Ms.3.68. -सूरणाः the five medicinal esculent roots; sweet and bitter सूरण, अत्यम्ल- पर्णी, काण्डीर, मालाकन्द. &c. -स्रोतम् n. the mind; पञ्चस्रोतसि निष्णातः Mb.12.218.11. (com. पञ्चस्त्रोतांसि विषयकेदारप्रणालिका यस्य तस्मिन् मनसि). -हायन a. five years old.
paṭ पट् I. 1 P. (पटति) To go or move. -Caus. or 1 U. (पाटयति-ते) 1 To split, cleave, tear up, tear asunder, tear open, divide; कंचिन्मध्यात् पाटयामास दन्ती Śi.18.51; दत्त्वर्णं पाटयेल्लेखम् Y.2.94; Mk.9. -2 To break, break open; अन्यासु भित्तिषु मया निशि पाटितासु Mk.3.14. -3 To pierce, prick, penetrate; दर्भपाटिततलेन पाणिना R.11.31. -4 To remove, eradicate. -5 To pluck out. -6 To shine. -7 To speak. -II. 1. U. (पटयति-ते) 1 To string or weave; कुविन्दस्त्वं तावत् पटयसि गुणग्राममभितः K. P.7. -2 To clothe, envelop. -3 To surround, encircle.
pataṅgikā पतङ्गिका 1 A small bird. -2 A kind of small bee; पतङ्गिकानां पुच्छेषु त्वयेषीका प्रवेशिता । कर्मणस्तस्य ते प्राप्तं फलमेतत्तपो- धन ॥ Mb.1.18.11. -3 A bow-string; L. D. B.; also पतञ्चिका; Gīrvāṇa.
patañcikā पतञ्चिका A bow-string.
pathin पथिन् m. [पथ्-आधारे इनि] (Nom. पन्थाः, पन्थानौ, पन्थानः; acc. pl. पथः; instr. pl. पथिभिः &c.; the word is changed to पथ at the end of comp.; तोयाधारपथः, दृष्टिपथः, नष्टपथः, सत्पथः, प्रतिपथम् &c.) 1 A road, way, path; श्रेयसामेष पन्थाः Bh.2.26; वक्रः पन्थाः Me.27. -2 Journey, way-faring, as in शिवास्ते सन्तु पन्थानः '(I wish) a happy journey to you ! God speed you on your journey !' -3 Range, reach; as in कर्णपथ, श्रुति˚, दर्शन˚. -4 Manner of action, line of conduct, course of behaviour; पथः शुचेर्दर्शयितार ईश्वरा मलीमसामाददते न पद्धतिम् R.3.46; न्याय्यात् पथः प्रविचलन्ति पदं न धीराः Bh.2.83. -5 A sect, doctrine. -6 A division of hell; Ms.4.9. -Comp. -अशनम्, -आदेनः Provender for a journey; viaticum. -कृत् m. Ved. 1 a guide. -2 N. of Agni. -देयम् a toll levied on public roads. -द्रुमः the Khadira tree. -प्रज्ञ a. acquainted with roads. -वाहक a. cruel. (-कः) 1 a hunter, fowler. -2 a burden bearer, porter.
para पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optionally like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position) 1 Other, different, another; see पर m also. -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4. -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158. -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31. -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42. -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27. -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.). -8 Alien, estranged, stranger. -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse, -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred. -11 Final, last. -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest object, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c. -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also. -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21. -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8. -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point. -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16. -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19. -4 The secondary meaning of a word. -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट). -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbially; e. g. (a) परम् 1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17. -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c. -3 thereupon, thereafter. -4 but, however. -5 otherwise. -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c. -7 most willingly. -8 only. -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण 1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2. -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49. -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे 1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73. -2 in future. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body. -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva. -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11. -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia. -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness. -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119. -अन्तः final death. (-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people. -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva. -2 a frontier. -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6. -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12. -अपर a. 1 far and near, remote and proximate. -2 prior and posterior. -3 before and beyond, earlier and later. -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with _x001F_1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1. -अमृतम् rain. -अयण (अयन) a. 1 attached or devoted to, adhering to. -2 depending on, subject to. -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c. -4 connected with. -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4. -6 leading or conducive to. -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12. -2 essence, sum. -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit. -4 firm devotion. -5 a universal medicine, panacea. -6 a religious order. -अर्थ a. 1 having another aim or meaning. -2 intended or designed for another, done for another. (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advantage. -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29. -3 the chief or highest meaning. -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse). -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9. -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3. -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute. -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another. -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6. -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S. -अर्धक a. One half of anything. -अर्ध्य a. 1 being on the farther side or half. -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br. -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45. -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1. -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58. -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64. (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum. -2 an infinite number. -अवर a. 1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23. -2 earlier and later. -3 prior and posterior or subsequent. -4 higher and lower. -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15. -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (-रा) descendants. (-रम्) 1 cause and effect. -2 the whole extent of an idea. -3 the universe. -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5. -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12. -अहः the next day. -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day. -आगमः attack of an enemy. -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) a slave. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आयत्त a. 1 dependent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4. -2 Wholly subdued or overwhelmed by. -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12. -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 of Viṣṇu. -आश्रय a. dependent upon another. (-यः) 1 dependence upon another. -2 the retreat of enemies. (-या) a plant growing on another tree. -आसङ्गः dependence upon another. -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber. -इतर a. 1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind. -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -इष्टिः N. of Brahman. -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved. -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity. -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo. -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्. -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others. -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13. -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्. -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy. -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging. -ऊढा another's wife. -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) 1 a servant. -2 the (Indian) cuckoo. -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant. -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116. -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art). -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1. -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः 1 a benevolent man. -2 a slave, servant. -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later. -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26. -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants. -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic. -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body. -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49. -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175. -गामिन् a. 1 being with another. -2 relating to another. -3 beneficial to another. -गुण a. beneficial to another. (-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78. -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articulation. -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3. -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy. -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v. -3 a hostile prince. -छन्द a. dependent. (-दः) 1 the will of another. -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another. -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another. -ज a. 1 stranger. -2 coming from a foe. -3 inferior. -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9. -जन्मन् n. a future birth. -जात a. 1 born of another. -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (-तः) a servant. -जित a. 1 conquered by another. -2 maintained by another. (-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo. -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient. -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्). -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक. -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife. -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect. -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery. -दारिन् m. an adulterer. -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13. -देवता the Supreme Being. -देशः a hostile or foreign country. -देशिन् m. a foreigner. -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical. -धनम् another's property. -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -2 another's duty or business. -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97. -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P. -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c. -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.). -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy. -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence. -2 final beatitude. -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22. -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3. -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others. -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house. -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥ -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112. -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh. -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero. -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger. -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu. -3 the husband of another woman. -पुष्ट a. 1 fed or nourished by another. -2 Stranger. (-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree. -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo. -2 a parasitical plant. -3 a harlot, prostitute. -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163. -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son. -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ). -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave. -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7). -भागः 1 another's share. -2 superior merit. -3 good fortune, prosperity. -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15. -5 the last part, remainder. -भाव a. loving another. -भावः the being second member in a compound. -भाषा a foreign tongue. -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P. -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words). -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo). -भृत a. nourished by another. -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nourished by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1. -भतम् 1 another's opinion. -2 different opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy. -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another. -मृत्युः a crow. -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18. -लोकः the next (or furture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38. -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, dependent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्. -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3. -वाणिः 1 a judge. -2 a year. -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya. -वादः 1 rumour, report. -2 Objection, controversy. -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist. -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being. -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1. -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow. -संगत a. 1 associated with another. -2 fighting with another. -संज्ञकः the soul. -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.). -सात् ind. into the hands of another. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage. -सेवा service of another. -स्त्री another's wife. -स्वम् another's property; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property. -हन् a. killing enemies. -हित a. 1 benevolent. -2 profitable to another. -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.
pari परि (री) णामः 1 Alteration, change, transformation. -2 Digestion; अन्नं न सम्यक् परिणाममेति Suśr.; भुक्तस्य परिणामहेतुरौदर्यम् T.S.; Pt.4.22. -3 Result, consequence, issue, effect; अप्रियस्यापि पथ्यस्य परिणामः सुखावहः H.2.124; Mk.3.1; परिणामसुखे गरीयसि (वचसि औषधे च) Ki.2.4; Bg.18.37,38. -4 Ripening, maturity, full development; उपैति शस्यं परिणामरम्यताम् Ki.4.22; फलभर- परिणामश्यामजम्बू &c. U.2.2; Māl.9.24. -5 End, termination, conclusion, close, decline; दिवसाः परिणामरमणीयाः Ś.1.3; वयःपरिणामपाण्डुरशिरसम् K.1; परिणाममुपैति दिवसः K.254 'the day is drawing to a close'. -6 Old age; परिणामे हि दिलीपवंशजाः R.8.11. -7 Lapse (of time). -8 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech allied to रूपक, by which the properties of any object are transferred to that with which it is compared. (The Chandrāloka thus defines and illustrates it:-- परिणामः क्रियार्थश्चेद्विषयी विषयात्मना । प्रसन्नेन दृगब्जेन वीक्षते मदिरेक्षणा ॥ 5.18; see R. G. also under परिणाम). -Comp. -जम् Violent or painful indigestion (see शूलम् below). -दर्शिन् a. prudent, fore-sighted. -दृष्टि a. prudent. (-ष्टिः f.) prudence, providence. -पथ्य a. salutary in the end. -मुख a. about to terminate. -वादः the S&amacrṅkhya doctrine of evolution. -शूलम् violent or painful indigestion, colic, flatulence with pain.
parivādin परिवादिन् a. 1 Reviling, censuring, abusing, slandering. -2 Accusing. -3 Screaming, crying aloud. -4 Censured, slandered. -m. An accuser, a plaintiff, complainant. -नी A lute (वीणा) of seven strings; Śi.6. 9; R.8.35; N.15.44; महतीं परिवादिनीं च कांचिद् भुजपाशै- स्तपनीयपारिहार्यैः Bu. Ch.5.54.
paśuḥ पशुः [सर्वमविशेषेण पश्यति, दृश्-कु पशादेशः] 1 Cattle (both singly and collectively); प्रजापतिर्हि वैश्याय सृष्ट्वा परिददे पशून् Ms.9.327,331. -2 An animal in general; a being; सर्वथा यत् पशून् पाति तैश्च यद् रमते पुनः तेषामधिपतिर्यच्च तस्मात् पशुपतिः स्मृतः ॥ Mb.7.22.123. -3 A sacrificial animal, such as a goat; an oblation, a victim. -4 A brute, beast; often added to words meaning 'man' to show contempt; a fool; भूतानि चात्मन्यपृथग्दिदृक्षतां प्रायेण रोषो$भिभवेद् यथा पशुम् Bhāg.4.6.46; पुरुषपशोश्च पशोश्च को विशेषः H.1; cf. नृपशु, नरपशु &c. -5 N. of a subordinate deity and one of Śiva's followers. -6 An uninitiated person. -7 The soul, the Supreme Spirit. -8 A sacrifice in which an animal is killed. -9 Fire. -Comp. -अवदानम् a sacrifice of animals. -एकत्वन्यायः the rule that the number is intended to be expressed and enjoined when the sense conveyed by the verb forms the principle matter of a sentence. Thus पशुमालभते means एकत्वपुंस्त्वविशिष्टं पशु- मालभते. This न्याय is established by जैमिनि in MS.4.1. 11-16 and 17 an explained by शबर in his भाष्य thereon discussing the text पशुमालभते. (This न्याय is to be contrasted with ग्रहैकत्वन्याय where the लिङ्ग and वचन are अविवक्षित q. v.). -कर्मन, क्रिया 1 the act of animalsacrifice. -2 copulation. -Comp. -गायत्री a Mantra whispered into the ear of an animal which is about to be sacrificed; it is a parody of the celebrated Gāyatrī q. v.; पशुपाशाय विद्महे शिरश्छेदाय (विश्वकर्मणे) धीमहि । तन्नो जीवः प्रचोदयात्. -घातः slaughter of animals for sacrifice. -घ्न a. slaughtering cattle; वृथापशुध्नः प्राप्नोति प्रेत्य जन्मनि जन्मनि Ms.5.38. -चर्या copulation. -देवता the deity to whom an animal is offered. -धर्मः 1 the nature or characteristics of cattle. -2 treatment of cattle. -3 promiscuous cohabitation; अयं (नियोगः) द्विजैर्हि विद्वद्भिः पशुधर्मो विगर्हितः Ms.9.66. -4 the marrying of widows. -नाथः an epithet of Śiva. -पः a herdsman. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; Me.38,58; पशुपतिरपि तान्यहानि कृच्छ्रादगमयदद्रिसुतासमा- गमोत्कः Ku.6.95. कस्त्वं ? शूली,.........पशुपतिर्नैव दृश्ये विषाणे Subhāṣ. -2 a herdsman, owner of cattle. -3 N. of a philosopher who taught the philosophical doctrine called पाशुपत; see Sarva. S. ad loc. -पालः, -पालकः a herdsman. पालनम्, -रक्षणम् the tending or rearing of cattle -पाशः 1 the cord with which the sacrificial animal is bound. -2 an animal sacrifice. -3 the bonds which enchain the individual soul, the world of sense. -पाश- कम् kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment; स्त्रियमानतपूर्वाङ्गीं स्वपादान्तःपदद्वयम् । ऊर्ध्वांशेन रमेत् कामी बन्धो$यं पशुपाशकः ॥ Ratimañjarī. -प्रेरणम् the driving of cattle. -बन्धः an animal-sacrifice. -बन्धकः a rope for tethering cattle. -मतम् an erroneous or false doctrine. -मारम् ind. according to the manner of slaughtering animals; निष्पिष्यैनं बलाद्भूमौ पशुमारममारयत् Mb.1.154.3; Bhāg. 4.13.41; इष्टिपशुमारं मारितः Ś.6. -यज्ञः, -यागः, -द्रव्यम् an animal-sacrifice. -रज्जुः f. a cord for tethering cattle. -राजः a lion. -लोहितपः a fly. -ष a. Ved. giving cattle. -समाम्नायः a collection of names for animals. -संभवः a. produced by animals (as flesh, honey, butter, etc.); Ms.8.328. -हव्यम् an animal sacrifice; Ms.4.28.
pāñcarātram पाञ्चरात्रम् N. of a Vaiṣṇava sect and its doctrine; भक्तिमार्ग; परस्पराङ्गान्येतानि पाञ्चरात्रं च कथ्यते । एष एकान्तिनां धर्मो नारायणपरात्मकः ॥ Mb.12.348.82.
pāritathyā पारितथ्या A string of pearls for binding the hair; बालपाश्या पारितथ्या Abh. Chin.655.
pāśupata पाशुपत a. (-ती f.) [पशुपतेरिदम् अण्] Coming from or relating or sacred to Paśupati. -तः 1 A follower and worshipper of Śiva. -2 A follower of the doctrines of Paśupati. -तम् The Pāśupata doctrines; (for the Pāśupata doctrines, see Sarva. S.); मया पाशुपतं दक्ष शुभमुत्पादितं पुरा Mb.12.284.195; (com. 'अग्निरिति भस्म˚' इत्यादिना भस्म गृहीत्वा निमृज्याङ्गानि संस्पृशेत् । तस्माद् व्रतमेतत् पाशुपतम् ।) -Comp. -अस्त्रम् N. of a missile presided over by पशुपति or Śiva (which Arjuna acquired from Śiva). -योगः, -व्रतम् The system of पाशुपत. See पाशुपतम्.
pikkā पिक्का f. 1 A small weight to weigh pearls. -2 A string of 13 pearls.
piṅga पिङ्ग a. [पिञ्ज्-वर्णे अञ्च न्यङ्क्व ˚कुत्वम्] Reddish-brown, tawny, yellow-red; अन्तर्निविष्टामलपिङ्गतारम् (विलोचनम्) Ku. 7.33; Bhāg.4.5.13; Mv.5.44. -ङ्गः 1 The tawny colour. -2 A buffalo. -3 A rat. -ङ्गा 1 Turmeric. -2 Saffron. -3 A kind of yellow pigment. -4 An epithet of Durgā. -5 A bow-string. -6 A tubular vessel of the human body which according to the Yoga system is the channel of respiration and circulation for one side. -ङ्गम् A young animal. -Comp. -अक्ष a. having reddish-brown eyes, red-eyed; विद्युद्विस्पष्टपिङ्गाक्षः Mb.1. 23.7. (-क्षः) 1 an ape. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ईक्षणः an epithet of Śiva. -ईशः an epithet of fire. -कपिशा a species of cockroach. -चक्षुस् m. a crab. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -मूलः a carrot. -सारः yellow orpiment (Mar. हरताळ). -स्फटिकः 'yellow crystal', a kind of gem (गोमेद).
piccā पिच्चा A string of 16 pearls weighing a dharaṇa. (a particular measure of pearls); Bṛi. S.81.17.
pīluḥ पीलुः [पील्-उ] 1 An arrow. -2 An atom; प्रत्यक्षं न पुनाति नापहरते पापानि पीलुच्छटा Viś. Guṇa.552. -3 An insect. -4 An elephant. -5 The stem of the palm. -6 A flower. -7 A group of palm trees; Mb.7.178.24. -8 A kind of tree. -9 A heap of bones. -1 The central part of the hand. -लु n. The fruit of the Pīlu tree. -Comp. -पत्रः the Mūrvā plant. -पर्णी 1 a kind of drug. -2 N. of two plants. -पाकवादिन् m. a Vaiśeṣika. (One who maintains the doctrine that heat acts only onthe atoms of matter, as of a jar, and not on the whole body.)
puṣṭiḥ पुष्टिः f. [पुष् भावे-क्तिन्] 1 Nourishing, breeding, or rearing -2 Nourishment, growth, increase, advance; यत् पिंषतामपि नृणां पिष्टो$पि तनोपि परिमलैः पुष्टिम् Bv.1.12. -3 Strength, fatness, fulness, plumpness; अन्धस्य दृष्टिरिव पुष्टिरिवातुरस्य Mk.1.49. -4 Prosperity, thriving. -5 Maintenance, support. -6 Wealth, property, means of comfort; तस्मिन्नपुष्यन्नुदिते समग्रां पुष्टिं जनाः पुष्य इव द्वितीये R.18.32. -7 Richness, magnificence. -8 Development, perfection. -9 N. of a ceremony, performed for the attainment of welfare; also पुष्टिकर्मन् q. v. -Comp. -कर a. nourishing, nutritive. -कर्मन् n. a religious ceremony performed for the attainment of worldly prosperity. -कान्तः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -द a. 1 nourishing. -2 causing growth or prosperity. -दः N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. आसंध). -मार्गः N. of the doctrine of a Vaiṣṇava sect founded by Vallabhāchārya. -वर्धन a. promoting welfare, causing prosperity. (-नः) a cock.
pṛthak पृथक् ind. 1 Severally, separately, singly; शङ्खान् दध्मुः पृथक् पृथक् Bg.1.18; Ms.3.26;7.57. -2 Different, separate, distinct; सांख्ययोगौ पृथग् बालाः प्रवदन्ति न पण्डिताः Bg.5.4;13.4; अवतीर्णो$सि भगवन् स्वेच्छोपात्तपृथग्वपुः Bhāg. 11.11.28; रचिता पृथगर्थता गिराम् Ki.2.27. -3 Apart, aside, alone; इति च भवतो जायास्नेहात् पृथक्स्थितिभीरुता V. 4.39. -4 Apart from, except, with the exception of, without; (with acc., instr., or abl.); पृथग् रामेण-रामात्- रामं वा Sk.; Bk.8.19. (पृथक् कृ 1 to separate, divide, sever, analyse. -2 to keep off, avert.) -Comp. -आत्मता 1 severalty, separateness. -2 distinction, difference. -3 discrimination, judgment. -आत्मन् a. distinct, separate. -m. the individual spirit or soul (जीवात्मा); (opp. to universal spirit or soul); Mb.13. 12.8; Bhāg.8.24.3. -आत्मिका individual existence, individuality. -करणम्, -क्रिया 1 separating, distinguishing. -2 analysing. -कार्यम् a separate or private affair; तेषां ग्राम्याणि कार्याणि पृथक् कार्याणि चैव हि Ms. 7.12. -कुल a. belonging to a different family. -क्षेत्राः m. (pl.) children of one father by different wives, or by wives of different classes. -चर a. going alone or separately. -जनः 1 a low man, an unenlightened, vulgar man, the mob, low people; न पृथग्- जनवच्छुचो वशं वशिनामुत्तम गन्तुमर्हसि R.8.9; Ki.1.4.24. -2 a fool, a block-head, an ignorant man; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः स्वयमेव स्वहितं पृथग्जनः Śi.16.39. -3 a wicked man, sinner. -धर्मिन् a. one holding 'dual' (द्वैत) doctrine; Mb.12.232.33. -पर्णी N. of a plant, Hemionitis Cordifolia (Mar. पिठवण). -पिण्डः a distant relation who offers the funeral rice-ball separately and not together with other relations; Ms.5.78. -बीजः the marking-nut (Mar. बिब्बा). -भावः separateness, individuality; (so पृथक्त्वम्). -योगकरणम् the separation of a grammatical rule into two. -रूपः a. of different shapes or kinds. -विध a. of different kinds, diverse, various. -शय्या sleeping apart. -स्थितिः f. separate existence.
pragrathanam प्रग्रथनम् Stringing together, weaving.
pragraha प्रग्रह a. 1 Holding in front, stretching forth (hands); एवमुक्तस्तु मुनिना प्राञ्जलिः प्रग्रहो नृपः । अभ्यवादयत प्राज्ञः Rām. 7.82.14. -2 Seizing, taking. -हः 1 Holding or stretching forth, holding out. -2 Laying hold of, taking, grasping, seizing; न हि मे मुच्यते कश्चित् कथञ्चित् प्रग्रहं गतः Mb.3.179.16. -3 The commencement of an eclipse. -4 (a) A rein, bridle; धृताः प्रग्रहाः अवतरत्वायुष्मान् Ś.1; Śi.12.31. (b) A whip, lash, scourge. -5 A check, restraint; यः प्रग्रहानुग्रहयोर्यथान्यायं विचक्षणः Rām.2.1.25. -6 Binding, confinement; सो$स्माकं वैरपुरुषो दुर्मतिः प्रग्रहं गतः Mb.12.7.33. -8 A prisoner, captive. -8 Taming, breaking (as an animal). -9 A ray of light. -1 The string of a balance. -11 A vowel not subject to the rules of Sandhi or euphony; see प्रगृह्य. -12 N. of Viṣṇu. -13 The arm. -14 A leader, guide. -15 Kindness, favour, a reward; अपराधं सहेताल्पं तुष्येदल्पे$पि चोदये । महोप- कारं चाध्यक्षं प्रग्रहेणाभिपूजयेत् ॥ Kau. A.2.7.25. -16 The Karṇikāra tree. -17 The gains in the form of gifts to courtiers; राजोपजीविनां प्रग्रहप्रदेशभोगपरिहारभक्तवेतनलाभम् Kau. A.2.7.25. -18 Hoarding, collecting (संग्रह); असाधुनिग्रहरतः साधूनां प्रग्रहे रतः Mb.12.21.14. -19 Folding, joining (hands); श्वश्रूणामविशेषेण प्राञ्जलिप्रग्रहेण च Rām.7. 48.1. -2 Obstinacy, stubbornness. -21 A companion, satellite.
pragrāhaḥ प्रग्राहः 1 Seizing, taking. -2 Bearing, carrying; प्रगाहैरिव पात्राणामन्वेष्या मैथिली कृतैः Bk.7.44. -3 The string of a balance. तुलासूत्रे$श्वादिरश्मौ प्रग्राहः प्रग्रहो$पि च Ak.3.236; वणिक् प्रग्राहवान् यद्वत् काले चरति सिद्धये Bk.7.49. -4 A rein, bridle.
praghaṭ प्रघट् 1 Ā. 1 To be busy with, be occupied in; को वा विश्वजनीनेषु कर्मसु प्राघटिष्यत Bk.21.17. -2 To begin, commence; ततः प्रजघटे युद्धम् Bk.14.77. प्रघटकः praghaṭakḥ प्रघट्टकः praghaṭṭakḥ प्रघटकः प्रघट्टकः A rule, doctrine, precept.
prajñaptiḥ प्रज्ञप्तिः f. 1 Agreement, engagement. -2 Teaching, informing, communicating. -3 A doctrine. -4 Intellect. -5 N. of a goddess, Vidyādevī (Jainism).
praṇetṛ प्रणेतृ m. 1 A leader. -2 A maker, creator. -3 The promulgator of a doctrine, expounder, teacher; कर्मतन्त्रप्रणेतार एकाशीतिर्द्विजातयः Bhāg.11.2.19. -4 An author. -6 A performer or player of a musical instrument.
pratisaṃdhā प्रतिसंधा 3 U. 1 To re-adjust. -2 To aim at, direct. -3 To conceive, comprehend. -4 To be, fasten. -5 To put on, wear. -6 To restore, return. -7 To compose oneself. -8 To fit (as an arrow to the bowstring.)
pratisara प्रतिसर a. Dependent, subject. -रः, -रम् 1 A cord or ribbon worn round the wrist or neck as an amulet. -2 An ornament. -3 A watch, guard. -4 Assailing, an attack. -रः 1 A servant, follower; विजये त्वर्यतां लेखः प्रतिसराय Pratijñā. -2 A bracelet, marriage-string; स्रस्तोरगप्रतिसरेण करेण पाणिः (अगृह्यत) Ki.5.33; (= कौतुकसूत्र); Māl.5.18. -3 A garland, wreath. -4 Day-break. -5 The rear of an army. -6 A form of incantation. -7 Healing or dressing a wound. -रा 1 A female servant. -2 A thread, fillet; प्रतिसरया तुरगाणां भल्लातकशालि- कुण्ठसिद्धार्थं कण्ठेषु निवघ्नीयात्.
pradarśaka प्रदर्शक a. 1 Showing, manifesting, exhibiting. -2 Foretelling. -3 Presenting. -4 Proclaiming. -5 Teaching, informing, instructing. -कः 1 A prophet. -2 A teacher, instructor. -3 A doctrine, principle, precept.
pradhāna प्रधान a. 1 Chief, principal, pre-eminent, main, best, most excellent; as in; प्रधानामात्य, प्रधानपुरुष &c.; रत्नैश्च पूजयेदेनं प्रधानपुरुषैः सह Ms.7.23; प्रधानफलं वा आनुषङ्गिकं वा सर्वमेव आधातरि समवेतुमर्हति ŚB. on. MS.6.2.1; 'यस्मिन् कुले यः पुरुषः प्रधानः स सर्वयत्नेन हि रक्षणीयः'. -2 Principally inherent, prevalent, predominant. -नम् 1 The chief thing or object, most important thing; head, chief; न परिचयो मलिनात्मनां प्रधानम् Śi.7.61; G. L.18; प्रयोगप्रधानं हि नाट्यशास्त्रम् M.1; शमप्रधानेषु तपो- धनेषु Ś.2.7; गुणैश्च तैस्तैर्विनयप्रधानैः R.6.79. -2 The first evolver, originator, or source of the material world, the primary germ out of which all material appearances are evolved, according to Sāṅkhya philosophy; न पुनरपि प्रधानवादी अशब्दत्वं प्रधानस्या सिद्धमित्याह Ś. B.; see प्रकृति also; प्रधानक्षेत्रज्ञपतिर्गुणेशः Śvet. Up.6.16; एतस्याद्या प्रवृत्तिस्तु प्रधानात् संप्रवर्तते Mb.12.25.25. -3 The Supreme Spirit. -4 Intellect, understanding; एको मयेह भगवान् विबुधप्रधानैश्चित्तीकृतः प्रजननाय कथं नु यूयम् Bhāg.4.1.28. -5 The principal member of a compound. -नः, -नम् 1 The principal attendant or companion of a king (his minister or confidant). -2 A noble, courtier. -3 An elephant-driver. -4 The commander-in-chief. -Comp. -अङ्गम् 1 the principal branch or part of anything. -2 the chief member of the body. -3 the principal or most eminent person in a state. -अमात्यः the prime-minister, premier. -आत्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -उत्तम a. 1 eminent, most illustrious. -2 warlike, brave. -कर्मन् n., कार्यम् 1 the chief business, the principal act; यस्यैव प्रधानकर्मफलं तस्यैवानुषङ्गिकमपि भवितुमर्हति ŚB. on MS.6.2.1. -2 (Medic.) the principal mode of treatment. -कारणवादः the doctrine that प्रधान is the original cause (according to Sāṅkhyas). -धातुः the chief element of the body; i. e. semen virile. -पुरुषः 1 the principal or most eminent person (in a state &c.) Ms.7.23; Pt.3.138. ˚अतीतः transcending प्रधान and पुरुष (matter and spirit). -2 an epithet of Śiva. -भाज् a. 1 most distinguished. -2 receiving the chief share. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister. -वादिन् m. one who asserts the Sāṅkhya doctrine (of प्रधान). -वासस् n. a principal garment; (du.) the two chief garments. -वृष्टिः f. a heavy shower of rain. -शिष्ट a. taught or prescribed as of primary importance. -सभिकः the chief of a gambling house.
prapīḍanam प्रपीडनम् 1 Pressing, squeezing. -2 An astringent. प्रपीत (-न) a. Swollen up, distended.
prabhāvana प्रभावन a. 1 Prominent, influential. -2 Creating, creative; एते प्रदेशाः कथिता भुवनानां प्रभावनाः Mb.12.28.1. -3 Explaining, disclosing; तदस्त्रं तस्य वीरस्य स्वर्गमार्गप्रभा- वनम् Rām.4.17.8. -नः Creator. -ना 1 Promulgation (of a doctrine). -2 Disclosing.
pravacanam प्रवचनम् 1 Speaking, declaration, announcement; प्रवचने मान्द्यम् Pt.1.19. -2 Teaching, expounding. -3 Exposition, explanation, interpretation; नायमात्मा प्रवचनेन लभ्यो न मेधया न बहुना श्रुतेन Kaṭh.1.2.22; लब्ध्वा ज्ञानमनेकधा प्रवचनैर्मन्वादयः प्राणयन् Mv.4.25; Bhāg.7.15.1. -4 Eloquence. -5 A sacred treatise or writing; Ms. 3.184. -6 An expression, a term. -7 A system of doctrines (in the form of a treatise). -8 The fundamental doctrine of the Budhists. -नः One who exposes, propounds; Bhāg.1.87.11. -Comp. -पटु a. skilled in talking, eloquent.
prahrā प्रह्रा (ह्ला) दः 1 Great joy, pleasure, delight, happiness. -2 Sound. -3 A species of rice. -4 N. of a son of the demon Hiraṇya-Kaśipu. [According to the Padma Purāṇa, he was a Brāhmaṇa in his previous existence, and when born as son of Hiraṇya-Kaśipu, he still retained his ardent devotion to Viṣṇu. His father, of course, did not like that his own son should be such a devout worshipper of his mortal enemies, the gods, and with the object of getting rid of him, he subjected him to a variety of cruelties; but Prahlāda, by the favour of Viṣṇu, was quite unscathed, and began to preach with even greater earnestness than before the doctrine that Viṣṇu filled all space and was omni-present, omni-scient, omni-potent. Hiraṇya-Kaśipu in a fit of exasperation asked him "If Viṣṇu is omni-present how do I not see him in the pillar of this hall?" Whereupon Prahlāda struck the pillar with his fist (according to another account, Hiraṇya-Kaśipu himself angrily kicked the pillar to convince his son of the absurdity of his faith), when Viṣṇu came out half-man and half-lion, and tore Hiraṇya-Kaśipu to pieces. Prahlāda succeeded his father, and reigned wisely and righteously.]
bandhana बन्धन a. 1 Binding, fettering. -2 Checking, stopping. -3 (At the end of comp.) Dependent upon; cf. निबन्धन. -नम् [बन्ध्-भावे-ल्युट्] 1 The act of binding, fastening; tying; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गोत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -2 Binding on or round, throwing round, clasping; विनम्रशाखाभुजबन्धनानि Ku.3.39; Pt.5.21; घटय भुजबन्धनम् Gīt.1; R.19.17. -3 A bond, tie (fig. also); R.12.76; आशाबन्धनम् &c. -4 Fettering, chaining, confining. गजभुजङ्गमयोरपि बन्धनम् Bh.2.91. -5 A chain, fetter, tether, halter &c. -6 Capturing, catching. -7 Bondage confinement, imprisonment, captivity; as in बन्धनागार. -8 A place of confinement, prison, jail; वसुदेवस्य देवक्यां जातो भोजेन्द्रबन्धने Bhāg.3.2.25; त्वां कारयामि कमलोदरबन्धनस्थम् Ś.6.2; द्विगुणं त्रिगुणं पश्चाद्यावज्जीवं तु बन्धनम् Śukra.4.8; Ms.9.288. -9 Forming, building, construction; सेतुबन्धनम् Ku.4.6. -1 Connecting, uniting, joining. -11 Hurting, injuring. -12 A stalk, stem, peduncle (of a flower); कृतं न कर्णार्पितबन्धनं सखे Ś.6.18.; U.2.9; Ku.4.14. -13 A sinew, muscle; संधिन्नसंधिः प्रविकीर्णबन्धनो हतः क्षितौ वायुसुतेन राक्षसः Rām.5. 47.36;5.24.4. -14 A bandage. -15 A bar, barrier. -16 Alloyage, mixing. -17 An embankment, a bridge. -18 A conjunction, connection. -19 (In phil.) Mundane bondage (opp. to liberation). -नम्, -नी 1 A bond, tie. -2 A rope, cord. -3 A string, thread. -4 A chain, fetter. -5 A bondage. -Comp. -अ(आ)गारः, -रम्, -आलयः a prison, jail. -ग्रन्थिः 1 the knot of a bandage. -2 a noose. -3 a rope for tying cattle. -पालकः, -रक्षिन् m. a jailor. -वेश्मन् n. a prison. -स्थः a captive, prisoner. -स्तम्भः a tying-post, a post to which an animal (e. g. an elephant) is tied. -स्थानम् a stable, stall (for horses &c.).
bahis बहिस् ind. 1 Out of, outside (with abl.); निवस- न्नावसथे पुराद्बहिः R.8.14;11.29. -2 On the outside, out of doors (opp. अन्तः); बहिर्गच्छ -3 Externally, outwardly; अन्तर्बहिः पुरत एव विवर्तमानाम् Māl.1.4,14; H. 1.94 -4 Apart, separately. -5 Beside, except. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. outer, external. (-गम्) 1 an external part. -2 an outer limb. -3 property. -4 a stranger. -5 the preliminary part of a religious ceremony. -6 What is remotely related or connected; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्गयोरन्तरङ्गं बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अर्थः an external object. -इन्द्रियम् an external organ or sense, an organ of action. -उपाधिः an external condition or circumstance; न खलु बहिरुपाधीन् प्रीतयः संश्रयन्ते Māl.1.24. -कुटीचरः a crab. -गीतम् a song accompanied by a stringed instrument. -गेहम् ind. out of doors, abroad. -चर a. outer, external, outward; बहिश्चराः प्राणाः Dk. (-रः) a crab. -तपस् n. outward penance. -दृश् a. superficial (in judgment). -देशः 1 a foreign country. -2 the outskirts of a village. -3 a place without a town or village. -द्वारम् an outer door. ˚प्रकोष्ठकम् a portico. -निःसारणम् expulsion. -पवमानम् a Sāma in the Somayāga; ते ह यथैवेदं बहिष्पवमानेन स्तोष्यमाणाः संरब्धाः Ch. Up.1.12.4. -प्रज्ञ a. One whose knowledge is directed towards external objects; बहिष्प्रज्ञो विभुर्विश्वो ह्यन्तः प्रज्ञस्तु तैजसः Āgama.1. -प्राणः 1 the external or outer breath or life; (hence) anything as dear as life. -2 money; Bhāg.5.14.5. -भव a. external. -भवनम् emanation. -भूत a. 1 expelled. -2 expired (time &c.). -3 inattentive, careless. -मनस् a. being outside the mind; external. -मनस्क a. out of mind. -मुख a. 1 turning one's face away from. -2 averse from, indifferent to. -3 greatly devoted to external things. -4 coming out of the mouth. (-खः) a god or deity. -यात्रा, -यानम् excursion, expedition abroad. -यूति a. placed or fastened outside. -योगः 1 external meditation. -लम्ब a. obtuse-angled. (-म्बः) an obtuseangled triangle. -लापिका a kind of enigma. -वर्तिन् a. being on the outside. -वासस् n. an outer or upper garment. -विकारः syphilis. -a. ind. free from change; बहिर्विकारं प्रकृतेः पृथग् विदुः Śi.1.33. -वृत्तिः f. an external aspect or appearance; अन्तर्विषमया ह्येता बहिर्वृत्त्या मनोरमाः । गुञ्जाफलसमाकाराः स्वभावादेव योषितः ॥ Pt.4.87. -व्यसनम् licentiousness, immorality, evil or lewd practices -व्यसनिन् a. dissolute, lewd. -संस्थ a. lying or situated outside (the town). -स्थ, -स्थित a. external, outer.
bahu बहु a. (हु or ही f.; compar. भूयस्; super. भूयिष्ठ) 1 Much, plentiful, abundant, great; तस्मिन् बहु एतदपि Ś.4. 'even this was much for him' (was too much to be expected of him); बहु प्रष्टव्यमत्र Mu.3; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47. -2 Many, numerous; as in बह्वक्षर, बहुप्रकार. -2 Frequented, repeated. -4 Large, great. -5 Abounding or rich in (as first member of comp.); बहुकण्टको देशः &c. ind. 1 Much, abundantly, very much, exceedingly, greatly, in a high degree. -2 Somewhat, nearly, almost; as in बहुतृण. (किं बहुन 'why say much', 'in short'; बहु मन् to think or esteem highly, rate high, prize, value; त्वत्संभावितमात्मानं बहु मन्यामहे वयम् Ku.6.2; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7;7. 1; R.12.89; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2. 35; Bk.3.53;5.84;8.12.) -Comp. -अक्षर a. having many syllables, polysyllabic (as a word). -अच्, -अच्क a. having many vowels, polysyllabic. -अनर्थ a. fraught with many evils. -अप्, -अप a. watery. -अपत्य a. 1 having a numerous progeny. -2 (in astrol.) promising a numerous progeny. (-त्यः) 1 a hog. -2 a mouse, rat. (-त्या) a cow that has often calved. -अपाय a. exposed to many risks; स्वगृहो- द्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दुष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभय- कान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.166. -अर्थ a. 1 having many senses. -2 having many objects. -3 important. -आशिन् a. voracious, gluttonous, बह्वाशी स्वल्पसन्तुष्टः सुनिद्रो लघुचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षट् शुनो गुणाः ॥ Chāṇakya. -m. N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -उदकः a kind of mendicant who lives in a strange town and maintains himself with alms got by begging from door to door; cf. कुटीचक. -उपयुक्त a. made to serve a manifold purpose; बहूप- युक्ता च बुद्धिः Dk.2.4. -उपाय a. effective. -ऋच् a. having many verses. (-f.) a term applied to the Ṛigveda. -ऋच a. having many verses. (-चः) one conversant with the Ṛigveda. (-ची) The wife of one who studies the Ṛigveda. Hence ˚ब्राह्मणम् means the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa which belongs to the Ṛigveda; बह्वृचब्राह्मणे श्रूयते ŚB. on MS.6.3.1. -एनस् a. very sinful. -कर a. 1 doing much, busy, industrious. -2 useful in many ways. (-रः) 1 a sweeper, cleaner. -2 a camel. -3 the sun; बहुकरकृतात् प्रातःसंमार्जनात् N.19.13. (-री) a broom. -कारम् abundance; बहुकारं च सस्यानाम् Mb.12.193.21. -कालम् ind. for a long time. -कालीन a. of a long standing, old, ancient. -कूर्चः a kind of cocoa-nut tree. -क्रमः a Krama of more than three words; cf. क्रम. -क्षम a. patient; अतो$त्र किंचिद्भवतीं बहुक्षमां द्विजाति- भावादुपपन्नचापलः Ku.5.4. (-मः) 1 a Buddha. -2 a Jaina deified saint. -क्षारम् Soap; Nigh. Ratn. (-रः) a kind of alkali. -क्षीरा a cow giving much milk. -गन्ध a. strong-scented. (-न्धम्) cinnamon. -गन्धदा musk. -गन्धा 1 the Yūthikā creeper. -2 a bud of the Champaka tree. -गुण a. having many threads or qualities. -गुरुः One who has read much but superficially; sciolist. -गोत्रज a. having many blood relations. -ग्रन्थिः Tamarix Indica (Mar. वेळु ?). -च्छल a. deceitful. -छिन्ना a species of Cocculus (Mar. गुळवेल). -जनः a great multitude of people. ˚हितम् the common weal. -जल्प a. garrulous, talkative, loquacious. -ज्ञ a. knowing much, well informed, possessed of great knowledge. -तन्त्रीक a. many-stringed (as a musical instrument). -तृणम् anything much like grass; (hence) what is unimportant or contemptible; निदर्शनम- साराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; N.22.137. -2 abounding in grass. -त्वक्कः, -त्वच् m. a kind of birch tree. -द a. liberal, generous. -दक्षिण a. 1 attended with many gifts or donations. -2 liberal, munificent. -दर्शक, -दर्शिन् a. prudent, circumspect; कृत्येषु वाली मेधावी राजानो बहुदर्शिनः Rām.4.2.23. -दायिन् a. liberal, munificent, a liberal donor; Ch. Up. -दुग्ध a. yielding much milk. (-ग्धः) wheat. (-ग्धा) a cow yielding much milk. -दृश्वन् a. greatly experienced, a great observer. -दृष्ट a. very experienced. -दोष a. 1 having many faults or defects, very wicked or sinful. -2 full of crimes of dangers; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58. -दोहना yielding much milk. -धन a. very rich, wealthy. -धारम् 1 the thunderbolt of Indra. -2 a diamond. -धेनुकम् a great number of milch-cows. -नाडिकः the body. -नाडीकः 1 day. -2 pillar; L. D. B. -नादः a conch-shell. -पत्नीकता polygamy. -पत्रः an onion. (-त्रम्) talc. (-त्री) the holy basil. -पद्, -पाद्, -पाद m. the fig-tree. -पुष्पः 1 the coral tree. -2 the Nimba tree. -पर्वन् m. (see -ग्रन्थिः). -प्रकार a. of many kinds, various, manifold. (-रम्) ind. in many ways, manifoldly. -प्रकृति a. consisting of many primary parts or verbal elements (as a compound). -प्रज a. having many children, prolific. (-जः) 1 a hog. -2 the munja grass. -प्रज्ञ a. very wise. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 comprising many statements or assertions, complicated. -2 (in law) involving many counts, as a plaint; बहुप्रतिज्ञं यत् कार्यं व्यवहारेषु निश्चितम् । कामं तदपि गृह्णीयाद् राजा तत्त्वबुभुत्सया Mitā. -प्रत्यर्थिक a. having many opponents. -प्रत्यवाय a. connected with many difficulties. -प्रद a. exceedingly liberal, a munificent donor. -प्रपञ्च a. very diffuse or prolix. -प्रसूः the mother of many children. -प्रेयसी a. having many loved ones. -फल a. rich in fruits. (-लः) the Kadamba tree. (-ली) the opposite-leaved fig-tree. -बलः a lion. -बीजम् the fruit of Anona Reticulata (Mar. सीताफल). (-जा) a kind of Musa (Mar. रानकेळ). -बोलक a. a great talker; Buddh. -भाग्य a. very lucky or fortunate. -भाषिन् a. garrulous, talkative. -भाष्यम् talkativeness, garrulity; उत्थानेन जयेत्तन्द्री वितर्कं निश्चयाज्जयेत् । मौनेन बहुभाष्यं च शौर्येण च भयं त्यजेत् ॥ Mb.12.274.11. -भुजा an epithet of Durgā. -भूमिक a. having many floors or stories. -भोग्या a prostitute. -भोजिन् a. voracious. -मञ्जरी the holy basil. -मत a. 1 highly esteemed or prized, valued, respected; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2.35. -2 having many different opinions. -मतिः f. great value or estimation; कान्तानां बहुमतिमाययुः पयोदाः Ki.7. 15. -मध्यग a. belonging to many; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199. -मलम् lead. -मानः great respect or regard, high esteem; पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9; वर्तमानकवेः कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1; V.1.2; Ku.5.31. (-नम्) a gift given by a superior to an inferior. -मान्य a. respectable, esteemable; Kull. on Ms.2.117. -माय a. artful, deceitful. treacherous; परदेशभयाद्भीता बहुमाया नपुंसकाः । स्वदेशे निधनं यान्ति Pt.1.321. -मार्गः a place where many roads meet. -मार्गगा 1 N. of the river Ganges; तद्युक्तं बहुमार्गगां मम पुरो निर्लज्ज वोढुस्तव Ratn.1.3. -2 a wanton or unchaste woman. -मार्गी a place where several roads meet. -मुख a. 1 much, excessive; अस्या भर्तुर्बहुमुखमनुरागम् Ś.6. -2 Speaking variously. -मूत्र a. suffering from diabetes. -मूर्ति a. multiform, variously shaped. (-र्तिः f.) the wild cotton-shrub. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -मूला Asparagus Racemosus (शतावरी). -मूल्य a. costly, high-priced. (-ल्यम्) a large sum of money, heavy or costly price. -मृग a. abounding in deer. -रजस् a. very dusty. -रत्न a. rich in jewels. -रस a. juicy, succulent. (-सः) sugar-cane. -राशि a. (in arith.) consisting of many terms. (-शिः) m. a series of many terms. -रूप a. 1 many-formed, multiform, manifold. -2 variegated, spotted, chequered; वैश्वदेवं बहुरूपं हि राजन् Mb.14.1.3. (-पः) 1 a lizard, chameleon. -2 hair. -3 the sun. -4 N. of Śiva. -5 of Viṣṇu. -6 of Brahmā. -7 of the god of love. -रूपक a. multiform, manifold. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Brahmā. -रोमन् a. hairy. shaggy. (-m.) a sheep. -लवणम् a soil impregnated with salt. -वचनम् the plural number (in gram.); द्व्यैकयोर्द्विवचनैकवचने, बहुषु बहुवचनम्. -वर्ण a. many-coloured. -वादिन् a. garrulous. -वारम् ind. many times, often. -वारः, -वारकः Cordia Myxa (Mar. भोकर). -वार्षिक a. lasting for many years. -विक्रम a. very powerful, heroic, a great warrior. -विघ्न a. presenting many difficulties, attended with many dangers. -विध a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse. -वी(बी)जम् the custard apple. -वीर्य a. very powerful or efficacious. (-र्यः) N. of various plants (such as Terminalia Bellerica, Mar. बेहडा). -व्ययिन् a. lavish, prodigal, spendthrift. -व्यापिन् a. far-spreading, wide. -व्रीहि a. possessing much rice; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. (where it is also the name of the compound). (-हिः) one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit. In it, two or more nouns in apposition to each other are compouded, the attributive member (whether a noun or an adjective) being placed first, and made to qualify another substantive, and neither of the two members separately, but the sense of the whole compound, qualifies that substantive; cf. अन्य- पदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः. This compound is adjectival in character, but there are several instances of Bahuvrīhi compounds which have come to be regarded and used as nouns (their application being restricted by usage to particular individuals); i. e. चक्रपाणि, शशिशेखर, पीताम्बर, चतुर्मुख, त्रिनेत्र, कुसुमशर &c. -शत्रुः a sparrow. -शल्यः a species of Khadira. -शस्त a. very good, right or happy. -शाख a. having many branches or ramifications. -शिख a. having many points. -शृङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -श्रुत a. 1 well-informed, very learned तस्मिन् पुरवरे हृष्टा धर्मात्मानो बहुश्रुताः Rām. H.1.1; Pt.2. 1; R.15.36. -2 well-versed in the Vedas; गुरुं वा बाल- वृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिनमायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35. (-तिः) the occurrence of the plural in a text. -संख्याक a. numerous. -सत्त्व a. abounding in animals. -संतति a. having a numerous progeny. (-तिः) a kind of bamboo. -सार a. possessed of great pith or essence, substantial. (-रः) the Khadira tree. -साहस्र a. amounting to many thousands. -सूः 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow. -सूतिः f. 1 a mother of many children. -2 a cow that often calves. -स्वन a. vociferous. (-नः) an owl. -स्वामिक a. owned by many.
bāṇaḥ बाणः 1 An arrow, shaft, reed; Bṛi. Up.3.8.2; धनुष्यमोघं समधत्त बाणम् Ku.3.66. -2 An aim or mark for arrows. -3 The feathered end of an arrow. -4 The udder of a cow. -5 The body (शरीर); ते प्रकाश्श्याभिवदन्ति वयमेतद्बाणमवष्टभ्य विधारयामः Praśna Up.2.2. -6 N. of a demon, son of Bali; cf. उषा. -7 N. of a celebrated poet who lived at the court of king Harṣavardhana and flourished in the first half of the seventh century; see App. II). He is the author of कादम्बरी, हर्षचरित and of some other works; (Govardhana in his Āryāsaptaśatī 37 speaks in these terms of Bāṇa :-- जाता शिखण्डिनी प्राग् यथा शिखण्डी तथावगच्छामि । प्रागल्भ्यधिकमाप्तुं वाणी बाणो बभूवेति ॥; so हृदयवसतिः पञ्चबाणस्तु बाणः P. R.1.22). -8 A symbolical expression for the number 'five'. -9 A sound voice. -1 Fire. -11 Lightning. -12 A form of Śiva. -13 The versed sine of an arc. -णः, -णा The hinder part or feathered end of an arrow. -णः, -णा, -णम् a blue flowering Barleria -नीलझिण्टी (Mar. कोऱ्हांटी); अनाविलोन्मीलितबाणचक्षुषः Ki.4. 28. Śi.6.46. -Comp. -असनम् a bow; स पार्थबाणासन- वेगमुक्तैर्दृढाहतः पत्रिभिरुग्रवेगैः Mb.8.89.86. ˚यन्त्रम् a kind of bow with a mechanical contrivance at one of its ends for tightening the string and letting off the arrow; Dk.1.1. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a series of arrows. -2 a series of five verses forming one sentence. -आश्रयः a quiver. -गङ्गा N. of a river said to have been produced by Rāvaṇa's arrow; सोमेशाद् दक्षिणे भागे बाणेनाभि- बिभिद्य वै । रावणेन प्रकटिता जलधारातिपुण्यदा । बाणगङ्गेति विख्याता या स्नानादघहारिणी ॥ Varāha P. -गोचरः the range of an arrow; अवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.19/2. -जालम् a number of arrows. -जित् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तूणः, -धिः a quiver; क्षीणबाणो विबाणधिः Mb. 8.63; बबन्धाथ च बाणधी (du.) Bk.14.17; Ki.18.1. -निकृत a. pierced or wounded by an arrow. -पत्रः N. of a bird (कङ्क). -पथः the range of an arrow. -पाणि a. armed with arrows. -पातः 1 an arrowshot (as a measure of distance). -2 the range of an arrow. -3 a bed of arrows (बाणशय्या, शरतल्प); बाणपातान्तरे रामं पातितं पुरुषर्षभम् Rām.6.45.25. ˚वर्तिन् a. being within the range of an arrow. -पुरम् Śoṇitapura, the capital of Bāṇāsura. -मुक्ति f., -मोक्षणम् discharging or shooting an arrow. -योजनम् a quiver. -रेखा a long wound made by an arrow. -लिङ्गम् a white stone found in the river नर्मदा and worshipped as the लिङ्ग of Śiva. -वारः a breast-plate, an armour, cuirass; cf. वारबाणः. -वृष्टिः f. a shower of arrows. -संधानम् the fitting of an arrow to the bow-string; का कथा बाणसंधाने ज्याशब्देनैव दूरतः Ś.3.1. -सिद्धिः f. the hitting of a mark by an arrow. -सुता an epithet of Uṣā, daughter of Bāṇa; see उषा. -हन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
bāla बाल a. 1 Young, infantine, not full-grown or developed (of persons or things); बालेन स्थविरेण वा Ms. 8.7; बालाशोकमुपोढरागसुभगं भेदोन्मुखं तिष्ठति V.2.7; so बालमन्दारवृक्षः Me.77; R.2.45;13.24. -2 Newly risen, young (as the sun or its rays); बालार्कप्रतिमे- वाप्सु वीचिभिन्ना पतिष्यतः R.12.1. -3 New, waxing (as the moon); पुपोष वृद्धिं हरिदश्वदीधितेरनुप्रवेशादिव बाल- चन्द्रमाः R.3.22; Ku.3.29. -4 Puerile. -5 Ignorant, unwise; अनर्थकुशला ह्येते बालाः पण्डितमानिनः Rām.2.1.38. -6 Pure (as an animal fit for sacrifice). -लः 1 A child, an infant; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्); Ms.2.239. -2 A boy, youth, young person. -3 A minor (under 16 years of age); बाल आषोडशाद्वर्षात् Nārada. -4 A colt, foal. -5 A fool, simpleton; नीरसायां रसं बालो बालिकायां विकल्पयेत् Pt.4.91. -6 (a) A tail. (b) An elephant's or a horse's tail. -7 Hair; तं केशपाशं प्रसमीक्ष्य कुर्युर्बालप्रियत्वं शिथिलं चमर्यः Ku.1.48. -8 An elephant five years old; 'पञ्चवर्षो गजो बालः पोतस्तु दशवार्षिकः' Vaijayantī. According to Mātaṅga L. (5.2.) however it means an elephant in the first year. -9 A kind of perfume. -1 The cocoa-nut. -Comp. -अग्रम् 1 the point of a hair. -2 A dove-cot; प्रासादबालाग्रकपोतपालिकायामुपविष्टः शृणोमि Mk.1.51/ 52. -अध्यापकः a tutor of youths or children. -अपत्यम् youthful progeny. -अभ्यासः study during childhood, early application (to study). -अरुण a. red like early dawn. (-णः) early dawn; morning sun. -अर्कः the newly-risen sun; R.12.1. -अवबोधः, -नम् instruction of the young; Pt.1. -अवस्थ a. juvenile, young; भुवमधिपतिर्बालाबस्थो$प्यलं परिरक्षितुम् V.5.18. -अवस्था childhood. -आतपः morning sunshine. -आमयः a child's disease. -इन्दुः the new or waxing moon; बालेन्दुवक्राप्य- विकाशभावाद् बभुः पलाशान्यतिलोहितानि Ku.3.29. -इष्टः the jujube tree. -उपचारः, -चरणम् (medical) treatment of children. -उपवीतम् 1 a piece of cloth used to cover the privities. -2 The sacrificial cord. -कदली a young plantain tree. -काण्डम् the first book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कुन्दः, -दम् a kind of young jasmine. (-दम्) a young jasmine blossom; अलके बालकुन्दानुविद्धम् Me.67. -कृमिः a louse. -कृष्णः Kṛiṣṇa as a boy. -केलिः, -ली f. child's play or amusement. -क्रीडनम् a child's play or toy. -क्रीडनकम् a child's toy. -कः 1 a ball. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -क्रीडा a child's play, childish or juvenile sport. -खिल्यः a class of divine personages of the size of a thumb and produced from the creator's body and said to precede the sun's chariot (their number is said to be sixty thousand); cf. R.15.1; क्रतोश्च सन्ततिर्भार्या बालखिल्यानसूयत । षष्टिर्यानि सहस्राणि ऋषिणामूर्ध्व- रेतसाम् ॥ Mārk. P. -गर्भिणी a cow with calf for the first time. -गोपालः 'the youthful cowherd', an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa, as the boycowherd. -ग्रहः any demon (or planetary influence) teasing or injuring children; बालग्रहस्तत्र विचिन्वती शिशून् Bhāg.1.6.7. -घ्नः a childslayer, infanticide; Ms.11.19. -चन्द्रः -चन्द्रमस् m. 1 the young or waxing moon; इह जगति महोत्सवस्य हेतुर्नयनवतामुदियाय बालचन्द्रः Māl.2.1. -2 a cavity of a particular shape; Mk.3.13. -चरितम् 1 juvenile sports. -2 early life or actions; U.6. -चर्यः N. of Kārtikeya. (-र्या) the bahaviour of a child. -चुम्बालः a fish; Nigh. Ratn. -चतः a young mango-tree; धत्तेचक्षुर्मुकुलिनि रणत्कोकिले बालचूते Māl.3.12. -ज a. produced from hair. -जातीय a. childish, foolish, simple. -तनयः the Kha- dira tree. -तन्त्रम् midwifery. -तृणम् young grass. -दलकः the Khadira. -धनम् the property of a minor; Ms.8.149. -धिः (also बालधिः) a hairy tail; तुरंगमैरा- यतकीर्णवालधिः Śi.12.73; Ki.12.47. -नेत्र a. guided or steered by a fool. -पत्रः, -पत्रकः the Khadira tree. -पाश्या 1 an ornament worn in the hair when parted. -2 a string of pearls binding or intertwining the braid of hair. -पुष्टिका, -पुष्टी, -पुष्पी a kind of jasmine. -बोधः 1 instructing the young. -2 any work adapted to the capacities of the young or inexperienced. -भद्रकः a kind of poison. -भारः a large bushy tail; बाधेतोल्का- क्षपितचमरीबालभारो दवाग्निः Me.55. -भावः 1 child-hood, infancy. -2 a hairy growth; एतद्भ्रुवौ जन्म तदाप युग्मं लीलाचलत्वोचितबालभावम् N.7.26. -3 inattention; Ms. 8.118. (Kull.) -4 children (collectively). -5 recent rise (of a planet). -भृत्यः a servant from childhood. -भैषज्यम् a kind of collyrium. -भोज्यः pease. -मनो- रमा N. of several grammars. -मरणम् (with Jainas) a fool's manner of dying (12 in number). -मित्रः a friend from boyhood. -मृगः a fawn. -मूलम् a young radish. -मूषिका a small mouse. -मृणालः a tender filament or fibre (of lotus); व्यालं बालमृणालतन्तुभिरसौ रोद्धुं समुज्म्भते Bh.2.6. -यज्ञोपवीतकम् the sacred thread worn across the breast. -राजम् lapis lazuli. -रोगः a child's disease; अथ बालरोगाणां निदानानि लक्षणानि चाह । धात्र्यास्तु गुरुभिर्भोज्यैर्विषमैर्दोषलैस्तथा ...... Bhāva. P. -लता a young creeper; अवाकिरन् बाललताः प्रसूनैः R.2.1. -लीला child's play, juvenile pastime. -वत्सः 1 a young calf. -2 a pigeon. -वायजम् lapis lazuli. -वासस् n. a woollen garment. -वाह्यः a young or wild goat. -विधवा a child-widow. -वैधव्यम् child-widowhood. -व्यजनम् a chowrie or fly-flapper (usually made of the tail of the yāk or Bos Grunniens and used as one of the royal insignia); यस्यार्थयुक्तं गिरिराजशब्दं कुर्वन्ति बाल- व्यजनैश्चमर्यः Ku.1.13; R.9.66;14.11;16.33,57. -व्रतः an epithet of a Buddha saint Mañjughoṣa. -सखि m. a friend from childhood. -संध्या early twilight. -सात्म्यम् milk. -सुहृद् m. a friend of one's youth. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः lapis lazuli. -स्थानम् 1 childhood. -2 youth. -3 inexperience. -हत्या infanticide. -हस्तः a hairy tail.
bāhya बाह्य a. [बहिर्भवः ष्यञ् टिलोपः] 1 Outer, outward, external, exterior, being or situated without; विरहः किमिवानुतापयेद् वद बाह्यैर्विषयैर्विपश्चितम् R.8.89; बाह्योद्यान Me. 7; Ku.6.46; बाह्यनामन् 'the outer name', i. e. the address or superscription written on the back of a letter; अदत्तबाह्यनामानं लेखं लेखयित्वा Mu.1. -2 Foreign, strange; Pt.1. -3 Excluded from, out of the pale of; जातास्तदूर्वोरुपमानबाह्याः Ku.1.36. -4 Expelled from society, outcast; अतो$पि शिष्टस्त्वधमो गुरुदारप्रधर्षकः । बाह्यं वर्णं जनयति चातुर्वर्ण्यविगर्हितम् ॥ Mb.13.48.9. -5 Public; तेषां बाह्यं चारं छत्रभृङ्गारव्यजनपादुकोपग्राहिणः तीक्ष्णाः विद्युः Kau. A.1.12. -ह्यः 1 A stranger, foreigner; त्यक्ताश्चाभ्यन्तरा येन बाह्याश्चाभ्यन्तरीकृताः Pt.1.259; बाह्यः क्षणेन भवतीति विचित्र- मेतत् 5.26. -2 One who is excommunicated, an outcast. -3 A person or community born from प्रतिलोम connection; cf. Ms.1.28-31; प्रतिकूलं वर्तमाना बाह्या बाह्यतरान् पुनः । हीना हीनान् प्रसूयन्ते वर्णान् पञ्चदशैव च ॥ Ms.1.31. -ह्यम्, -बाह्येन, -बाह्ये ind. outside, on the outside, externally -Comp. -अर्थः a meaning external to the sounds or letters forming a word; P.I.1.68 (com.). ˚वादः the doctrine that the external world has a real existence. -कक्षः the outer side (of a house). -करणम् an external organ of sense. -द्रुतिः f. a process in the preparation of quicksilver. -प्रयत्नः (in gram.) the external effort in the production of articulate sounds; P.I.1. 9. (com.). -लिङ्गिन् a heretic. -संभोगः the gratification of sexual passion outside the vulva; Charak. बाह्लकाः bāhlakāḥ बाह्लिकाः bāhlikāḥ बाह्लीकाः bāhlīkāḥ बाह्लकाः बाह्लिकाः बाह्लीकाः m. (pl.) N. of a people. -कः 1 A king of the Bālhikas. -2 A horse of the Balkh breed; काम्बोजविषये जातैर्बाह्लीकैश्च हयोत्तमैः Rām. 1.6.22. -कम् 1 Saffron; ... प्रियाङ्गसंगव्यालुप्तस्तनतटबाह्लिक- श्रियो$पि दृश्यन्ते बहिरबलाः Rām. Ch.7.64. -2 Asa Foetida; अजमोदां च बाह्लीकं जीरकं लोध्रकं तथा Śiva B.3.18.
bisam बिसम् 1 The fibre of a lotus; धृतबिसवलयावलिर्वहन्ती Ki.1.24. -2 The fibrous stalk of a lotus; पाथेयमुत्सृज बिसं ग्रहणाय भूयः V.4.15; बिसमलमशनाय स्वादु पानाय तोयम् Bh.3.22; Me.11; Ku.3.37;4.29. -3 The lotus plant; न लिप्यते कर्मफलैरनिष्टैः पत्रं बिसस्येव जलेन सिक्तम् Mb.12.194.44. -Comp. -ऊर्णा, -ऊर्णम् a lotus fibre; हृद्यविच्छिन्नमोङ्कारं घण्टानादं बिसोर्णवत् Bhāg.11.14.34. -कण्ठिका, -कण्ठिन् m. a small crane; अभिनवाभ्रलसद्बिसकण्ठिका Rām. Ch.4.37. -कुसुमम्, -पुष्पम्, -प्रसूनम् a lotus; जक्षुर्बिसं धृतविकासि- बिसप्रसूनाः Śi.5.28. -खादिका 'eating the fibres of a lotus'; N. of a play. -गुणः a string of lotus-fibre; बिसगुणनिगडितपादो जरठः Dk.2.1. -ग्रन्थिः 1 a knot on the stalk of a lotus (used for filtering water) -2 a particular disease of the eyes. -छेदः a bit of the fibrous stalk of a lotus. -जम् a lotus-flower, lotus. -तन्तुः the lotus-fibre. -नाभिः f. the lotus-plant (पद्मिनी). -नासिका a sort of crane. -प्रसूनम् a lotus-flower; चक्षुर्बिसं धृतविकासिबिसप्रसूनाः. -मृणालम् a lotus-fibre. -वर्त्मन् n. a particular disease of eyelids.
buddha बुद्ध p. p. [बुध्-क्त] 1 Known, understood, perceived. -2 Awakened, awake. -3 Observed. -4 Enlightened, wise; एवमेव मनुष्येन्द्र धर्मं त्यक्त्वाल्पकं नरः । बृहन्तं धर्ममाप्नोति स बुद्ध इति निश्चितम् ॥ Mb.3.33.67; (see बुध्). -5 Expanded (विकसित); सरःसु बुद्धाम्बुजभूषणेषु विक्षोभ्य विक्षोभ्य जलं पिबन्ति Rām.4.3.41;5.14.24. -द्धः 1 A wise or learned man, a sage. -2 (With Buddhists) A wise or enlightened person who, by perfect knowledge of the truth, is absolved from all existence, and who reveals to the world the method of obtaining the Nirvāṇa or final emancipation before obtaining it himself; -3 'The enlightened', N. of Śākyasimha, the celebrated founder of the Bauddha religion; (he is said to have been born at Kapilavastu and to have died in 543 B. C.; he is sometimes regarded as the ninth incarnation of Viṣṇu; thus Jayadeva says :-- निन्दसि यज्ञविधेरहह श्रुतिजातं सदयहृदय दर्शितपशुघातं केशव धृतबुद्धशरीर जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1); क्वचिद्बुद्धः कल्किर्विहरसि कुभारापहतये Viṣṇu-mahimna 4; ततः कलौ संप्रवृत्ते संमोहाय सुरद्विषाम् । बुद्धो नाम्नाञ्जनसुतः कीकटेषु भविष्यति Bhāg. -4 The Supreme Soul (परमात्मा); अथ बुद्धमथा- बुद्धमिमं गुणविधिं शृणु Mb.12.38.1. -द्धम् Knowledge. -Comp. -अन्तः waking condition, the being awake; स वा एष एतस्मिन् बुद्धान्ते रत्वा Bṛi. Up.4.3.17. -आगमः the doctrines and tenets of the Bauddha religion. -उपासकः a worshipper of Buddha. -गया N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage. -गुरुः a Buddhist spiritual teacher. -मार्गः the doctrines and tenets of Buddha, Buddhism.
bauddha बौद्ध a. (-द्धी f.) [बुद्ध-द्धि अण्] 1 Relating to Buddhi or understanding; mental. -2 Relating to Buddha. -द्धः A follower of the religion taught by Buddha. -Comp. -दर्शनम्, -मतम्, -शास्त्रम् Buddhist doctrine.
bhāravam भारवम् A bow-string. -वी The sacred basil.
bhujiṣya भुजिष्य [भुज्-किष्यन्] Independent. -ष्यः 1 A slave, servant. -2 A companion. -3 The string worn round the wrist. -4 A disease (रोग). -ष्या 1 A hand-maid, maid-servant, female slave; अथाङ्गदाश्लिष्टभुजं भुजिष्या R. 6.53; Mk.4.8; Y.2.29. -2 A harlot, prostitute; ददर्श कामिनं कञ्चिच्छूद्रं सह भुजिष्यया Bhāg.6.1.59.
bhūta भूत p. p. [भू-क्त] 1 Become, being, existing. -2 Produced, formed. -3 Actually being, really happened, true; भूताश्चार्था विरुद्ध्यन्ति देशकालविरोधिताः Rām.5.3.37. -4 Right, proper, fit; अभूतेनापवादेन कीर्तीं निपतितामिव Rām. 5.15.34; भूतार्थव्याहृतिः सा हि न स्तुतिः परमेष्ठिनः R.1.33. -5 Past, gone. -6 Obtained. -7 Mixed or joined with. -8 Being like, similar, (see भू); मग्नां द्विषच्छद्मनि पङ्कभूते Ki.3.39. -तः 1 A son, child. -2 An epithet of Śiva. -3 The fourteenth day of the dark half of a lunar month (also भूता). -4 A great devotee. -5 N. of a priest of the gods. -6 The dark fortnight of a month (कृष्णपक्ष). -7 see भूतगण. -तम् 1 Any being (human, divine or even inanimate); इत्थं रतेः किमपि भूतमदृश्यरूपं मन्दीचकार मरणव्यवसायबुद्धिम् Ku.4.45; Pt.2. 87. -2 A living being, an animal, a creature; क्षरः सर्वाणि भूतानि कूटस्थो$क्षर उच्यते Bg.15.16; भूतेषु किं च करुणां बहुली- करोति Bv.1.122; U.4.6. -3 A spirit, ghost, an imp, a devil (m. also in these senses); ततो रक्षां महातेजः कुरु भूतविनाशिनीम् Rām.7.66.3. -4 An element; (they are five, i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु, and आकाश); तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1.29. -5 An actual occurrence, a fact, a matter of fact. -6 The past, past time. -7 The world. -8 Well-being, welfare. -9 A symbolical expression for the number 'five'. -1 Fitness, propriety. -Comp. -अनुकम्पा compassion for all beings; भूतानुकम्पा तव चेत् R.2.48. -अनुवादः a mention of established facts, a variety of अर्थवाद (q. v.); भूतानुवादमात्रमनर्थकम् ŚB. on MS.1.2.4. -अन्तकः the god of death, Yama. -अभिषङ्गः possession by evil spirits. -अरिः Asa Fœtida. -अर्थः 1 the fact, real fact, true state, truth, reality; आर्ये कथयामि ते भूतार्थम् Ś.1; भूतार्थशोभाह्नियमाणनेत्रा Ku.7.13; कः श्रद्धास्यति भूतार्थं सर्वो मां तुलयिष्यति Mk.3.24. -2 an element of life. ˚कथनम्, ˚व्याहृतिः f. a statement of facts; भूतार्थव्याहृतिः सा हि न स्तुतिः परमेष्ठिनः R.1.33. -अवमानिन् m. despiser of all; भूतावमानी हैहयश्चार्जुनः Kau. A.1.6. -आत्मक a. consisting or composed of the elements. -आत्मन् 1 one whose soul is purified. -2 composed of the five elements (as the body); cf. Ms.12.12. (-m.) 1 the individual (as opposed to the Supreme Soul); विद्यातपोभ्यां भूतात्मा बुद्धिर्ज्ञानेन शुद्ध्यति Ms.5.19; विधमिष्यति ते देहे भूतात्मानं चिरोषितम् Rām.6.59. 55. -2 an epithet of Brahman. -3 of Śiva. -4 of Viṣṇu; भूतात्मा भूतभावनः V. Sah. -5 an elementary substance. -6 the body. -7 war, conflict. -8 the elementary or vital principle. -9 a soul which clings to the elements, a carnal mind; भूतात्मनस्तपोविद्ये बुद्धेर्ज्ञानं विशोधनम् Y.3.34. -आदिः 1 the Supreme Spirit. -2 an epithet of Ahaṁkāra (in Sāṅkhya phil.). -आर्त a. possessed by a devil. -आवासः 1 the body. -2 an epithet of &Scute;iva. -3 of Viṣṇu; वसन्ति त्वयि भूतानि भूतावासस्ततो हरिः Hariv. -आविष्ट a. possessed by a devil or evil spirit. -आवेशः demoniac possession. -इज्यम्, -इज्या making oblations to the Bhūtas. -इन्द्रियजयिन् m. a kind of ascetic. -इष्टा the fourteenth day of a lunar fortnight. -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 of Śiva; भूतेशस्य भुजङ्गवल्लिवलयस्रङ्नद्धजूटा जटाः Māl.1.2; भूतेशप्रीति- हेतोः Udb. -ईश्वरः an epithet of Śiva; भूयः स भूतेश्वर- पार्श्ववर्ती R.2.46. -उन्मादः demoniac possession. -उपदेशः a reference to past things or such as already exist. -उपसृष्ट, -उपहत a. possessed by a devil. -ओदनः a dish of rice (eaten to counteract the influence of demons). -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. an epithet of Brahman; सर्वलोकप्रभुर्ब्रह्मा भूतकर्तृ तथर्षयः Rām.2.25.25; ततस्थानाह भूत- कृत् 7.4.12. -कला f. a power which produces the five elements; धरादिपञ्चभूतानां निवृत्त्याद्याः कलाः स्मृताः Śāradātilakam. -कालः 1 past time. -2 (in gram.) the past or preterite time. -केशी the holy basil. -कोटिः absolute non-entity; Bhddh. -क्रान्तिः f. possession by a devil. -गणः 1 the collection of created beings. -2 the whole class of spirits or devils; प्रेतान् भूतागणांश्चान्ये यजन्ते तामसा जनाः Bg.17.4. -गत्या truthfully; तदखिलमिह भूतं भूतगत्या ...... अभिलषति स्म N.9.159. -गुणः a quality of the elements; शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा भूतगुणाः स्मृताः Śāradātilakam. -ग्रस्त possessed by a devil. -ग्रामः 1 the whole multitude or aggregate of living beings; U.7; भूतग्रामः स एवायं भूत्वा भूत्वा प्रलीयते Bg.8.19. -2 a multitude of spirits. -3 the body. -घ्नः 1 a kind of birch tree. -2 a camel. -3 garlic. (-घ्नी) the holy basil. -चतुर्दशी the fourteenth day of the dark half of Kārtika. -चारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चिन्तकः = स्वभाववादिन् q. v.; दैवमित्यपरे विप्राः स्वभावं भूतचिन्तकाः Mb.12.232.19. -चिन्तनिकः an adherent to the doctrine that the mind or intellect is produced from material elements. -चिन्ता an enquiry into the elements, investigation into their nature. -चैतन्यम् intellectuality of matter. -जननी the mother of all beings. -जयः victory over the elements. -तन्त्रम् the doctrine of spirits. -तन्मात्रम् a subtle element. -दया compassion towards all beings, universal benevolence. -द्रुमः Cordia Latifolia (Mar. भोंकर). -द्रुह्, -ध्रुक् a. injurious, malicious. -धरा, -धात्री, -धारिणी the earth. -धात्री sleep. -नाथः an epithet of Śiva; तद् भूतनाथानुग नार्हसि त्वम् R.2.58. -नायिका an epithet of Durgā. -नाशनः 1 the marking-nut plant. -2 mustard. -3 pepper. (-नम्) 1 Asa Fœtida. -2 a bead used for rosaries (रुद्राक्ष). -निचयः the body. -पक्षः the dark fortnight. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva; ध्यानास्पदं भूतपतेर्विवश Ku.3.43,74. -2 of Agni. -3 the sacred basil. -4 the sky; ज्वलसि यन्निशि भूतपतिं श्रितः N.4.55. -पत्री the holy basil. -पालः the guardian of living beings. -पूर्णिमा the day of fullmoon in the month of Āśvina. -पूर्वम् ind. formerly. a. 1 former, ancient, old; पश्यामि च जनस्थानं भूतपूर्वखरा- लयम् U.2.17. -2 deceased. -प्रकृतिः f. the origin of all beings; यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1 (v. l.). -बलिः = भूतयज्ञ q. v. -ब्रह्मन् m. a low Brāhmaṇa who maintains himself with the offerings made to an idol; see देवल. -भर्तृ a. sustaining all beings; भूतभर्तृ च तज्ज्ञेयं ग्रसिष्णु प्रभविष्णु च Bg.13.16. -m. an epithet of Śiva. -भव a. existing in all beings. -भव्यम् past and future. -भावनः 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -भाविन् a. 1 creating living beings. -भाषा, -भाषितम् the language of devils. -भृत् a. sustaining the elements or creatures; भूतभृन्न च भूतस्थो ममात्मा भूतभावनः Bg.9.5. -भौतिक a. consisting of the elements. -महेश्वरः an epithet of Śiva. -मातृ f. an epithet of Gaurī. -मातृका the earth. -मात्रम्, -त्रा the rudiment of an element. -मात्रा f. pl. the coarse and subtile elements; तास्वेव भूतमात्रासु प्रलीयन्ते विभागशः Ms.12.17. -यज्ञः an oblation or offering to all created beings, one of the five daily Yajñas to be performed by a householder. -योनिः the origin of all created beings. -रयाः a. a class of gods under the 5th Manu; Bhāg. -राज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -लिपिः a particular magic formula. -वर्गः the whole class of spirits. -वादिन् a. telling the real fact or truth. -वासः the Bibhītaka tree. -वाहनः an epithet of Śiva. -विक्रिया 1 epilepsy. -2 possession by a devil. -विज्ञान, -विद्या demonology (भूतविद्या); Ch. Up.7.1.2. -विनायकः a leader of evil beings; Bhāg. -विभुः a king; शाहभूविभुः Śāhendra. 2.93. -वृक्षः the Bibhītaka tree. -वेशी a white flowering Vitex Negundo (Mar. निर्गुडी). -शुद्धिः f. purification of the elements (of the body). -संसारः 1 the world of mortals. -2 the course of existence; घोरे$स्मिन् भूतसंसारे नित्यं सततयायिनि Ms.1.5. -संघः the totality of beings or of the elements. -संचारः demoniac possession. -संचारिन् m. a forest conflagration. -संप्लवः universal deluge or destruction; आभूतसंप्लवस्थानममृतत्वं हि भाषते. -समागमः the meeting of mortals; यथा काष्ठं च ... समेत्य च व्यपेयातां तद्वद् भूतसमागमः Mb.12.28.36. -सर्गः 1 the creation of the world, the class or order of created beings. -2 creation of the elements. -साक्षिन् m. 'allseeing', an eye-witness of created beings. -साधनी the earth. -सूक्ष्मम् a subtle element. -सृज् m. an epithet of Brahman; बहुधा गतां जगति भूतसृजा कमनीयतां समभिहृत्य पुरा Ki.6.42. -सृष्टिः f. 1 the illusion effected by the power of Bhūtas. -2 the whole class of Bhūtas taken collectively. -स्थानम् 1 the abode of living beings. -2 the abode of demons. -हत्या destruction of living beings. -हन्त्री a species of Dūrvā grass. -हरः bdellium. -हासः a kind of fever.
bhedaḥ भेदः [भिद् घञ्] 1 Breaking; splitting, cleaving; hitting (as a mark). -2 Rending, tearing. -3 Dividing, separating. -4 Piercing through, perforation. -5 (a) Breach, rupture. (b) Breaking open, bursting; V.2.7. -6 Disturbance, interruption. -7 Division, separation. -8 A chasm, gap, fissure, cleft. -9 A hurt, injury, wound. -1 Difference, distinction; तयोर्न भेदप्रतिपत्तिरस्ति मे Bh.3. 99; अगौरवभेदेन Ku.6.12; Bg.18.19,22. रस˚, काल˚ &c.; भेदाभेदयोर्भेदो ग्रहीतव्यः ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. -11 A change, modification; न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् Bg.3.26. -12 Dissension, disunion. -13 Disclosure, betrayal; as in रहस्यभेदः. -14 Treachery, treason; भेदाधीनं कृतं शत्रोः सैन्यं शत्रुबलं स्मृतम् Śukra.4.876. -15 A kind, variety; भेदाः पद्मशङ्खादयो निधेः Ak.; शिरीषपुष्पभेदः &c. -16 Dualism. -17 (In politics) Sowing dissensions in an enemy's party and thus winning him over to one's side, one of the four Upāyas or means of success against an enemy; see उपाय and उपायचतुष्टय; परम्परं तु ये द्विष्टाः क्रुद्धभीतावमानिताः । तेषां भेदं प्रयुञ्जीत परमं दर्शयेद् भयम् ॥ Agni P. -18 Defeat. -19 (In medicine) Evacuation of the bowels. -2 Shooting pain (in the limbs). -21 Paralysis. -22 Contraction. -23 A conjunction of the planets. -24 The hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle. -Comp. -अभेदौ (dual) 1 disunion and union, disagreement and agreement. -2 difference and sameness; भेदाभेद- ज्ञानम्. -उन्मुख a. on the point of bursting forth or opening; बालाशोकमुपोढरागसुभगं भेदोन्मुखं तिष्ठति V.2.7. -कर, -कृत् sowing dissensions. -दर्शिन्, -दृष्टि, -बुद्धि a. considering the universe as distinct from the Supreme Spirit. -प्रत्ययः belief in dualism. -वादिन् m. one who maintains the doctrine of dualism. -विधिः the faculty of discriminating. -सह a. 1 capable of being divided or separated. -2 corruptible, seducible.
bhedin भेदिन् a. [भिद्-णिनि] 1 Breaking, dividing, distinguishing &c. -2 One who holds the doctrine of dualism. भेदिरम् bhēdiram भेदुरम् bhēduram भेदिरम् भेदुरम् A thunderbolt.
maṅgala मङ्गल a. [मङ्ग्-अलच्; Uṇ.5.7] 1 Auspicious, lucky, propitious, fortunate; मङ्गलदिवसः, मङ्गलवृषभः &c. -2 Prosperous, doing or faring well. -3 Brave. -लम् 1 (a) Auspiciousness, propitiousness; जनकानां रघूणां च यत् कृत्स्नं गोत्रमङ्गलम् U.6.42; R.6.9;1.67. (b) Happiness, good luck or fortune, bliss, felicity; भद्रं भद्रं वितर भगवन् भूयसे मङ्गलाय Māl.1.3; U.3.48. (c) Wellbeing, welfare, good; सङ्गः सतां किमु न मङ्गलमातनोति Bv. 1.122; (also m. in these senses). -2 A good omen, anything tending to an auspicious issue. -3 A blessing, benediction. -4 An auspicious or lucky object. -5 An auspicious occasion or event, a festivity. -6 Any solemn or auspicious ceremony or rite (such as marriage). -7 Any ancient custom. -8 Turmeric. -9 (In music) A particular composition. -लः 1 The planet Mars. -2 N. of Agni. -ला, -ली 1 A faithful wife -2 Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of Durgā. -Comp. -अक्षताः (m. pl.) rice thrown over persons by Brāhmaṇas when pronouncing blessings. -अगरु n. a variety of sandal. -अयनम् the way to happiness or prosperity; परममङ्गलायनगुणकथनो$सि Bhāg.5.3.11. -अलंकृत a. decorated with auspicious ornaments; आददे वचसामन्ते मङ्गलालंकृतां सुताम् Ku.6.87; M.1.14. -अष्टकम् a benedictory verse or verses repeated by priests over a youth and maiden, when being married, to promote their good luck. -अह्निकम् 1 any daily religious rite performed for good luck. -2 a vase full of water carried in front of a procession. -आचरणम् 1 an auspicious introduction in the form of a prayer (for the attainment of success) at the beginning of any undertaking or of any work of composition. -2 pronouncing a blessing. -आचारः 1 an auspicious or pious ceremony or usage. -2 a benediction, pronouncing a blessing. -3 (in music) a particular composition. -आतोद्यम् a drum beaten on festive occasions. -आदेशवृत्तिः a fortune-teller; Ms.9.258. -आरम्भः an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -आलम्भनम् touching anything auspicious. -आलयः, -आवासः a temple. -आवह a. auspicions. -इच्छा benediction, felicitation. -इच्छु a. desirous of happiness or prosperity. -करणम् repeating a prayer for the success of any undertaking. -कलशः a vessel used at festivals. -कारक, -कारिन् a. auspicious. -कार्यम् any festive occasion, a religious or auspicious ceremony. -कालः an auspicious occasion; Ś.4. -क्षौमम् a silken cloth worn on occasions of festivity; दधतो मङ्गलक्षौमे वसानस्य च वल्कले R.12.8. -गृहम् an auspicious house or temple. -ग्रहः an auspicious planet. -घटः, -पात्रम् a pot filled with water offered to the gods on festive occasions. -चण्डिका, -चण्डी N. of Durgā; मङ्गलेषु च या दक्षा सा च मङ्गलचण्डिका Brav. P. -छायः the plakṣa tree. -तूर्यम् a musical instrument, such as a trumpet, drum &c, played on festive or auspicious occasions; सुखश्रवा मङ्गलतूर्यनिस्वनाः R.3.19. -देवता an auspicious or tutelary deity. -ध्वनिः an auspicious music (at the time of some festival). -पत्रम् a leaf serving as an amulet. -पाठकः a bard, minstrel, professional panegyrist; आः दुरात्मन् वृथामङ्गलपाठक शैलूषापसद Ve.1. -पुष्पम् an auspicious flower. -पूजित a. honoured with a sacrificial offering. -प्रतिसरः 1 an auspicious cord or string, the auspicious thread worn by a married woman round her neck as long as her husband lives; अन्त्रैः कल्पितमङ्गलप्रतिसराः (अङ्गनाः) Māl.5.18. -2 the cord of an amulet. -प्रद a. auspicious. (-दा) turmeric. -प्रस्थः N. of a mountain. -भेरी a drum beaten on festive occasions. -मात्रभूषण a. decked in auspicious ornaments only, such as the auspicious thread, saffronmark &c.; सितांशुका मङ्गलमात्रभूषणा V.3.12. -मालिका marriage-music. -वचस् n., -वादः a benedictory or congratulatory expression, benediction, blessing. -वादिन् a. expressing blessings or congratulations, wishing joy. -वाद्यम् see मङ्गलतूर्य. -वारः, -वासरः Tuesday. -विधिः 1 a festive or auspicious rite. -2 preparations for a festival. -वृषभः an ox with auspicious signs. -शब्दः greeting, a benedictory expression. -समालम्भनम् an auspicious unguent. -सूत्रम् see मङ्गलप्रतिसर. -स्नानम् a solemn or auspicious ablution. -स्वरः a sea-shell.
mañjīraḥ मञ्जीरः रम् [मञ्ज्-ध्वनौ ईरन्] An anklet or ornament for the foot (नूपुर); सिञ्जानमञ्जुमञ्जीरं प्रविवेश निकेतनम् Gīt 11; or मुखमधीरं त्यज मञ्जीरं रिपुमिव केलिषु लोलम् 5; Māl.1. -रम् A post round which the string of the churning stick passes.
maṇiḥ मणिः [मण्-इन् स्त्रीत्वपक्षे वा ङीप्] (Said to be f. also, but rarely used) 1 A jewel, gem, precious stone; मणिर्लुठति पादेषु काचः शिरसि धार्यते । यथैवास्ते तथैवास्तां काचः काचो मणिर्मणिः H.2.68; अलब्धशाणोत्कषणा नृपाणां न जातु मौलौ मणयो वसन्ति Bv.1.73; मणौ वज्रसमुत्कीर्णे सूत्रस्येवास्ति मे गतिः R.1.4;3.18. -2 An ornament in general. -3 Anything best of its kind; cf. रत्न. -4 A magnet, loadstone. -5 The wrist. -6 A water-pot. -7 Clitoris. -8 Glans penis. -9 A crystal; क्वचिन्मणिनिकाशोदाम् (नदीम्) Rām. 2.95.9. -1 The fleshy excrescence on the neck of a goat (also written मणी in these senses). -11 An ingot, a lump (of gold); यथा सोम्यैकेन लोहमणिना सर्वं लोहमयं विज्ञातं स्यात् Ch. Up.6.1.5. -Comp. -इन्द्रः, -राजः a diamond. -कण्ठः the blue jay. -कण्ठकः a cock. -कर्णिका, -कर्णी N. of a sacred pool in Benares. -काचः the feathered part of an arrow. -काञ्चनयोगः a rare combination of mutually worthy things. -काननम् the neck. -कारः a lapidary, jeweller; मणिकाराश्च ये केचित् Rām.2.83.12. -गुणः a quality of gems; षडश्रश्चतुरश्रो वृत्तो वा, तीव्ररागसंश्थानवानच्छः स्निग्धो गुरुरर्चिष्मानन्तर्गतप्रभः प्रभानु- लेपी चेति मणिगुणाः Kau. A.2.11.29. -ग्रीवः a son of Kubera. -तारकः the crane or Sārasa bird. -तुण्डः a striped hyena; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -तुलाकोटिः a foot ornament consisting of jewels. -दण्ड a. having a handle adorned with jewels. -दर्पणः a jewelled mirror. -दीपः 1 a lamp having jewels; मणिदीपप्रकाशितं ...... पश्येदं रङ्गमन्दिरम् -2 a jewel serving as a lamp. -दोषः a flaw or defect in a jewel. -द्वीपः 1 the hood of the serpent Ananta. -2 N. of a fabulous island in the ocean of nectar; सुधासिन्धोर्मध्ये सुरविटपिवाटीपरिसरे । मणिद्वीपे नीपोपवनवति चिन्तामणिगृहे Saundaryalaharī. -धनुः m., -धनुस् n. a rainbow. -पाली a female keeper of jewels. -पुष्पकः N. of the conchshell of Sahadeva; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणिपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -पूरः 1 the navel, -2 a kind of bodice richly adorned with jewels. (-रम्) 1 N. of a town in Kaliṅga. -2 the pit of the stomach, or a mystical circle on the navel (also मणि- पूरक); तदूर्ध्वे नाभिदेशे तु मणिपूरं महाप्रभम् । ...... मणिवद् भिन्नं तत्पद्मं मणिपूरं तथोच्यते Yogagrantha. ˚पतिः an epithet of Babhruvāhana. -प्रवेकः a most excellent jewel. -प्रभा N. of a metre. -बन्धः 1 the wrist; रक्षाकरण्डकमस्य मणिबन्धे न दृश्यते Ś.7. -2 the fastening of jewels; R.12.12; मणिबन्धैर्निगूढैश्च सुश्लिष्टशुभसन्धिभिः Garuḍa P. -3 a kind of metre. -बन्धनम् 1 fastening on of jewels, a string or ornament of pearls. -2 that part of a ring or bracelet where the jewels are set; collet; Ś.6. -3 the wrist; ...... मणिबन्धनात् कनकवलयं स्रस्तं स्रस्तं मया प्रतिसार्यते Ś.3.13. -बीजः, -वीजः the pomegranate tree. -भावरः an Indian crane; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -भित्तिः f. N. of the palace of Śesa. -भूः f. a floor set with jewels. -भूमिः f. 1 a mine of jewels. -2 a jewelled floor, floor inlaid with jewels. -मण्डपः 1 N. of the residence of Śeṣa. -2 a crystal hall. -मन्तकम् a variety of diamonds; Kau. A.2.11.29. -मन्थम् rock-salt; क्वणन्मणिमन्थभूधर भवशिला- लेहायेहाचणो लवणस्यति N.19.18. -माला 1 a string or necklace of jewels. -2 lustre, splendour, beauty. -3 a circular impression left by a bite (in amorous sports). -4 N. of Lakṣmī. -5 N. of a metre. -मेखल a. girdled with gems. -यष्टिः m., f. a jewelled stick, a string of jewels. -रत्नम् a jewel, gem. -रागः the colour of jewels. (-गम्) vermilion. -विग्रह a. jewelled; काञ्चनीं मणिविग्रहाम् Rām.6.128.75. -विशेषः an excellent jewel. -शिला a jewelled slab. -सरः a necklace; मणिसरममलं तारकपटलं नखदशशशिभूषिते Gīt. -शृङ्गः the god of the sun. -सूत्रम् a string of pearls. -सोपानम् a jewelled staircase. -स्तम्भः a pillar inlaid with jewels. -हर्म्यम् a jewelled or crystal palace.
mata मत p. p. [मन्-क्त] 1 Thought, believed, supposed; स मे युक्ततमो मतः Bg.6.47. -2 Considered, regarded, deemed, looked upon. -3 Esteemed, honoured, respected; बभौ च सा तेन सतां मतेन श्रद्धेव साक्षाद्विधिनोपपन्ना R.2.16;8.8. -4 Commended, valued. -5 Conjectured, guessed. -6 Meditated upon, thought of, perceived, recognised. -7 Thought out. -8 Intended, aimed at. -9 Approved, sanctioned. -1 Wished or hoped for. -11 Perceived, observed, known, understood. (See मन्). -तम् 1 A thought, idea, opinion, belief, view; निश्चितं मतमुत्तमम् Bg.18.6; केषांचिन्मतेन &c. -2 Doctrine, tenet, creed, religious belief; ये मे मतमिदं नित्यमनुतिष्ठन्ति मानवाः Bg.3.31. -3 Advice, instruction, counsel. -4 Aim, design, intention, purpose; आत्मप्रभावेण मुने ज्ञातुमर्हसि मे मतम् Rām.7. 9.19. -5 Approbation, sanction, commendation. -6 Knowledge. -Comp. -अक्ष a. well-versed in playing at dice; कङ्को नाम द्विजो भूत्वा मताक्षः प्रियदेवनः Mb.4.1.24. -अनुज्ञा one of the निग्रहस्थानs known in न्यायशास्त्र; Bhāṣā P.; admission of a fault in one's own reasoning, while insisting on a similar one in that of the opponent. -अन्तरम् 1 a different view. -2 a different creed. -अवलम्बनम् adopting or holding a particular opinion. -भेदः difference of opinion.
madhu मधु a. (-धु or -ध्वी f.) [मन्यत इति मधु, मन्-उ नस्य धः Uṇ.1.18) Sweet, pleasant, agreeable, delightful; आपापयति गोविन्दपादपद्मासवं मधु Bhāg.1.18.12; त्वया सह निवत्स्यामि वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -f. N. of a plant (जीवा, जीवन्ती). -n. -(धु) 1 Honey; एतास्ता मधुनो धाराश्च्योतन्ति सविषास्त्वयि U.3.34; मधु तिष्ठति जिह्वाग्रे हृदये तु हलाहलम्. -2 The juice or nectar of flowers; मधु द्विरेफः कुसुमैकपात्रे पपौ प्रियां स्वामनुवर्तमानः Ku.3.36; देहि मुखकमलमधुपानम् Gīt.1. -3 A sweet intoxicating drink, wine, spirituous liquor; विनयन्ते स्म तद्योधा मधुभिर्विजयश्रमम् R.4.65; Ṛs. 1.3. -4 Water. -5 Sugar. -6 Sweetness. -7 Anything sweet. -8 Ved. Soma juice. -9 Milk or anything produced from milk (Ved.). -1 A bee-hive; केचित्- पीत्वापविध्यन्ति मधूनि मधुपिङ्गलाः Rām.5.62.1. -11 Bee-wax; Ms.1.88. -m. (धुः) 1 The spring or vernal season; मधुरया मधुबोधितमाधवी Śi.6.2; क्व नु ते हृदयंगमः सखा कुसुमायोजितकार्मुको मधुः Ku.4.24,25;3.1,3. -2 The month of Chaitra; भास्करस्य मधुमाधवाविव R.11.7; मासे मधौ मधुरकोकिलभृङ्गनादै रामा हरन्ति हृदयं प्रसभं नराणाम् Ṛs.6. 25. -3 N. of a demon killed by Viṣṇu. -4 N. of another demon, father of Rāvaṇa and killed by Śatrughna. -5 The Aśoka tree. -6 N. of king Kārtavīrya. -Comp. -अष्ठीला a lump of honey, clotted honey. -आधारः wax. -आपात a. having honey at the first taste; शक्तः परजने दाता स्वजने दुःखजीविनि । मध्वापातो विषास्वादः स धर्मप्रतिरूपकः ॥ Ms.11.9. -आम्रः a kind of mango tree. -आलु n., -आलुकम् sweet potato. -आवासः the mango tree. -आसवः sweet spirituous liquor (made from honey). -आसवनिकः distiller, vintner. -आस्वाद a. having the taste of honey. -आहुतिः f. a sacrificial offering of sweet things. -उच्छिष्टम्, -उत्थभ्, -उत्थितभ् 1 bees'-wax; शस्त्रासवमधूच्छिष्टं मधु लाक्षा च बर्हिषः Y.3.37; मधूच्छिष्टेन केचिच्च जध्नुरन्योन्यमुत्कटाः Rām.5.62.11. -2 the casting of an image in wax; Mānasāra; the name of 68th chapter. -उत्सवः the spring or vernal festival celebrated on the full-moon day of Chaitra. -उदकम् 'honey-water', water mixed with honey, hydromel. -उद्यानम् a spring-garden. -उपघ्नम् 'the abode of Madhu', an epithet of Mathurā; स च प्राप मधूपघ्नं कुम्भीन- स्याश्च कुक्षिजः R.15.15. -उषितम् wax. -कण्ठः the cuckoo. -करः 1 a large black bee; कुटजे खलु तेनेहा तेने हा मधुकरेण कथम् Bv.1.1; R.9.3; Me.37,49; सर्वतः सारमादत्ते यथा मधुकरो बुधः Bhāg. -2 a lover, libertine. -3 sweet lime. (-री) a female bee; न च मधुकरीवदन्नरस- भोजिन्यो देवता इति प्रमाणमस्ति ŚB. on MS.9.1.9. ˚गणः, ˚श्रेणिः f. a swarm of bees. -कर्कटी 1 sweet lime, a kind of citron. -2 A kind of date. -काननम्, -वनम् the forest of the demon Madhu. -कारः, -कारिन् m. a bee. -कुक्कुटिका, -कुक्कुटी a sort of citron tree. -कुल्या a stream of honey. -कृत् m. a bee; Bhāg. 11.7.33. -केशटः a bee. -कोशः, -षः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. -क्रमः 1 a bee-hive. -2 a honey comb. (pl.) drinking-bout, carousals. -क्षीरः, -क्षीरकः a Kharjūra tree. -गन्धः the Bakula tree. -गन्धि, -गन्धिक a. scented with honey, sweet-smelling; वनेषु मधुगन्धिषु U.2.18. -गायनः the cuckoo. -गुञ्जनः the drum-stick plant (Mar. शेवगा). -ग्रहः a libation of honey. -घोषः the cuckoo. -च्युत्, -त, -श्च्युत् a. 1 dropping or distilling honey; ददतु तरवः पुष्पैरर्घ्यं फलैश्च मधुश्च्युतः U.3.24. -2 mellifluous, overflowing with sweets. -जम् bees'-wax. -जा 1 sugar-candy. -2 the earth. -जम्बीरः a kind of citron. -जित्, -द्विष्, -निषूदन, -निहन्तृ m., -मथः, -मथनः, -रिपुः, -शत्रुः, -सूदनः epithets or Viṣṇu; इति मधुरिपुणा सखी नियुक्ता Gīt.5; R.9.48; Śi.15.1. -जीवनः N. of plant (Mar. बेहडा). -तृणः, -णम् sugar cane. -त्रयम् the three sweet things; i. e. sugar, honey, and clarified butter. -दीपः the god of love. -दूतः the mango tree. -दोहः the extracting of sweetness or honey. -द्रः 1 a bee. -2 a libertine. -द्रवः N. of a tree having red blossoms (Mar. तांबडा शेवगा). -द्रुमः the mango tree. -धातुः a kind of yellow pyrites (सुवर्णमाक्षिक). -धारा a stream of honey. -धूलिः f. molasses. -धेनुः honey offered to Brāhmaṇas in the form of a cow. -नाडी a cell in a honey-comb. -नारिकेलः, -नारिकेरकः a kind of cocoanut (Mar. मोहाचा नारळ). -नेतृ m. bee. -पः a bee or a drunkard; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैः सह Bv.1.126;1.63 (where both meanings are intended). -पटलम् a bee-hive. -पतिः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -पर्कः 1 'a mixture of honey', a respectful offering made to a guest or to the bridegroom on his arrival at the door of the father of the bride; (its usual ingredients are five:- दधि सर्पिर्जलं क्षौद्रं सिता चैतैश्च पञ्चभिः । प्रोच्यते मधुपर्कः); समांसो मधुपर्कः U.4; असिस्वदद्यन्मधु- पर्कमर्पितं स तद् व्यधात्तर्कमुदर्कदर्शिनाम् । यदैष पास्यन्मधु भीमजाधरं मिषेण पुण्याहविधिं तदा कृतम् N.16.13; Ms.3.119 et seq. -2 the ceremony of receiving a guest. -पर्किकः one who praises at the time of मधुपर्क; पठन्ति पाणिस्वनिका मागधा मधुपर्किकाः Mb.7.82.2. (com. मधुपर्किकाः माङ्गल्योपस्थापकाः). -पर्क्य a. worthy of madhuparka q. v. -पर्णिका, -पर्णी the Indigo plant. -पाका sweet melon. -पात्रम् a wine-jug. -पानम् drinking wine; धनलवमधुपानभ्रान्त- सर्वेन्द्रियाणाम् Bh. -पायिन् m. a bee. -पालः a honeykeeper. -पुरम्, -री an epithet of Mathurā; संप्रत्युज्झित- वासनं मधुपुरीमध्ये हरिः सेव्यते Bv.4.44. -पुष्पः 1 the Aśoka tree. -2 the Bakula tree. -3 the Dantī tree. -4 the Śirīṣa tree. -प्रणयः addiction to wine. -प्रमेहः diabetes, sacharine urine. -प्राशनम् one of the sixteen purificatory Samskāras (which consists in putting a little honey into the mouth of a new-born male child). -प्रियः an epithet of Balarāma. -फलः a kind of cocoanut. -फलिका a kind of date. -बहुला the Mādhavī creeper. -बा(वी)जः a pomegranate tree. -बी(वी)- जपूरः a kind of citron. -भूमिकः an epithet of Yogin in the second order. -मक्षः, -क्षा, -मक्षिका a bee. -मज्जनः the tree called आखोट. -मत्त a. 1 drunk with wine. -2 excited by the spring. -मदः the intoxication of liquor. -मन्थः a kind of drink mixed with honey. -मल्लिः, -ल्ली f. the Mālatī creeper. -मस्तकम् a kind of sweetmeat made of honey, flour, oil, and ghee; मधुतैलघृतैर्मध्ये वेष्टिताः समिताश्च याः । मधुमस्तकमुद्दिष्टम् ..... Śabda-chandrikā. -माक्षिकम् = मधुधातु q. v. -माधवम्, -वौ the two spring months (चैत्र and वैशाख). -माधवी 1 a kind of intoxicating drink; क्रीडन्त्यो$भिरताः सर्वाः पिबन्त्यो मधुमाधवीम् Mb.1.81.3. -2 any springflower. -माध्वीकम् a kind of intoxicating liquor. -मारकः a bee. -मांसम् honey and meat; Ms.11.158. -मूलम् N. of an edible root (like Mar. रताळें, सुरण). -मेहः मधुप्रमेह q. v. -यष्टिः, -ष्टी f. 1 sugar-cane. -2 liquorice. -यष्टिका, -वल्ली liquorice. -रस a. sweet-flavoured, sweet. -(सः) 1 the wine-palm. -2 sugarcane. -3 sweetness. -(सा) 1 a bunch of grapes. -2 vine. -लग्नः N. of a tree. -लिह्, -लेह्, -लेहिन् m. -लोलुपः a bee; so मधुनोलेहः; मधुलिहां मधुदानविशारदा R.9.29; मधुलेहिगीतौ Bk.; मधुलिह इव मधुबिन्दून् विरलानपि भजत गुणलेशान् Ve.1.5. -वनम् 1 N. of the forest inhabited by the demon Madhu where Śatrughna founded Mathurā. -2 N. of the forest of Sugrīva. (-नः) the cuckoo. -वल्ली 1 liquorice. -2 a kind of grape -3 Sweet citron. -वाच् the Indian cuckoo. -वाराः (m. pl.) drinking often and often, tippling, carousing; जज्ञिरे बहुमताः प्रमदानामोष्ठयावक- नुदा मधुवाराः Ki.9.59; क्षालितं नु शमितं नु वधूनां द्रावितं नु हृदयं मधुवारैः Śi.1.14; sometimes in the sing, also; see: अङ्गनास्यचषकैर्मधुवारः Ki.9.57. -विद्या N. of a mystical doctrine. -व्रतः a bee; मार्मिकः को मरन्दानामन्तरेण मधुव्रतम् Bv.1.117; तस्मिन्नद्य मधुव्रते विधिवशान्माध्वीकमाकाङ्क्षति 46; मालां मधुव्रतवरूथगिरोपघुष्टाम् Bhāg. -शर्करा honey-sugar. -शाखः a kind of tree. -शिला = मधुधातु q. v. -शिष्टम्, -शेषम् wax. -श्री beauty of spring. -सखः, -सहायः, -सारथिः, -सुहृद् m. the god of love. -संधानम् brandy. -सिक्थकः a kind of poison. -सूदनः 1 a bee; गायन् कलं क्रीडति पद्मिनीषु मधूनि पीत्वा मधुसूदनो$सौ Chanḍ. M. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu; भक्तानां कर्मणां चैव सूदनान्मधुसूदनः -3 N. of a writer of works like अद्वैतसिद्धि. -स्थानम् a bee-hive. -स्रवः a. dropping honey or sweetness. -(वा) 1 liquorice. -2 N. of the third day in the bright half of Śrāvaṇa. -स्वरः the cuckoo. -हन् m. 1 a destroyer or collector of honey; सर्वथा संहतैरेव दुर्बलैर्बलवानपि । अमित्रः शक्यते हन्तुं मधुहा भ्रमरैरिव ॥ Mb.3.33.7; Bhāg.11.7.34. -2 a kind of bird of prey. -3 a sooth-sayer. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
madhura मधुर a. [मधु-माधुर्यं राति रा-क, मधु-अस्त्यर्थे र वा] 1 Sweet; यथा प्रकृत्या मधुरं गवां पयः H. -2 Honied, mellifluous. -3 Pleasant, charming, attractive, agreeable; अहो मधुरमासां दर्शनम् Ś.1; Ku.5.9; Māl.2.11; किमिव हि मधुराणां मण्डनं नाकृतीनाम् Ś.1.2; मधुरया मधुबोधितमाधवी ... Śi.6.2. -4 Melodious (as a sound); पुंस्कोकिलो$यं मधुरं चुकूज Ku. 3.32. -रः 1 The red sugar-cane. -2 Rice. -3 A kind of sugar, molassess (गुड). -4 A kind of mango. -5 Cuminseed. -रा 1 Liquorice. -2 Sour ricewater. -3 N. of the city Mathurā. -4 N. of plants like काकोली, शतावण, बृहज्जीवन्ती. -5 Sweet fennel (Mar. बडीशेप). -री A kind of musical instrument. -रम् 1 Sweetness. -2 A sweet drink, syrup. -3 Poison. -4 Tin. -रम् ind. Sweetly, pleasantly, agreeably. (मधुरेण ind. in a kindly or friendly manner; नहि दुर्योधनो राज्यं मधुरेण प्रदास्यति Mb.5.4.1.) -Comp. -अक्षर a. sounding sweetly, uttering sweet sounds, melodious; कूजन्तं रामरामेति मधुरं मधुराक्षरम् Rām. Stotra 34. -अङ्गकः astringent taste. -अम्लः 1 the orange. -2 the pomegranate. -3 some sour plants. -अम्लकः the hog-plum. -अष्टकम् N. of a collection of 8 verses by Vallabhāchārya. -आलाप a. uttering sweet sounds. (-पः) sweet or melodious notes; मधुरालापनिसर्गपण्डिताम् Ku.4.16. (-पा) a kind of thrush. -उपन्यासः kind address or speech. -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -जम्बीरम् a species of lime. -त्रयम् = मधुत्रयम् q. v. -फलः a sort of jujube tree (राजबदर). -भाषिन्, -वाच् a. sweet-speaking. -मिशिः f. sweet fennel (Mar. बडीशेप). -लता a kind of liquorice. -विपाक a. sweet after digestion. -स्रवा a kind of date tree. -स्वनः a conch. -स्वर, -स्वन a. warbling sweetly, sweet-voiced.
madhūlaḥ मधूलः [मधु लाति ला-क पृषो˚] A kind of tree. -ली 1 The mango tree. -2 Liquorice. -3 A kind of citron. -4 Pollen. -लम् Honey. a. Astringent, bitter, and sweet.
madhvaḥ मध्वः N. of a celebrated preceptor and author, the founder of the sect of Vaiṣṇavas, and author of a Bhāṣya on the Vedānta Sūtras. -Comp. -मतम् the doctrine of Madhva.
mantraḥ मन्त्रः [मन्त्र्-अच्] 1 A Vedic hymn or sacred prayer (addressed to any deity), a sacred text; (it is of three kinds:-it is called ऋच् if metrical and intended to be loudly recited; यजुस् if in prose and muttered in a low tone; and सामन् if, being metrical, it is intended for chanting). -2 The portion of the Veda including the Samhitā and distinguished from the Brāhmaṇa; q. v. -3 A charm, spell, an incantation; सो$हमस्मि मन्त्र- सिद्धः Dk.54; न हि जीवन्ति जना मनागमन्त्राः Bv.1.111; अचिन्त्यो हि मणिमन्त्रौषधीनां प्रभावः Ratn.2; R.2;32;5.57. -4 A formula (of prayer) sacred to any deity, as ओं नमः शवाय &c. -5 Consultation, deliberation, counsel, advice, resolution, plan; तस्य संवृतमन्त्रस्य R.1.2; मन्त्रः प्रतिदिनं तस्य बभूव सह मन्त्रिभिः 17.5; Pt.2.182; Ms.7.58; मन्त्रपूर्वाः सर्वारम्भाः Kau. A.1.15; also पञ्चाङ्गो मन्त्रः. -6 Secret plan or consultation, a secret; मन्त्रो योध इवाधीरः सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि Śi.2.29. -7 Policy, statesmanship. -8 A mean, contrivance; किं तु मन्त्रं प्रदास्यामि यो वै तान् निहनिष्यति Rām.7.6.1. -9 N. of Viṣṇu. -1 of Śiva. -11 (In astrol.) The fifth mansion. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a syllable in a spell. -अधिकारः business of council meetings; Kau. A.1.15. -अधिराजः supreme over all spells. -आराधनम् endeavouring to obtain by spells or incantations; मन्त्राराधनतत्परेण मनसा नीताः श्मशाने निशाः Bh.3.4. -उक्त a. mentioned in a hymn. -उदकम्, -जलम्, -तोयम्, -वारि n. water consecrated by means of spells, charmed water. -उपष्टम्भः backing up by advice. -करणम् 1 Vedic texts. -2 composing or reciting sacred texts; P.I.3.25. -कर्कश a. advocating a stern policy; ये$पि मन्त्रकर्कशाः शास्त्रतन्त्रकाराः Dk.2.8. -कारः the author of Vedic hymns. -कार्यम् subject of consultation. -कालः time of consultation or deliberation. स्त्रीम्लेच्छव्याधितव्यङ्गान् मन्त्रकाले$पसारयेत् Ms.7.149. -कुशलः a. skilled in giving advice. -कृत् m. 1 an author or composer of Vedic hymns; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्र- कृतामृषीणां कुशाग्रबुद्धे कुशली गुरुस्ते R.5.4;1.61;15.31. -2 one who recites a sacred text. -3 a counsellor, an adviser. -4 an ambassador; यद्वा अयं मन्त्रकृद्वो भगवानखिलेश्वरः Bhāg.3.1.2. -कृत a. Consecrated by mantras; यस्ते मन्त्रकृतः पाणिरग्नौ पापे मया धृतः Rām.2.14. 14. -गण्डकः knowledge, science. -गुप्तिः f. secret counsel. -गूढः a spy, a secret emissary or agent. -गृहम् a council-chamber. -ग्रहः listening to the counsels of ministers; सप्तमे तु मन्त्रग्रहो दूताभिप्रेषणानि च Dk.2.8. -जा the power of spells; L. D. B. -जागरः recital of Vedic texts at night. -जिह्वः fire; अमृतं नाम यत् सन्तो मन्त्रजिह्वेषु जुह्वति Śi.2.17. -ज्ञ a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel. -3 skilled in spells. -(ज्ञः) 1 a counsellor, adviser. -2 a learned Brāhmaṇa; मन्त्रज्ञै- र्मन्त्रिभिश्चैव विनीतः प्रविशेत् सभाम् Ms. -3 a spy. -तत्त्वम् the essence of counsel. -तन्त्र see अमन्त्र. -दः, -दातृ m. a spiritual preceptor or teacher; पिता भवति मन्त्रदः Ms. 2.153. -दर्शिन् m. 1 a seer of Vedic hymns. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; यो ह्यग्निः स द्विजो विप्रैर्मन्त्र- दर्शिभिरुच्यते Ms.3.212. -दीधितिः fire. -दृश् a. 1 knowing sacred texts. -2 skilled in counsel or spells. (m.) 1 a seer of Vedic hymns -2 an adviser, a counsellor; अथाह तन्मन्त्रदृशां वरीयान् यन्मन्त्रिणो वैदुरिकं वदन्ति Bhāg.3. 1.1. -देवता the deity invoked in a sacred text or mantra. -धरः, -धारिन् m. a counsellor. -निर्णयः final decision after deliberation. -पदम् the words of a sacred text. -पूत a. purified by mantras. ˚आत्मन् m. an epithet of Garuḍa. -प्रचारः the course of counsel or procedure; Pt.2. -प्रभावः the power of a spell. -प्रयोगः, -युक्तिः f. application of spells. -बी(वी)- जम् the first syllable of a spell. -भेदः breach or betrayal of counsel. -मूर्तिः an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् magic. -यन्त्रम् a mystical diagram with a magical formula. -युक्तिः application of spells; magical means. -योगः 1 employment or application of spells. -2 magic. -रक्षा not disclosing, keeping a secret. -वर्जम् ind. without the use of spells. -वहः N. of Viṣṇu. -वादः the substance of sacred texts. -वादिन् m. 1 a reciter of sacred texts. -2 an enchanter, a conjurer. -विद् see मन्त्रज्ञ above. -विद्या the science of spells, magic. -शक्तिः f. the power of spells. -श्रुतिः a consultation overheard. -संस्कारः any Saṁskāra or rite performed with sacred texts; अनृतावृतुकाले च मन्त्रसंस्कारकृत् पतिः Ms.5.153. -संस्क्रिया any magical rite. -संवरणम् concealment of a design; मन्त्रसंवरणेनास्मि कुन्त्या दुःखेन योजितः Mb.12.2. 18. -संहिता the whole body of Vedic hymns. -साधकः a magician, conjurer. -साधनम् 1 effecting or subduing by magic. -2 a spell, an incantation. -3 attainment of supernatural or magical powers (by muttering spells); चामुण्डे भगवति मन्त्रसाधनादाबुद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl. 5.25; K.37,4,44. -साध्य a. 1 to be effected or subdued by magic or spells; Pt. 1.65. -2 attainable by consultation. -सिद्ध a. 1 possessing the power of spells, rendered efficacious; सो$स्म्यहं मन्त्रसिद्धः Dk.2.2. -सिद्धिः f. 1 the working or accomplishment of a spell. -2 the power which the possession or knowledge of a spell gives to a person. -सूत्रम् a charm fastened on a string. -स्नानम् the recitation of particular texts as a substitute for ablution. -स्पृश् a. obtaining (anything) by means of spells. -हीन a. destitute of or contrary to sacred hymns.
mandara मन्दर a. 1 Slow, tardy, dull. -2 Thick, dense; firm. -3 Large, bulky. -रः 1 N. of a mountain (used by the gods and demons as a churning stick when they churned the ocean for nectar); पृषतैर्मन्दरोद्धूतैः क्षीरोर्मय इवाच्युतम् R.4.27; अभिनवजलसुन्दर धृतमन्दर ए Gīt.1; शोभैव मन्दरक्षुब्धक्षुभिताम्भोधिवर्णना Śi.2.17; Ki.5.3. -2 A necklace of pearls (of 8 or 16 strings). -3 Heaven. -4 A mirror. -5 One of the five trees in Indra's paradise; see मन्दार. -रम् ind. Slowly, sluggishly. -Comp. -आवासा, -वासिनी Durgā.
mahā महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note : The number of compounds of which महा is the first member is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.) -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives. -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky. -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel. -2 a kind of rat. -3 N. of Śiva. -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain. -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity. -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead. -अध्वरः a great sacrifice. -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage. -2 cooking utensils. (-सी) a kitchen-maid. (-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2. -अनिलः a whirlwind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59. -अनुभाव a. 1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3. -2 virtuous, righteous, just. (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person. -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century. -अन्तकः 1 death. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness. -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance. -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country. -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent. -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma. -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king). -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva. -अम्बुजम् a billion. -अम्ल a. very sour. (-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest. -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (-र्घः) a kind of quail. -अर्घ्य a. 1 valuable, precious. -2 invaluable; inestimable; see महार्ह below. -अर्चिस् a. flaming high. -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean. -2 N. of Śiva. -अर्थ a. 1 rich. -2 great, noble, dignified. -3 important, weighty. -4 significant. -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions. -अर्ह a. 1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12. -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (-र्हम्) white sandal-wood. -अवरोहः the fig-tree. -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56. -अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4. -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby. -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता ...... -असिः a large sword. -असुरी N. of Durgā. -अह्नः the afternoon. -आकार a. extensive, large, great. -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree. -आत्मन् a. 1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63. -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4. -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.) 1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54. -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्). -आनकः a kind of large drum. -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss. -2 especially, the great bliss of final beatitude. (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor. -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha. -आपगा a great river. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (-म्भः) any great enterprize. -आलयः 1 a temple in general. -2 a sanctuary, an asylum. -3 a great dwelling. -4 a place of pilgrimage. -5 the world of Brahman. -6 the Supreme Spirit. -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity. -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight. -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādrapada. (-या) N. of a particular deity. -आशय a. highsouled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्. (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7. -2 the ocean. -आस्पद a. 1 occupying a great position. -2 mighty, powerful. -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight. -इच्छ a. 1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33. -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां ...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37. -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7. -2 a chief or leader in general. -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52. -इभ्य a. very rich. -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16. -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4. -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree. -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī. -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति). -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55. (-री) 1 N. of Durgā. -2 a kind of bell-metal. -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63. -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (-लः) the Sārasa bird. -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36. -2 the god of love. -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि ...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं ...... Mb.3.91.2. (-हः) 1 perseverance. -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38. -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17. -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conchshell, shell. -उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity. (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence. -2 final beatitude. -3 a lord, master. -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App. -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja. -6 sour milk mixed with honey. -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या). -उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent. -(रम्) 1 a big belly. -2 dropsy. -उदार a. 1 very generous or magnanimous. -2 mighty, powerful. -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते. -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hardworking. -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs). -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (-तः) the palmyra tree. -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank. -उपकारः a great obligation. -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher. -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98. -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva. -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17. -उल्का 1 a great meteor. -2 a great fire-brand. -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacrificial priests. -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence. -ऋषभः a great bull. -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage'). -2 N. of Sacute;iva. -3 of Buddha. -ओघ a. having a strong current. -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37. -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva. -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour. -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी). -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी). -ओषधिः f. 1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug. -2 the Dūrvā grass. -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं... . -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea. -2 ginger. -3 garlic. -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ). -कच्छः 1 the sea. -2 N. of Varuṇa. -3 a mountain. -कन्दः garlic. -कपर्दः a kind of shell. -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree. -2 red garlic. -कम्बु a. stark naked. (-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva. -कर a. 1 large-handed. -2 having a large revenue. -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva. -कला the night of the new moon. -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69. -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c. -2 an epithet of Śukra. -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ). -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (-ता) the earth. -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky. (-यः) 1 an elephant. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि). -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate. -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika. -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram. -2 N. of a celebrated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -4 N. of a kind of gourd. -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29. -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form. -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas). -कीर्तनम् a house. -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent. -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent. -कुहः a species of parasitical worm. -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance. -केतुः N. of Śiva. -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a large sheath. -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46. -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva. -क्षत्रपः a great satrap. -क्षीरः sugar-cane. -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara. -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?). -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्. -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa. -गदः fever. -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (-न्धः) a kind of cane. (-न्धम्) a kind of sandalwood. (-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva. -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी. -गल a. longnecked. -गवः Bos gavaeus. -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue. -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः). -गुल्मा the Soma plant. -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump. -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu. -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6. -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama. -ग्रीवः 1 a camel. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -ग्रीविन् m. a camel. -घूर्णा spirituous liquor. -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes). -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (-षम्) a market, fair. (-षः) a loud noise, clamour. -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial. -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch. -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -चपला a kind of metre. -चमूः f. a large army. -छायः the fig-tree. -जङ्घः a camel. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा 1 a great braid of hair. -2 the matted hair of Śiva. -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva. -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25. -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7. -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6. -4 the chief of a caste or trade. -5 a merchant, tradesman. -जवः an antelope. -जातीय a. 1 rather large. -2 of an excellent kind. -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी) -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -ज्ञानिन् m. 1 a very learned man. -2 a great sage. -3 N. of Śiva. -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63. -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -ज्वरः great affliction. -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a sacrificial fire. -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.). -तपस् m. 1 a great ascetic. -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल. -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess. -तिक्तः the Nimba tree. -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation. -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (-क्ष्णा) the markingnut plant. -तेजस् a. 1 possessed of great lustre or splendour. -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.) 1 a hero, warrior. -2 fire. -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver. -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva. -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger. -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -दण्डः 1 a long arm. -2 a severe punishment. -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva. -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet. -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्. -दारु n. the devadāru tree. -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt. -दूषकः a kind of grain. -देवः N. of Śiva. (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 the chief queen. -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree. -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple. -धन a. 1 rich. -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13. (-नम्) 1 gold. -2 incense. -3 a costly or rich dress. -4 agriculture, husbandry. -5 anything costly or precious. -6 great booty. -7 a great battle (Ved.). -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -धातुः 1 gold. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -3 lymph. -4 N. of Meru. -धी a. having a great understanding. -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox. -ध्वजः a camel. -ध्वनिक a. dead. -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh. -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु ...... तनोति ...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās. -नदः a great river. -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1. -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal. -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor. -2 N. of a river. -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता ... . -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells. -नलः a kind of reed. -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता. -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D. :-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥ -नाडी sinew, tendon. -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar. -2 a great drum. -3 a thunder-cloud. -4 a shell. -5 an elephant. -6 a lion. -7 the ear. -8 a camel. -9 an epithet of Śiva. (-दम्) a musical instrument. -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda. -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा. -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls. -2 a great head or chief. -नासः an epithet of Śiva. -निद्र a. fast asleep. (-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death. -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen. -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists). -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम् -2 an epithet of Durgā. -नीचः a washerman. -नील a. dark-blue. (-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire. -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva. -नेमिः a crow. -न्यायः the chief rule. -पक्ष a. 1 having many adherents. -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179. (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 a kind of duck. (-क्षी) an owl. -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre. -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥ -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥ -पटः the skin. -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3. -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death. -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven. -4 an epithet of Śiva. -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Kedāra. -6 the way to heaven. -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra. -पथिक a. 1 undertaking great journeys. -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः) -पद्मः 1 a particular high number. -2 N. of Nārada. -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera. -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world. -5 an epithet of Nanda. -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera. (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus. -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda. -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch. -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon. -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे ... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324. -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58. -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154. -2 any great sin or transgression. -पात्रः a prime minister. -पादः an epithet of Śiva. -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked. -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P. -पुंसः a great man. -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7. -2 the Supreme Spirit. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1. -पुष्पः a kind of worm. -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions. -पृष्ठः a camel. -पोटगलः a kind of large reed. -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper. -प्रपञ्चः the great universe. -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (-भः) the light of a lamp. -प्रभुः 1 a great lord. -2 a king, sovereign. -3 a chief. -4 an epithet of Indra. -5 of Śiva -6 of Viṣṇu. -7 a great saint or holy man. -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inhabitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत ...... Ve.3.4. -प्रश्नः a knotty question. -प्रसादः 1 a great favour. -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death. -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365. -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates. -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्. -3 a raven. -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K. -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit. -प्लवः a great flood, deluge; ... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71. -फल a. 1 bearing much fruit. -2 bringing much reward. (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd. -2 a kind of spear. (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward. -2 a testicle. -फेना the cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet. -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes. -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām (-लः) 1 wind, storm. -2 a Buddha. -3 a solid bamboo. -4 a palm. -5 a crocodile. -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara. -बाध a. causing great pain or damage. -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere. -2 the heart. -3 a water-jar, pitcher. -4 a hole, cave. -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas. -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva. -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum. -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain). -बुशः barley. -बृहती a kind of metre. -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha. -2 a Buddha. -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa. -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa. -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg. -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā. -भाग a. 1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous. -2 illustrious, distinguished, glorious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192. -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16. -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity. -2 great excellence or merit. -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu. -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous. -भाण्डम् a chief treasury. -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary. -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini. -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni. -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू). -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu. -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly. -भुज a. long-armed, powerful. -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6. (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being. -2 a great creature. -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment. -2 a great coil or hood; great winding. -3 a serpent. (-गा) an epithet of Durgā. -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5. -2 N. of Śiva. -मति a. 1 high-minded. -2 clever. (-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter. -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster. -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (-दः) an elephant in rut. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. 1 high-minded, nobleminded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7. -2 liberal. -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v. -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas. -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell. -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier. -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess. -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi. -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās. -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky). -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor. -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c. -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.). -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha. -मात्र a. 1 great in measure, very great or large. -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37. (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high stateofficial, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1. -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161. -3 a superintendent of elephants. (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister. -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher. -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess. -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6. -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent. -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya. -मायूरम् a particular drug. (-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh. -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads. -मालः N. of Śiva. -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva. -मुखः a crocodile. -मुद्रा a particular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga). -मुनिः 1 a great sage. -2 N. of Vyāsa. -3 an epithet of Buddha. -4 of Agastya. -5 the coriander plant. (-नि n.) 1 coriander seed. -2 any medicinal herb or drug. -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu. -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मूलम् a large radish. (-लः) a kind of onion. -मूल्य a. very costly. (-ल्यः) a ruby. -मृगः 1 any large animal. -2 an elephant, -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ. -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva. -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug. -मृधम् a great battle. -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P. -मेधा an epithet of Durgā. -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (-हा) an epithet of Durgā. -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.). -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19. -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated. -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares. -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promulgated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान). -याम्यः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men. -योगिन् m. 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 a cock. -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ. -रक्तम् coral. -रङ्गः a large stage. -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28. -2 the thorn-apple. -रजनम् 1 safflower. -2 gold. -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6. -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56. -रथः 1 a great chariot. -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥). -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ. -रवः a frog. -रस a. very savoury. (-सः) 1 a sugarcane. -2 quicksilver. -3 a precious mineral. -4 the fruit of the date tree. -5 any one of the eight substances given below :-दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (-सम्) sour ricewater. -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184. -2 a respectful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb. -3 a deified Jaina teacher. -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, paramount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree. -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu. -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.). -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign. -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king. -2 N. of Durgā. -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night. -रात्रिः, -त्री f. 1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः. -2 midnight. -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina. -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās. -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34. -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains. -रुज्, -ज a. very painful. -रुद्रः a form of Śiva. -रुरुः a species of antelope. -रूप a. mighty in form. (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 resin. -रूपकम् a kind of drama. -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight :-उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥). -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (-द्री) an epithet of Durgā. -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9. -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्. -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival. -लयः 1 a great world destruction. -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्). -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva. -लोलः a crow. -लोहम् a magnet. -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century). -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva. -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana. -वरा Dūrvā grass. -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation. -वर्तनम् high wages; -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper. -2 a large creeping plant. -वसः the porpoise. -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa. -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence. -2 any continuous composition or literary work. -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c. -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25. -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावातातैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22. -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant. -वायुः 1 air (as an element). -2 stormy wind, hurricane, tempest. -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras. -विडम् a kind of factitious salt. -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy. -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः ... ॥ -विपुला a kind of metre. -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः. -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva. -विषः a serpent having two mouths. -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries). -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious. -वीचिः N. of a hell. -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior. -2 a lion. -3 the thunderbolt of Indra. -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -5 of Garuḍa. -6 of Hanumat. -7 a cuckoo. -8 a white horse. -9 a sacrificial fire. -1 a sacrificial vessel. -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti. -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful. (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 the Supreme Being. (-र्या) the wild cotton shrub. -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun. -वृषः a great bull. -वेग a. 1 very sw
mahiṃdhakaḥ महिंधकः 1 A rat. -2 An ichneumon. -3 The string of a pole for carrying loads.
māṇavaḥ माणवः [मनोरपत्यम् अण् अल्पार्थे णत्वम्] 1 A lad, boy, youth, youngster. -2 A little man, manikin (used contemptuously). -3 A pearl-necklace of sixteen (or twenty) strings. -4 A young Brāhmaṇa. -5 N. of one of the 9 treasures.
māṇavakaḥ माणवकः 1 A youth, boy, lad, youngster (oft. used contemptuously). -2 A little man, dwarf; manikin; मायामाणवकं हरिम् Bhāg.8.18.24. -3 A silly fellow. -4 A scholar, religious student. -5 A pearl-necklace of sixteen (or twenty or fortyeight) strings; ग्रीवाद्भुतैवावदुशोभितापि प्रसाधिता माणवकेन सेयम् N.7.66. -कम् A kind of metre.
māyā माया [मा-यः बा˚ नेत्वम्] 1 Deceit, fraud, trick, trickery; a device, an artifice; रथचर्यास्त्रमायाभिर्मोहयित्वा परंतप Mb. 7.46.24; यो मायां कुरुते मूढः प्राणत्यागे धनादिके Pt.1. 359. -2 Jugglery, witchcraft, enchantment, an illusion of magic; स्वप्नो नु माया नु मतिभ्रमो नु Ś.6.1; मायायोगविदां चैव न स्वयं कोपकारणात् Kau. A.1.19. -3 (Hence) An unreal or illusory image, a phantom, illusion, unreal apparition; मायां मयोद्भाव्य परीक्षितो$सि R.2.62; विकृतिः किं नु भवेदियं नु माया Ki.13.4; R.12.74; oft. as the first member of comp. in the sense of 'false', 'phantom', 'illusory'; e. g. मायावचनम् false words; मायामृग &c. -4 A political trick or artifice, diplomatic feat. -5 (In Vedānta phil.) Unreality, the illusion by virtue of which one considers the unreal universe as really existent and as distinct from the Supreme Spirit; मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up. -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The Pradhāna or Prakṛiti. -7 Wickedness. -8 Pity, compassion. -9 N. of the mother of Buddha. -1 Ved. Extraordinary power, wisdom (प्रज्ञा). -11 (With Śaivas) One of the four snares (पाश) which entangle the soul. -12 N. of the city Gayā. -13 N. of Lakṣmī. -14 N. of Durgā; देवीं मायां तु श्रीकामः Bhāg.2.3.3. -15 Skill, art; दधारैको रणे राजन् वृषसेनो$स्त्रमायया Mb.7.16.1. -Comp. -आचार a. acting deceitfully. -आत्मक a. false, illusory. -उप- जीविन् a. living by fraud; बहवः पण्डिताः क्षुद्राः सर्वे मायो- पजीविनः Pt.1.288. -कारः, -कृत्, -जीविन् m.) a conjurer, juggler. -चण a. 1 noted for juggling. -2 deceptive. -जलम् artificial water; स्निग्धत्वमायाजललेपलोपसयत्न- रत्नांशुमृजांशुकाभाम् N.1.93. -दः a crocodile. -देवी N. of the mother of Buddha. ˚सुतः Buddha. -धर a. deceitful, illusive. -पटु a. skilled in deception, fraudulent, deceitful. -प्रयोगः 1 deceitfulness, employment of tricks or fraud; मायाप्रयोगः प्रिये Pt. 1.19. -2 employment of magic. -फलम् a gall-nut. -मृगः a phantom deer, an illusory or false deer. -यन्त्रम् an enchantment. -योगः employment of magic. -योधिन् a. fighting deceitfully. -रसिक, -वसिक a. deceitful. -वचनम् false or deceitful words. -वादः the doctrine or illusion, (a term applied to Buddhism). -विद् a. skilled in deception or magical arts. -सुतः an epithet of Buddha.
mārjāraḥ मार्जारः (लः) [मृज्-आरन् वा रस्य लः] A cat; कपाले मार्जारः पय इति कराँल्लेढि शशिनः K. P.1. -2 A pole-cat. -3 N. of some plants. -Comp. -कण्ठः a peacock. -करणम् a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment. -कर्णिका, -कर्णी N. of Chāmuṇḍā. -न्यायः a kind of doctrine held by a Vaiṣṇava sect. -लिङ्गिन् having the nature of a cat; ये च बकव्रतिनो विप्रा ये च मार्जारलिङ्गिनः । ते पतन्त्यन्धतामिस्रे Ms.4.197.
mālā माला [मल् संज्ञायां कर्तरि घञ्] 1 A garland, wreath, chaplet; अनधिगतपरिमलापि हि हरति दृशं मालतीमाला Vās. -2 A row, line, series, succession; गण़्डोट्टीनालिमाला Māl.1.1; आवद्धमालाः Me.9. -3 A group, cluster, collection. -4 A string, necklace; as in रत्नमाला. -5 A rosary, chain; as in अक्षमाला. -6 A streak; as in तडिन्माला, विद्युन्माला. -7 A series of epithets. -8 (In dramas) The offering of several things to obtain a wish. -9 A vocabulary, dictionary. -Comp. -उपमा a variety of Upamā or simile, in which one Upameya is compared to several Upamānas; e. g. अनयेनेव राज्यश्रीर्दैन्येनेव मनस्विता । मम्लौ साथ विषादेन पद्मिनीव हिमाम्भसा K. P.1. -कण्टः N. of a plant (अपामार्ग). -करः, -कारः 1 a garland-maker, florist, gardener; कृती मालाकारो बकुलमपि कुत्रापि निदधे Bv.1.54; Pt.1.22. -2 the tribe of gardeners. -गुणः a necklace. ˚परिक्षिप्ता a marriageable woman. -गुणा a species of venomous spider. -तृणम् a kind of fragrant grass. -दीपकम् a variety of दीपक; Mammaṭa thus defines it:-- मालादीपक- माद्यं चेद्यथोत्तरगुणावहम् K. P.1; see the example given ad loc. -धर a. wearing a garland. -रम् a kind of metre.
mālikā मालिका [मालैव कन् अत इत्वम्] 1 A garland; पाशाक्ष- मालिकाम्भोज Lakṣmīdhyānam. -2 A row, line, series. -3 A string, necklace. -4 A variety of jasmine. -5 Linseed. -6 A daughter. -7 A palace. -8 A kind of bird. -9 An intoxicating drink.
māhāvratī माहाव्रती The doctrine of the Pāśupatas.
mithyā मिथ्या ind. [मिथ्-क्यप्] 1 Falsely, deceitfully, wrongly, incorrectly; oft. with the force of an adjective; मणौ महानील इति प्रभावादल्पप्रमाणे$पि यथा न मिथ्या R.18.42; यदुवाच न तन्मिथ्या 17.42; मिथ्यैव व्यसनं वदन्ति मृगयामीदृग्विनोदः कुतः Ś.2.5. -2 Invertedly, contrarily. -3 To no purpose, in vain, fruitlessly; मिथ्या कारयते चारैर्घोषणां राक्षसाधिपः Bk.8.44; मिथ्यैष व्यवसायस्ते प्रकृतिस्त्वां नियोक्ष्यति Bg.18.59. (मिथ्या वद्-वच् to tell a falsehood, lie. मिथ्या कृ 1 to falsify. -2 to contradict. मिथ्या भू to turn out false, be false. मिथ्या ग्रह् to misunderstand, mistake.) At the beginning of comp. मिथ्या may be translated by 'false, untrue, unreal, sham, pretended, feigned' &c. -Comp. -अध्यवसितिः f. a figure of speech, an expression of the impossibility of a thing by making it depend upon an impossible contingency; किंचिन्मिथ्यात्वसिद्ध्यर्थं मिथ्या- र्थान्तरकल्पनम् । मिथ्याध्यवसितिर्वेश्यां वशयेत् खस्रजं वहन् ॥ Kuval. -अपवादः a false charge. -अभिधानम् a false assertion. -अभियोगः a false or groundless charge. -अभिशंसनम् calumny, false accusation. -अभिशापः 1 a false prediction. -2 a false or unjust claim. -आचार a. 1 acting falsely. -2 hypocritical. (-रः) 1 wrong treatment (in medic.). -2 wrong or improper conduct. -3 a rogue, hypocrite; इन्द्रियार्थान् विमूढात्मा मिथ्याचारः स उच्यते Bg.3.6. -आहारः wrong diet. -उत्तरम् a false or prevaricating reply. -उपचारः 1 pretended kindness or service; मिथ्योपचारैश्च वशीकृतानां किमर्थिनां वञ्चयितव्यमस्ति H. -2 (in medic.) a wrong treatment of a malady. -कर्मन् n. a false act. -कारुणिक a. pretending to be kind; मिथ्याकारुणिको$सि निर्घृणतरस्त्वत्तः कुतो$न्यः पुमान् Pt. 5.14. -क्रोपः, -क्रोधः feigned anger. -क्रयः a false price. -ग्रहः useless obstinacy or persistence. -ग्रहः, ग्रहणम् misconception, misunderstanding. -चतुर्विधम् four types of lying; मिथ्यैतन्नाभिजानामि तदा तत्र न संनिधिः । अजातश्चास्मि तत्काटे इति मिथ्याचतुर्विधम् ॥ -चर्या hypocrisy. -जल्पितम् a false report or speech. -ज्ञानम् a mistake, error, misapprehension. -दर्शनम् heresy. -दृष्टिः f. heresy, holding heretic or atheistic doctrines. -निरसनम् denial by oath. -पण्डित a. educated or learned only in appearance. -पुरुषः a man only in appearance. -प्रतिज्ञ a. false to one's promise, perfidious. -प्रत्ययः an erroneous perception; यो हि जनित्वा प्रध्वंसते नैतदेवमिति स मिथ्याप्रत्ययः ŚB. on MS.1.1.2. -फलम् an imaginary advantage. -मतिः f. delusion, mistake, errror. -योगः wrong use or application. -लिङ्गधर a. being anything only in appearance. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम्, -वादः an untrue speech, a falsehood, lie. -वाक्, -वादिन् a. lying, false, untruthful; मिथ्यावादिनि दूति ...... K. P. -वार्ता a false report. -व्यापारः meddling with another's affairs. -वृत्त a. of vicious conduct; उद्योगं तव संप्रेक्ष्य मिध्यावृत्तं च रावणम् Rām.6.17.66. -साक्षिन् m. a false witness.
muktā मुक्ता 1 A pearl; हारो$यं हरिणाक्षीणां लुठति स्तनमण्डले । मुक्तानामप्यवस्थेयं के वयं स्मरकिङ्कराः Amaru.138 (where मुक्तानां means also 'of absolved saints'); Śukra.4.157. (Pearls are said to be produced from various sources, but particularly from oyster-shells :- करीन्द्रजीमूतवराहशङ्ख- मत्स्याहिशुक्त्युद्भववेणुजानि । मुक्ताफलानि प्रथितानि लोके तेषां तु शुक्त्यु- द्भवमेव भूरि ॥ Malli.). -2 A harlot, courtezan. -3 N. of a plant (रास्ना). -Comp. -अगारः, -आगारः the pearloyster; लुठन्मुक्तागारे भवति परलोकं गतवतो । हरेरद्य द्वारे शिव शिव शिवानां कलकलः Bv.1.32 (v. l.). -आकारता the state of having the shape of a pearl; मुक्ताकारतया तदेव नलिनीपत्रस्थितं राजते. -आवलिः, -ली f., -कलापः a pearlnecklace. -गुणः a pearl-necklace, string of pearls; एकं मुक्तागुणमिव भुवः स्थूलमध्येन्द्रनीलम् Me.48; R.16.18. -जालम् a string or zone of pearls; मुक्ताजालं चिरपरिचितं त्याजितो दैवगत्या Me.98. -दामन् n. a string of pearls. -दिश् the quarter or cardinal point just quitted by the sun. -पटलम् a mass of pearls. -पुष्पः a kind of jasmine. -प्रसूः f. the pearl-oyster. -प्रालम्बः a string of pearls. -फलम् 1 a pearl; अनेन पर्यासयताश्रुबिन्दून् मुक्ताफलस्थूलतमान् स्तनेषु R.6.28;16.62; Ku.1.6. -2 a kind of flower. -3 the custard-apple. -4 camphor. -5 N. of a work on Bhakti by Bopadeva; चतुरेण चतुर्वर्ग- चिन्तामणिवणिज्यया । हेमाद्रिर्बोपदेवेन मुक्ताफलमचीकरत् ॥ -मणिः, -रत्नम् a pearl. ˚सरः a necklace of pearls; अयं तावद्बाष्प- स्त्रुटित इव मुक्तामणिसरः U.1.29. -मातृ f. the pearl-oyster. -लता, -स्रज् f., -हारः a pearl-necklace. -शुक्तिः, -स्फोटः the pearl-oyster.
muṣṭiḥ मुष्टिः m., f. [मुष्-क्तिच्] 1 The clenched hand, fist; कर्णान्तमेत्य विभिदे निबिडो$पि मुष्टिः R.9.58;15.21; Śi.1.59. -2 A handful, fistful; श्यामाकमुष्टिपरिवर्धितकः Ś4.14; R.19.57; Ku.7.69; Me.7. -3 A handle or hilt. -4 A particular measure (= pala). -5 A measure of capacity equal to one handful. -6 The penis. -7 Stealing (only f.). -8 A compendium, abridgment. -9 A measure used in checking the account of the income and expenditure of a country; 'जनपदायव्ययशोधको मुष्टिः' Bhūṣaṇā मुष्टिमर्धमुष्टिं वा$भ्यन्तरीकृत्य कृत्स्नमायव्ययजातम् Dk. 2.8. -Comp. -करणम् clenching the fist. -ग्रहः clasping with one hand. -देशः the middle of a bow, that part of it which is grasped in the hand. -द्यूतम् a kind of game. -पातः boxing. -बन्धः 1 clenching the fist. -2 a handful. -मान्द्यम् slight loosening of the bowstring. -मेय a. to be measured with the fist, to be spanned with the fingers. -युद्धम् a pugilistic encounter, boxing. -योगः the offering of handfuls (i. e. small quantities). -वधः devastation of the crop; अतो मुष्टिवधः सस्यवधो वा यदोत्पद्यते तदा$भियास्यसि Dk.2.3. -वर्चस् n. the feces compacted into a ball.
mūrdhvan मूर्ध्वन् See मूर्धन्. मूर्वा mūrvā र्वी rvī मूर्विका mūrvikā मूर्वा र्वी मूर्विका A kind of creeper (from the fibres of which bowstrings and the girdle of Kṣatriyas are made).
mekhalā मेखला 1 A belt, girdle, waist-band, zone in general (fig. also); anything which girds or surrounds; मही सागरमेखला 'the sea-girt earth'; रत्नानुविद्धार्णवमेखलाया दिशः सपत्नी भव दक्षिणस्याः R.6.63; Ṛs.6.3. -2 Particularly, the girdle or zone of a woman; नितम्बबिम्बैः सदुकूलमेखलैः Ṛs. 1.4,6; R.8.64; मेखलागुणैरुत गोत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -3 The triple girdle worn by the first three castes; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत् समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला । क्षत्रियस्य तु मौर्वी ज्या वैश्यस्य शणतान्तवी ॥ Ms.2.42. -4 The slope of a mountain (नितम्ब); आमेखलं संचरतां घनानाम् Ku.1.5; Me.12. -5 The hips. -6 A sword-belt. -7 A sword-knot or string fastened to the hilt. -8 The girth of a horse. -9 N. of the river Narmadā. -1 The cords or lines drawn round an alter; विधिना विहिते कुण्डे मेखलागर्तवेदिभिः Bhāg.11.27.36. -Comp. -पदम् the hips. -बन्धः investiture with the girdle.
moraṭaḥ मोरटः [मुर्-अटन्] 1 A kind of plant with sweet juice. -2 The milk of a cow seven days after calving. -टम् 1 The root of the sugarcane. -2 The flower of the Ankoṭa tree. -टा Hemp used for bow-strings (मूर्बा).
mohaḥ मोहः [मुह् घञ्] 1 Loss of consciousness, fainting, a swoon, insensibility; मोहेनान्तर्वरतनुरियं लक्ष्यते मुच्यमाना V.1.8; मोहादभूत् कष्टतरः प्रबोधः R.14.56; Ku.3.73; कतिचन पेतुरुपेत्य मोहमुद्राम् Śiva B.28.88. -2 Perplexity, delusion, embarrassment, confusion; यज्ज्ञात्वा न पुनर्मोहमेवं यास्यसि पाण्डव Bg.4.35. -3 Folly, ignorance, infatuation; तितीर्षुर्दुस्तरं मोहादुडुपेनास्मि सागरम् R.1.2; Ś.7.25. -4 Error, mistake. -5 Wonder, astonishment. -6 Affliction, pain. -7 A magical art employed to confound an enemy. -8 (In phil.) Delusion of mind which prevents one from discerning the truth (makes one believe in the reality of worldly objects and to be addicted to the gratification of sensual pleasures); महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. -9 Illusion of attachment or love; स्वगृहोद्यानगतेी$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् Pt.2.171. Comp. -उपमा (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which the उपमान and उपमेय are confounded; शशीत्युत्प्रेक्ष्य तन्वङ्गि त्वन्मुखं त्वन्मुखाशया । इन्दुमप्यनु- धावामीत्येषा मोहोपमा स्मृता ॥ Kāv.2.25. -कलिलम् 1 the thick net or snare of delusion. -2 spirituous liquor. -जालम् mundane fascination. -निद्रा over-weening confidence. -मन्त्रः a deluding spell. -रात्रिः f. the night when the whole universe will be destroyed; कालरात्रि- र्महारात्रिर्मोहरात्रिश्च Chaṇḍīpāṭha. -शास्त्रम् a false doctrine or precept.
mauktikam मौक्तिकम् [मुक्तैव स्वार्थे ठक्] A pearl; गारुमतं च माणिक्यं मौक्तिकं श्रेष्ठमेव हि Śukra.4.162; मोक्तिकं न गजे गजे Subhāṣ. -Comp. -आवली a string of pearls. -गुम्फिका a female who prepares pearl-necklaces. -तण्डुलः a kind of white यावनाल (Mar. जोंधळा). -दामन् n. a string of pearls. -प्रसवा a pearl-muscle. -शुक्तिः f. a pearloyster. -सरः a necklace or string of pearls; अयं कण्ठे बाहुः शिशिरमसृणो मौक्तिकसरः U.1.29. -स्थानम् 1 a conch, shell. -2 an elephant, frog or hog (?). -3 the bamboo tree; Gīrvāṇa.
mauñjī मौञ्जी The girdle of a Brāhmaṇa made of a triple string of Munja grass; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku. 5.1; Ms.2.42; पिशङ्गमौञ्जीयुजमर्जुनच्छविम् Śi.1.6. -Comp. -निबन्धनम्, -बन्धनम् binding on the Munja grass girdle, investiture with the sacred thread; Ms.2.27; मातुरग्रे$धिजननं द्वितीयं मौञ्जिबन्धने 169.
maurvī मौर्वी [मूर्वालता तत्तन्तुना निर्वृत्ता अण्] 1 A bow-string; मौर्वीकिणाङ्को भुजः Ś.1.13; मौर्वी धनुषि चातता R.1.19;18. 48; Ku.3.55; धनुः पौष्पं मौर्वी मधुकरमयी पञ्च विशिखाः Saundaryalaharī 6. -2 A girdle made of Mūrvā grass (to be worn by a Kṣatriya); क्षत्रियस्य तु मौर्वी ज्या Ms.2.42. -3 (In geom.) The sine of an arc; (also मौर्विका).
yantram यन्त्रम् [यन्त्र्-अच्] 1 That which restrains or fastens, any prop or support, a stay; as in गृहयन्त्र (see the quotation under this word.). -2 A fetter, band, fastening, tie, thong, rein; छेदने चैव यन्त्राणाम् Ms.8.292. -3 A surgical instrument, especially a blunt instrument (opp. शस्त्र). -4 Any instrument or machine, an appliance, a contrivance, implement in general; कूपयन्त्र Mk.1.6 'a machine for drawing up water from a well'; so तैल˚ (cf. यन्त्रं तिलपीडनकम् Chandu Paṇdita on N.1.6;22.87); जल˚ &c. -5 A bolt, lock, key; यन्त्रैरुद्घाटयामास सो$पश्यत् तत्र बालकम् Mb.3.39.6. -6 Restraint, force. -7 An amulet, a mystical or astronomical diagram used as an amulet. -8 A boring machine; दन्तौघयन्त्रोद्भवश्वभ्राली N.22.15. -Comp. -आरूढ a. mounted on the revolving engine; भ्रामयन् सर्वभूतानि यन्त्रारूढानि मायया Bg. -आलयः a printing-press. -उपलः a mill, mill-stone. -करण्डिका a kind of magical basket. -कर्मकृत् m. an artist, artisan. -कोविदः a mechanist; Rām.2.8.2 (com. यन्त्रकोविदाः क्षेपणीयादि- यन्त्रकरणकुशलाः). -गृहम् 1 an oil-mill. -2 a manufactory. -3 a torture-chamber; Buddh. -गोलः 1 a kind of pea. -2 a canon-ball. -चेष्टितम् any magical work, an enchantment. -तक्षन् m. 1 a constructor of machines. -2 a preparer of charms. -तोरणम् a mechanical arch (fitted with contrivances to move it). -दृढ a. secured by a bolt (as a door). -धारागृहम् a room fitted with shower-bath; a bath-room. -नालम् a mechanical pipe or tube. -पुत्रकः, -पुत्रिका a mechanical doll, a puppet furnished with contrivances, such as strings, for moving the limbs. -पेषणी a hand-mill. -प्रवाहः an artificial stream of water; यन्त्रप्रवाहैः शिशिरैः परीतान् R.16.49. -बद्ध a. having a mechanical contrivance; यन्त्रबद्धतलाव- पातं कारयेत् Kau. A.1.2. -मार्गः a canal or an aqueduct. -मुक्तम् a kind of weapon. -विधिः m. the science of surgical instruments. -शरः an arrow or any missile shot off by means of machinery. -सद्मन् n. an oil-mill. -सूत्रम् the cord attached to the mechanism of a doll or puppet.
yaṣṭiḥ यष्टिः ष्टी f. [यज्-क्तिन् नि˚ न संप्रसारणम्] 1 A stick, staff. -2 A cudgel, mace, club. -3 A column, pillar, pole; संक्रमध्वजयष्टीनां प्रतिमानां च भेदकः Ms.9.285. -4 A perch, as in वासयष्टि. -5 A stem, support. -6 A flagstaff; as in ध्वजयष्टि. -7 A stalk, stem. -5 A branch, twig; कदम्बयष्टिः स्फुटकोरकेव U.3.42; so चूतयष्टिः Ku.6.2; सालस्य यष्टिः Rām.2.2.32; सहकारयष्टिः &c. -9 A string, thread (as of pearls), a necklace विमुच्य सा हारमहार्य- निश्चया विलोलयष्टिप्रविलुप्तचन्दनम् Ku.5.8; क्वचित् प्रभालेपिभिरिन्द्र- नीलैः मुक्तामयी यष्टिरिवानुविद्धा R.13.54. -1 Any creeping plant. -11 Anything thin, slim, or slender (at the end of comp. after words meaning 'the body'); तं वीक्ष्य वेपथुमती सरसाङ्गयष्टिः Ku.5.85 'with her slender or delicate frame perspiring'. -12 A reed. -13 The arm. -14 Liquorice. -15 Sugar-cane. -Comp. -आघातः cudgeling, beating. -उत्थानम् rising with the help of a staff. -ग्रहः a club-bearer, staff-bearer; P.III.2.9. Vārt. -निवासः 1 a stick or rod serving as a perch for peacocks &c.; वृक्षेशया यष्टिनिवासभङ्गात् R.16.14. -2 a pigeon-house resting on upright poles. -प्राण a. 1 feeble or powerless. -2 out of breath. -मधु n., -मधुका liquorice. -यन्त्रम् a. a particular astronomical instrument.
yaṣṭikā यष्टिका 1 A staff, stick, pole, club. -2 A pearlnecklace (of one string). -3 An oblong pond or tank. -4 Liquorice; also यष्टीकम्.
yogaḥ योगः [युज् भावादौ घञ् कुत्वम्] 1 Joining, uniting. -2 Union, junction, combination; उपरागान्ते शशिनः समुपगता रोहिणी योगम् Ś.7.22; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25; (वां) योगस्तडित्तोयदयोरिवास्तु R.6.65. -3 Contact, touch, connection; तमङ्कमारोप्य शरीरयोगजैः सुखैर्निषिञ्चन्तमिवामृतं त्वचि R.3.26. -4 Employment, application, use; एतै- रुपाययोगैस्तु शक्यास्ताः परिरक्षितुम् Ms.9.1; R.1.86. -5 Mode, manner, course, means; ज्ञानविज्ञानयोगेन कर्मणा- मुद्धरन् जटाः Bhāg.3.24.17; कथायोगेन बुध्यते H.1. 'In the course of conversation'. -6 Consequence, result; (mostly at the end of comp on in abl.); रक्षायोगादयमपि तपः प्रत्यहं संचिनोति Ś.2.15; Ku.7.55. -7 A yoke. -8 A conveyance, vehicle, carriage. -9 (a) An armour. (b) Putting on armour. -1 Fitness, propriety, suitableness. -11 An occupation, a work, business. -12 A trick, fraud, device; योगाधमनविक्रीतं योगदानप्रतिग्रहम् Ms.8.165. -13 An expedient, plan, means in general. -14 Endeavour, zeal, diligence, assiduity; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ज्ञानं योगश्च पाण़्डवे Mb.7.188.45. इन्द्रियाणां जये योगं समातिष्ठेद् दिवा- निशम् Ms.7.44. -15 Remedy, cure. -16 A charm, spell, incantation, magic, magical art; तथाख्यातविधानं च योगः संचार एव च Mb.12.59.48. -17 Gaining, acquiring, acquisition; बलस्य योगाय बलप्रधानम् Rām.2.82.3. -18 The equipment of an army. -19 Fixing, putting on, practice; सत्येन रक्ष्यते धर्मो विद्या योगेन रक्ष्यते Mb.5.34. 39. -2 A side; an argument. -21 An occasion, opportunity. -22 Possibility, occurrence. -23 Wealth, substance. -24 A rule, precept. -25 Dependence, relation, regular order or connection, dependence of one word upon another. -26 Etymology or derivation of the meaning of a word. -27 The etymological meaning of a word (opp. रूढि); अवयवशक्तिर्योगः. -28 Deep and abstract meditation, concentration of the mind, contemplation of the Supreme Spirit, which in Yoga phil. is defined as चित्तवृत्तिनिरोध; स ब्रह्मयोगयुक्तात्मा सुखमक्षयमश्नुते Bg. 5.21; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1.21; V.1.1; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8. -29 The system of philosophy established by Patañjali, which is considered to be the second division of the Sāṁkhya philosophy, but is practically reckoned as a separate system; एकं सांख्यं च योगं च यः पश्यति स पश्यति Bg.5.5. (The chief aim of the Yoga philosophy is to teach the means by which the human soul may be completely united with the Supreme Spirit and thus secure absolution; and deep abstract meditation is laid down as the chief means of securing this end, elaborate rules being given for the proper practice of such Yoga or concentration of mind.) -3 A follower of the Yoga system of philosophy; जापकैस्तुल्यफलता योगानां नात्र संशयः Mb.12.2.23. -31 (In arith.) Addition. -32 (In astr.) Conjunction, lucky conjunction. -33 A combination of stars. -34 N. of a particular astronomical division of time (27 such Yogas are usually enumerated). -35 The principal star in a lunar mansion. -36 Devotion, pious seeking after god. -37 A spy, secret agent. -38 A traitor, a violator of truth or confidence. -39 An attack; योगमाज्ञापयामास शिकस्य विषयं प्रति Śiva B.13.7. -4 Steady application; श्रुताद् हि प्रज्ञा, प्रज्ञया योगो योगादात्मवत्ता Kau. A.1.5; मयि चानन्ययोगेन भक्तिरव्यभिचारिणी Bg.13.1. -41 Ability, power; एतां विभूतिं योगं च मम यो वेत्ति तत्त्वतः Bg. 1.7; पश्य मे योगमैश्वरम् 11.8. -42 Equality, sameness; समत्वं योग उच्यते Bg.2.48. -Comp. -अङ्गम् a means of attaining Yoga; (these are eight; for their names see यम 5.) -अञ्जनम् a healing ointment. -अनुशासनम् the doctrine of the Yoga. -अभ्यासिन् a. practising the Yoga philosophy. -आख्या a name based on mere casual contact; स्याद् योगाख्या हि माथुरवत् MS.1.3. 21. (cf. एषा योगाख्या योगमात्रापेक्षा न भूतवर्तमानभविष्यत्सं- बन्धापेक्षा ŚB. on ibid.) -आचारः 1 the practice or observance of Yoga. -2 a follower of that Buddhist school which maintains the eternal existence of intelligence or विज्ञान alone. -3 An act of fraud or magic; ततो$नेन योगाचारन्यायेन दूरमाकृष्य Mv.4. -आचार्यः 1 a teacher of magic. -2 a teacher of the Yoga philosophy. -आधमनम् a fraudulent pledge; योगाधमनविक्रीतम् Ms.8.165. -आपत्तिः modification of usage. -आरूढ a. engaged in profound and abstract meditation; योगारूढस्य तस्यैव शमः कारणमुच्यते Bg.6.3. -आवापः the first attitude of an archer. -आसनम् a posture suited to profound and abstract meditation. -इन्द्रः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 an adept in or a master of Yoga. -2 one who has obtained superhuman faculties. -3 a magician. -4 a deity. -5 an epithet of Śiva. -6 a Vetāla. -7 an epithet of Yājñavalkya. -इष्टम् 1 tin. -2 lead. -कक्षा = योगपट्टम् below. -कन्या N. of the infant daughter of Yaśodā (substituted as the child of Devakī for Kṛiṣṇa and killed by Kaṁsa). -क्षेमः 1 security of possession, keeping safe of property. -2 the charge for securing property from accidents, insurance; Ms.7.127. -3 welfare, well-being, security, prosperity; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg. 9.22; मुग्धाया मे जनन्या योगक्षेमं वहस्व M.4. -4 property, profit, gain. -5 property designed for pious uses; cf. Ms.9.219. -मौ, -मे or -मम् (i. e. m. or n. dual or n. sing.) acquisition and preservation (of property), gain and security, preserving the old and acquiring the new (not previously obtained); अलभ्यलाभो योगः स्यात् क्षेमो लब्धस्य पालनम्; see Y.1.1 and Mit, thereon; तेन भृता राजानः प्रजानां योगक्षेमवहाः Kau. A.1.13; आन्वी- क्षिकीत्रयीवार्तानां योगक्षेमसाधनो दण्डः । तस्य नीतिः दण्डनीतिः Kau. A.1.4. -गतिः f. 1 Primitive condition. -2 the state of union. -गामिन् a. going (through the air) by means of magical power. -चक्षुस् m. a Brāhmaṇa -चरः N. of Hanumat. -चूर्णम् a magical powder, a powder having magical virtues; कल्पितमनेन योगचूर्णमिश्रितमौषधं चन्द्रगुप्ताय Mu.2. -जम् agallochum. -तल्पम् = योगनिद्रा. -तारका, -तारा the chief star in a Nakṣatra or constellation. -दण्डः a magic wand; Sinhās. -दानम् 1 communicating the Yoga doctrine. -2 a fraudulent gift. -धारणा perseverance or steady continuance in devotion. -नाथः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 of Datta. -नाविका, -कः a kind of fish; -निद्रा 1 a state of half contemplation and half sleep, a state between sleep and wakefulness; i. e. light sleep; गर्भे प्रणीते देवक्या रोहिणीं योगनिद्रया Bhāg.1. 2.15; योगनिद्रां गतस्य मम Pt.1; H.3.75; ब्रह्मज्ञानाभ्यसन- विधिना योगनिद्रां गतस्य Bh.3.41. -2 particularly, the sleep of Viṣṇu at the end of a Yuga; R.1.14; 13.6. -3 N. of Durgā. -4 the great sleep of Brahmā during the period between प्रलय and उत्पत्ति of the universe. -निद्रालुः N. of Viṣṇu. -निलयः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -पट्टम् a cloth thrown over the back and knees of an ascetic during abstract meditation; क्षणनीरवया यया निशि श्रितवप्रावलियोगपट्टया N.2.78; एकान्तावलम्बितयोगपट्टिकाम् गुहाम् K. Pūrvabhāga. -पतिः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पदम् a state of self-concentration. -पादुका a magical shoe (taking the wearer anywhere he wishes). -पानम् a liquor adulterated with narcotics. -पारगः N. of Śiva. -पीठम् a particular posture during Yoga meditation. -पीडः, -डम् a kind of posture of the gods. -पुरुषः a spy; यथा च योगपुरुषैरन्यान् राजाधितिष्ठति Kau. A.1.21. -बलम् 1 the power of devotion or abstract meditation, any supernatural power. -2 power of magic. -भावना (in alg.) composition of numbers by the sum of their products. -भ्रष्ट a. one who has fallen from the practice of Yoga. -माया 1 the magical power of the Yoga. -2 the power of God in the creation of the world personified as a deity; (भगवतः सर्जनार्था शक्तिः); नाहं प्रकाशः सर्वस्य योगमायासमावृतः Bg.7.25. -3 N. of Durgā. -यात्रा the way to the union with the Supreme Spirit; the way of attaining Yoga. -युक्त a. immersed in deep meditation, absorbed; योगयुक्तो भवार्जुन Bg.8.27;5.6-7. -रङ्गः the orange. -रत्नम् a magical jewel. -राजः 1 a kind of medicinal preparation. -2 one well-versed in Yoga. -रूढ a. 1 having an etymological as well as a special or conventional meaning (said of a word); e. g. the word पङ्कज etymologically means 'anything produced in mud', but in usage or popular convention it is restricted to some things only produced in mud, such as the lotus; cf. the word आतपत्र or 'parasol'. -2 engaged in meditation (s. v. -आरूढ); ध्यायन्ते...... योगिनो योगरूढाः Brav. P. ब्रह्मखण्ड 1.3. -रोचना a kind of magical ointment said to have the power of making one invisible or invulnerable; तेन च परितुष्टेन योगरोचना मे दत्ता Mk.3. -वर्तिका a magical lamp or wick. -वरः an epithet of Hanumant; L. D. B. -वामनम् secret contrivances; Kau. A. -वासिष्ठम् N. of a work (treating of the means of obtaining final beatitude by means of Yoga). -वाहः a term for the sounds विसर्जनीय, जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय and नासिक्य q. q. v. v. -वाह a. resolving (chemically). -वाहिन् a. assimilating to one's self. -m., n. medium for mixing medicines (such as natron, honey, mercury); नानाद्रव्यात्मकत्वाञ्च योगवाहि परं मधु Suśr. -वाही 1 an alkali. -2 honey. -3 quicksilver. -विक्रयः a fraudulent sale. -विद् a. 1 knowing the proper method, skilful, clever. -2 conversant with Yoga. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 a practiser of Yoga. -3 a follower of the Yoga doctrines. -4 a magician. -5 a compounder of medicines. -विद्या the science of Yoga. -विधिः practice of Yoga or mental abstraction; न च योगविधेर्नवेतरः स्थिरधीरा परमात्मदर्शनात् (विरराम) R.8.22. -विभागः separation of that which is usually combined together into one; especially, the separation of the words of a Sūtra, the splitting of one rule into two or more (frequently used by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya; e. g. see अदसो मात् P.I.1.12). -शब्दः a word the meaning of which is plain from the etymology. -शायिन् a. half asleep and half absorbed in contemplation; cf. योगनिद्रा. -शास्त्रम् the Yoga philosophy, esp. the work of Patañjali. -संसिद्धिः perfection in Yoga. -समाधिः the absorption of the soul in profound and abstract contemplation; तमसः परमापदव्ययं पुरुषं योगसमाधिना रघुः R.8.24. -सारः a universal remedy; a panacea. -सिद्धिः f. achievement in succession i. e. by separate performance; पर्यायो योगसिद्धिः ŚB. on MS. ˚न्यायः the rule according to which when an act (e. g. दर्शपूर्णमास) is said to yield all desired objects, what is meant is that it can yield them only one at a time and not all simultaneously. This is established by जैमिनि and शबर in MS.4.3.27-28. Thus for the achievement of each separate काम, a separate performance of the याग is necessary; (see दर्शपूर्णमासन्याय). -सूत्रम् aphorisms of the Yoga system of philosophy (attributed to Patañjali). -सेवा the practice of abstract meditation.
racanam रचनम् ना [रच्-युच्] 1 Arrangement, preparation, disposition; अभिषेक˚, संगीत˚ &c. -2 Formation, creation, production; अन्यैव कापि रचना वचनावलीनाम् Bv.1.69; so भ्रुकुटिरचना Me.52; शृङ्गारोत्तरसत्प्रमेयरचनैराचार्यगोवर्धनः Gīt. -3 performance, completion, accomplishment, effecting; कुरु मम वचनं सत्वररचनम् Gīt.5; R.1.77. -4 A literary work or production, work, composition; संक्षिप्ता वस्तुरचना S. D.422. -5 Dressing the hair. -6 An array or arrangement of troops. -7 A creation of the mind, an artificial fancy. -8 Stringing together (flowers &c.). -9 Contrivance, invention. -1 Fixing the feathers on an arrow.
rajjuḥ रज्जुः (Uṇ.1.15) f. A rope, cord, string. -2 N. of a sinew proceeding from the vertebral column. -3 A lock of braided hair. -Comp. -दालक a kind of wild fowl; so रज्जुवालः; Ms.5.12. -पेडा a rope-basket.
raśanā रशना रसना [अश्-युच् रशादेशः cf. अश्नुते जघनम् Uṇ. 2.75] 1 A rope, cord. -2 A rein, bridle. -3 A zone, girdle, woman's girdle; तान् वीक्ष्य वातरशनांश्चतुरः कुमारान् Bhāg.3.15.3; रसतु रसनापि तव घनजघनमण्डले घोषयतु मन्मथनिदेशम् Gīt.1; R.7.1;8.58; Me.37. -4 The tongue; वदने विनिवेशिता भुजङ्गी पिशुनानां रसनामिषेण धात्रा Bv.1.111; tongue as an organ of taste; रसनया भाव्यमाना मधुराम्लतिक्तकटुकषायलवणभेदाः षड्रसाः Bhāvanopaniṣad 2. -Comp. -उपमा a variety of the figure उपमा; it is 'a string or series' of comparisons, which consists in making the Upameya in the first comparison the Upamāna in the second, and so forth; see S. D.664. -गुणः the cord of a girdle. -पदम् the hip.
raśmiḥ रश्मिः [अश्-मि धातो रुट्, रश्-मि वा; cf. Uṇ.4.46] 1 A string, cord, rope; अपतद्देवराजस्य मुक्तरश्मिरिव ध्वजः Rām.4.17.2. -2 A bridle, rein; मुक्तेषु रश्मिषु निरायतपूर्व- कायाः Ś.1.8; रश्मिसंयमनात् Ś.1; Ki.7.19. -3 A goad, whip. -4 A beam, ray of light; ज्योतीषि वर्तयति च प्रवि- भक्तरश्मिः Ś.7.6; N.22.56; so हिमरश्मि &c. -5 An eyelash. -6 A measuring cord; परि यो रश्मिना दिवो Ṛv.8. 25.18. -7 A finger (Ved.). -Comp. -कलापः a pearlnecklace of 54 threads. -केतुः a particular comet. -ग्राहः a charioteer (सारथि); रश्मिग्राहश्च दाशार्हः सर्वलोकनमस्कृतः Mb.8.31.55. -मालिन्, -मुचः the sun; अभिरश्मिमालि विमलस्य धृतजयधृतेरनाशुषः Ki.12.2; चण्डवातोद्धुतान् मेघान् निघ्नन् रश्मिमुचो यथा Mb.7.153.43.
rahasya रहस्य a. [रहसि-भवः यत्] 1 Secret, private, clandestine; रहस्यं च प्रकाशं च यद् वृत्तं तस्य धीमतः (कथय) Rām.1. 2.33; रोमाणि च रहस्यानि सर्वाण्येव विवर्जयेत् Ms.4.144. -2 Mysterious. -स्यम् 1 A secret (fig. also); स्वयं रहस्यभेदः कृतः V.2. -2 A mystic spell or incantation, the mystery (of a missile); सरहस्यानि जृम्भकास्त्राणि U.1. -3 The mystery or secret of conduct, mystery; रहस्यं साधूना- मनुपधि विशुद्धं विजयते U.2.2; सरहस्यो धनुर्वेदः Bhāg.1.7. 44. -4 A secret or esoteric teaching, a mystic doctrine; भक्तो$सि मे सखा चेति रहस्यं ह्येतदुत्तमम् Bg.4.3; साङ्गोपाङ्गोपनिषदः सरहस्यः प्रदीयताम् Rām.1.55.16. -5 An upaniṣad; चतुर्भ्यः सरहस्येभ्यो वेदेभ्यो ह्यधिकं यदा Mb.1.1.272; Ms.2. 165. -स्यम् ind. Secretely, privately; अनभिख्यातदोषस्तु रहस्यं व्रतमाचरेत् Y.3.3 (where it may be taken as an adj. also). -Comp. -आख्यायिन् a. telling a secret; रहस्याख्यायीव स्वनसि मृदु कर्णान्तिकचरः Ś.1.23. -त्रयम् the three categories of Rāmānuja school -ईश्वर, चित् and अचित् composing the universe. -भेदः, विभेदः disclosure of a secret or mystery. -व्रतम् 1 a secret vow or penance. -2 the mystic science of obtaining command over magical weapons.
rāgaḥ रागः [रञ्ज्-भावे घञ् नि˚ नलोपकुत्वे] 1 (a) Colouring, dyeing, tinging. (b) Colour, hue, dye; वचस्तत्र प्रयोक्तव्यं यत्रोक्तं लभते फलम् । स्थायीभवति चात्यन्तं रागः शुक्लपटे यथा ॥ Pt.1.33. -2 Red colour, redness; अधरः किसलयरागः Ś.1.21; Śi.8.15; Ki.16.46. -3 Red dye, red lac; रागेण बालारुणकोमलेन चूतप्रवालोष्ठमलंचकार Ku.3.3;5.11. -4 Love, passion, affection, amorous or sexual feeling; मलिने$पि रागपूर्णाम् Bv.1.1 (where it means 'redness' also); Śi.17.2; अथ भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2; see चक्षूराग also; चरणयुगलादिव हृदयमविशद्रागः K.142. -5 Feeling, emotion, sympathy, interest. -6 Joy, pleasure. -7 Anger, wrath; निध्वनज्जवहारीभा भेजे रागरसात्तमः Śi. 19.34. -8 Loveliness, beauty. -9 A musical mode or order of sound; (there are six primary Rāgas; भैरवः कौशिकश्चैव हिन्दोलो दीपकस्तथा । श्रीरागो मेघरागश्च रागाः षडिति कीर्तिताः Bharata; other writers give different names. Each rāga has six rāgiṇīs regarded as its consorts, and their union gives rise to several musical modes). -1 Musical harmony, melody; तवास्मि गीतरागेण हारिणा प्रसभं हृतः Ś.1.5; अहो रागपरिवाहिणी गीतिः Ś.5. -11 Regret, sorrow. -12 Greediness, envy; 'रागस्तु मात्सर्ये लोहिता- दिषु' Medinī.; राजकामस्य मूढस्य रागोपहतचेतसः Mb.7.85. 54. -13 The quality called Rajas q. v. -14 Nasalization. -15 A process in the preparation of quicksilver. -16 A king, prince. -17 The sun. -18 The moon. -19 Inflammation. -2 Seasoning, condiment; Mb.4. -Comp. -अङ्गी, -आढ्या Rubia Munjiṣṭa (Mar. मञ्जिष्ठा). -अशनिः a Buddha or Jina. -आत्मक a. impassioned; रजो रागात्मकं विद्धि Bg.14.7. -आयातम्, -उद्रेकः excess of passion. -खाडव, -खाण्डव See रागषाडव; a kind of sweet rice preparation; रागखाण्डवभोज्यैश्च मत्ताः पतिषु शेरते Mb.7. 61.8 (com. रागखाण्डवं गुडोदनं पर्पटिकेति वैदर्भाः). -चूर्णः 1 Acasia Catechu or Khadira tree. -2 red lead. -3 lac. -4 red powder thrown by people over one another at the festival called holi. -5 the god of love. -छन्नः the god of love. -द्रव्यम् a colouring substance, a paint, dye. -दः cristal. -दालिः a kind of pulse (मसूर). -दृश् a ruby. -पट्टः a kind of precious stone. (-ट्टी) the chinese rose. -पुष्पः, -प्रसवः the red globe-amaranth. -बन्धः manifestation of feeling, interest created by a proper representation (of various emotions); भावो भावं नुदति विषयाद्रागबन्धः स एव M.2.9. -युज् m. a ruby. -रज्जुः the god of love. -लता N. of Rati, wife of Cupid. -लेखा a streak or mark of paint. -वर्धनः (in music) a kind of measure. -वृन्तः the god of love. -षाडवः a kind of sweetmeat. -सूत्रम् 1 any coloured thread. -2 a silk-thread. -3 the string of a balance.
rātrika रात्रिक a. (At the end of comp.) Lasting or sufficient for a certain number of nights, as पञ्चरात्रिक उत्सवः. -का Night. रात्रिंदिवम् rātrindivam रात्रिंदिवा rātrindivā रात्रिंदिवम् रात्रिंदिवा ind. By night and day, constantly, ceaselessly; रात्रिंदिवं गन्धवहः प्रयाति.
rāddha राद्ध p. p. [राध्-कर्तरि कर्मणि वा क्त] 1 Propitiated, pleased, conciliated. -2 Effected, accomplished, achieved, performed; राद्धं निःश्रेयसं पुंसाम् Bhāg.3.9.41. -3 Dressed, cooked (as food). -4 Prepared; equipped; स यो मनुष्याणां राद्धः समृद्धो भवति Bṛi. Up.4.3.33. -5 Obtained, got. -6 Successful, fortunate, happy. -7 Perfect in magical power. -8 Fallen to the lot of. -Comp. -अन्तः a proved or established fact, a demonstrated conclusion or truth, an ultimate conclusion, doctrine; dogma; सर्ववैनाशिकराद्धान्तो नितरामनपेक्षितव्य इतीदानीमुपपादयामः Ś.B.; समस्ततन्त्रराद्धान्ते भवान् भागवततत्त्ववित् Bhāg.12.11.1. -अन्तित a. demonstrated, established by proof, logically proved. -अन्नम् dressed food.
rūkṣa रूक्ष a. (written as रुक्ष also) 1 Rough, harsh, not smooth or soft (as touch sound &c.); पुंस्कोकिलगिरं श्रुत्वा रूक्षा ध्वाङ्खस्य वागिव Mb.1.2.384; रूक्षस्वरं वाशति वायसो$यम् Mk.9.1; Ku.7.17. -2 Astringent (taste). -3 Rough, uneven, difficult, austere. -4 Sullied, soiled, dirtied; रथतुरगरजोभिस्तस्य रूक्षालकाग्रा R.7.7; Mu.4.5. -5 Cruel, unkind, harsh; नितान्तरूक्षाभिनिवेशमीशम् R.14.43; संरम्भरूक्षमिव सुन्दरि यद् यदासीत् V.3.2; Ś.7.32; Pt.4. 91. -6 Arid, parched up, dry, dreary; स्निग्धश्यामाः क्वचिदपरतो भीषणाभोगरूक्षाः U.2.14. -7 Not oily (as food); Bg.17.9. (रूक्षीकृ means 'to make rough', 'soil', 'besmear'). -क्षः 1 A tree. -2 Harshness, hardness. -क्षा 1 Croton Polyandrum (Mar. दन्ती). -2 Honey sugar. -क्षम् 1 The thick part of curds. -2 A good kind of iron. -3 Black pepper. -Comp. -गन्धः, -गन्धकः bdellium. -पत्रः the Śākhoṭa tree. -पेषम् ind. without the addition of any liquid; as in रूक्षपेषं पिनष्टि; P.III.4.35. -भावः unfriendly behaviour. -वर्ण a. dark-coloured (as clouds). -वालुकम् honey of a small bee. -स्वरः an ass.
latā लता [लत्-अच्] 1 A creeper, creeping plant; लताभावेन परिणतमस्या रूपम् V.4; लतेव संनद्धमनोज्ञपल्लवा R.3.7 (often used as the last member of compounds, especially with words meaning 'arm', 'eyebrow', 'lightning', to denote beauty, tenderness, thinness &c.; भुजलता, बाहुलता, भ्रूलता, विद्युल्लता; so खड्ग˚, अलक˚, &c.; cf. Ku.2. 64; Me.49; Ś.3.14; R.9.46. -2 A branch; मधुसुरभिणि षट्पदेन पुष्पे मुख इव शाललतावधूश्चुचुम्बे Ki.1.34; Rām. 2.8.6. -3 The creeper called Priyaṅgu. -4 The Mādhavī creeper. -5 Musk-creeper. -6 A whip or the lash of a whip. -7 A string of pearls. -8 A slender woman. -9 A woman in general. -1 The Dūrvā grass. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः f. a branch serving as a finger. -अन्तम् a flower. ˚बाणः the god of love; लतान्त- बाणंबाणलक्ष्यतामयासिषम् Dk.1.4. -अम्बुजम् a kind of cucumber. -अर्कः a green onion. -अलकः an elephant. -आननः a particular position of the hands in dancing. -उद्गमः the upward winding or climbing of a creeper. -करः a particular position of the hands in dancing. -कस्तूरिका, कस्तूरी musk-creeper; लताकस्तूरिका तिक्ता हृद्या शीतास्यरोगहृत् Rājavallabha. -गृहः, -हम् a bower surrounded with creepers, an arbour; लतागृहद्वारगतो $थ नन्दी Ku.3.41. -जिह्वः, -रसनः a snake. -तरुः, -द्रुमः 1 the Sāla tree. -2 the Tāla tree. -3 the orange tree. -पनसः the water-melon. -पर्णः N. of Viṣṇu. -प्रतानः the tendril of a creeper; लताप्रतानोद्ग्रथितैः स केशैरधिज्यधन्वा विचचार दावम् R.2.8. -भवनम् an arbour, a bower. -मणिः coral. -मण्डपः a bower, an arbour. -मृगः a monkey. -यष्टिः f. Bengal madder. -यावकम् a shoot, sprout. -रदः an elephant. -वलयः, -यम् an arbour. -वृक्षः 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the Sāla tree. -वेष्टः a kind of coitus or mode of sexual enjoyment; बाहुभ्यां पाद- युग्माभ्यां वेष्टयित्वा स्त्रियं रमेत् । लघुलिङ्गताडनं योनौ तल्लतावेष्टमुच्यते ॥ Rasamañjarī. -वेष्टनम्, -वेष्टितकम् a kind of embrace; अपि भ्रमी भङ्गिभिरावृताङ्गं वासो लतावेष्टितकप्रवीणम् N.7.97 ('उपविष्टं प्रियं कान्ता सुप्ता वेष्टयते यदि । तल्लतावेष्टितं ज्ञेयं कामानुभव- वेदिभिः Narāyaṇa's com.).
latikā लतिका 1 A small creeper; हा कष्टं ललिता लवङ्गलतिका दावाग्निना दह्यते Bv.1.56. -2 A string of pearls.
lambuṣā लम्बुषा A necklace of seven strings.
locakaḥ लोचकः [लोच्-ण्वुल्] 1 A stupid person. -2 The pupil of the eye. -3 Lamp-black, collyrium; 'लोचको मांसपिण्डे स्यादक्षितारे च कज्जले' इति विश्वः; Śi.4.35. -4 A kind of ear-ring. -5 A dark or blue garment. -6 A bow string. -7 A particular ornament worn by women on the forehead. -8 A lump of flesh. -9 The slough of a snake. -1 A wrinkled skin. -11 The wrinkled brow. -12 A plantain tree.
vaṭ वट् I. 1 P. (वटति) To surround. -II. 1 U. (वट- यति-ते) 1 To tell. -2 To divide, partition. -3 To surround, encompass. -4 To tie, string, connect. -Caus. 1 (वटयति) To speak. -2 (वाटयति) To surround; L. D. B.
vaṭaḥ वटः [वट्-अच् Uṇ.4.116] The fig-tree; अयं च चित्रकूट- यायिनि वर्त्मनि वटः श्यामो नाम U.1; R.13.53. -2 A small shell or cowrie. -3 A small ball, globule, pill. -4 A round figure, a cipher. -5 A kind of cake; पयःस्मिता मण्डकमण्डनाम्बरा वटाननेन्दुः पृथुलड्डु स्तनी N.16.17. -6 A string, rope; (n. also in this sense). -7 Equality in shape. -8 A sort of bird, flying fox ? (Mar. वटवाघुळ); कङ्कगृध्रवटश्येनभासभल्लकबर्हिणः Bhāg.3.1.24. -9 A pawn (in chess). -1 Sulphur. -Comp. -पत्रम् a variety of the white basil. (-त्रा) a jasmine. -वासिन् m. a Yakṣa.
vaṭākaraḥ वटाकरः वटारकः A cord, string.
vaṭin वटिन् a. Stringed, circular. -m. = वटिक q. v.
vaṭī वटी 1 A rope or string. -2 A pill, bolus.
varaṇḍaḥ वरण्डः [वृ-अण्डच् Un.1.12] 1 A multitude, group. -2 A pimple or eruption on the face. -3 A veranda. -4 A heap of grass. -5 The string of a fish-hook. -6 Pocket. -7 The middle part of the sacrificial altar (वेदी); see वरण्डक. (The word वरण्डलम्बुक in यदिदानीमहं वरण्डलम्बुक इव दूरमुत्क्षिप्य पातितः Mk.1. is of doubtful meaning; it seems to mean 'an over-hanging or projecting wall', which, if raised high, is sure to topple down; so in the case of the Sūtradhāra whose expectations were raised very high only to be cruelly disappointed. वरण्ड may mean a contrivance for drawing water from a well (named आकती in Marathi) and लम्बुक is its handle.)
varāṭakaḥ वराटकः 1 A cowrie; a kind of measure 1/8 of a Paṇa; प्राप्तः काणवराटको$पि न मया तृष्णे$धुना मुञ्च माम् Bh.3.4. -2 The seed-vessed of the lotus-flower; औज्झि प्रियाङ्गैर्घृणयैव रूक्षा न वारिदुर्गात्तु वराटकस्य N.7.18;11.11. -3 A string, rope (n. also in this sense). -Comp. -रजस् m. the tree called नागकेशर.
vāṇaḥ वाणः 1 Sounding, sound; वाणैर्बाणैः समासक्तम् Ki.15. 1. -2 An arrow; see बाण. -3 Music. -4 A harp with 1 strings. -Comp. -शब्दः the sound of a lute; नीहारे वाणशब्दे च Ms.4.113 (v. l.).
vādaḥ वादः [वद्-घञ्] 1 Talking, speaking. -2Speech, words, talk; वेदवादररताः पार्थ नान्यदस्तीति वादिनः Bg.2.42; सामवादाः सकोपस्य तस्य प्रत्युत दीपकाः Śi.2.55; so कैतववादः Gīt.8; सान्त्ववादः &c. -3 A statement, an assertion, allegation; अवाच्यवादांश्च बहून् वदिष्यन्ति तवाहिताः Bg.2.36. -4 Narration, account; शाकुन्तलादीनितिहासवादान् Māl.3.3. -5 Discussion, dispute, controversy; वादयुद्धप्रधानाश्च मध्यमा राजसी गतिः Ms.12.46; वादे वादे जायते तत्त्वबोधः Sūbhāṣ; सीमा˚. -6 A reply. -7 An exposition, explanation; अध्यात्मविद्या विद्यानां वादः प्रवदतामहम् Bg.1.32. -3 A demonstrated conclusion, theory, doctrine; इदानीं परमाणुकारण- वादं निराकरोति S. B. (and in diverse other places of the work); परिणामवाद 'the theory of evolution'; so नास्तिक˚. -9 Sounding, sound. -1 Report, rumour. -11 A plaint (in law). -12 Advice, counsel. -13 Agreement. -Comp. -अनुवादौ (m. du.) 1 assertion and reply, plaint and reply, accusation and defence. -2 dispute, controversy. -कर, -कृत् a. causing a dispute. -कर्तृ a player on a musical instrument. -ग्रस्त a. disputed, in dispute; वादग्रस्तो$यं विषयः. -चञ्चु a. clever in repartees or witty replies. -द a. emulating, vying with. -नक्षत्रमाला (मालिका) a defence of the Vedānta against the Mīmāṁsā doctrine. -प्रतिवादः controversy. -युद्धम् a dispute, controversy; Ms.12.46. -रत a. disputatious. -वादिन् m. a Jaina. -विवादः disputation, discussion, debate. -साधनम् establishing an assertion.
vāma वाम a. Left (opp. दक्षिण); विलोचनं दक्षिणमञ्जनेन संभाव्य तद्वञ्चितवामनेत्रा R.7.8; Me.8,98. -2 Being or situated on the left side; वामश्चायं नदति मधुरं चातकस्ते सगन्धः Me.9; (वामेन is used adverbially in the same sense; e. g. वामेनात्र वटस्तमध्वगजनः सर्वात्मना सेवते K. P.1). -3 (a) Reverse, contrary, opposite, adverse, unfavourable; तदहो कामस्य वामा गतिः Gīt.12; Māl.9.8; Bk.6.17; (b) Acting contrary, of an opposite nature; यान्त्येवं गृहिणीपदं युवतयो वामाः कुलस्याधयः Ś.4.18. (c) Perverse, crooked-natured, refractory; Ś.6. (d Coy (in love). (e) Hard, cruel. -4 Vile, wicked, base low, bad; उवाच वामं चक्षुर्भ्यामभिवीक्ष्य दहन्निव Bhāg.4.2.8; आसक्तास्तास्वमी मूढा वामशीला हि जन्तवः Ki.11.24. -5 Lovely, beautiful, charming; as in वामलोचना; वामोरू; वामभ्रूः वामस्वभाव q. v. -6 Short. -मः 1 A sentient being, an animal. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 Of Cupid, the god of love. -4 A snake. -5 An udder, a breast. -6 Prohibited or forbidden act or practice (as drinking wine). -7 The left hand. -मम् 1 Wealth, possessions. -2 Any lovely or desirable thing. -3 Adversity, misfortune. -Comp. -अङ्गी f. a beautiful woman; वामाङ्गीकृतवामाङ्गि कुण्डलीकृतकुण्डलि Udb. -आचारः, -मार्गः the left-hand ritual or doctrine of the Tantras; the doctrine of resorting to मांस, मद्य, मत्स्य, मैथुन and मुद्रा. -आपीडनः the Pilu tree. -आवर्तः 1 a conch-shell, the spiral of which runs from right to left. -इतर a. right. -ऊरु, -ऊरू f. a woman with handsome thighs; तदिदं विषहिष्यते कथं वद वामोरु चिताधिरोहणम् R.8.57. -कुक्षिः left side of the abdomen. -दृश् f. a woman (with lovely eyes). -देवः 1 N. of a sage. -2 N. of Śiva; नाहं न यूयं यदृतां गतिं विदुर्न वामदेवः किमुतापरे सुराः Bhāg.2.6.36. -नयना a fair-eyed woman. -नी a. bringing wealth; Ch. Up. -नेत्रम् a mystical N. of the vowel ई. -भ्रूः f. a beautiful-eyebrowed woman; केनेत्थं परमार्थतो$र्थवदिव प्रेमास्ति वाम- भ्रुवाम् Pt.1.136. -लोचना a woman with lovely eyes; विरूपाक्षस्य जयिनीस्ताः स्तुवे वामलोचनाः K. P.1; R.19.13. -शील a. of a perverse or crooked nature; cross-tempered; तदेहि वामशीलां मालतीं निर्भर्त्सयामः Māl.7. (-लः) an epithet of the god of love. -स्वभाव a. of noble character; निरीक्ष्य कृष्णा$पकृतं गुरोः सुतं वामस्वभावा कृपया ननाम च Bhāg.1.7.42. -हस्तः the dew-lap of a goat.
vāraṇa वारण a. (-णी f.) [वृ-ल्यु ल्युट् वा] Warding off, resisting, opposing; मत्तवारणताम्राक्षो मत्तवारणवारणः Mb.3.146. 29. -णम् 1 Warding off, restraining, obstructing; न भवति बिसतन्तुर्वारणं वारणानाम् Bh.2.17. -2 An obstacle, impediment. -3 Resistance, opposition; अलं युद्धेन राजेन्द्र सुहृदां शृणु वारणम् Mb.5.138.2. -4 A door, gate (कवाट); बिडालोलूकचरितामालीननरवारणाम् । तिमिराभ्याहतां कालीमप्रकाशां निशामिव ॥ Rām.2.144.2. -5 Defending, guarding, protecting. -णः 1 An elephant; न भवति बिसन्ततुर्वारणं वारणानाम् Bh.2.17; Ku.5.7; R.12.93; वारी वारैः सस्मरे वारणानाम् Śi.18.56. -2 An armour, mail-coat. -3 The trunk of an elephant; बाहूत्तमैर्वारणवारणाभैर्निवार- यन्तौ परवारणाभौ Rām.6.4.21. -4 An elephant-hook; निशितेन वारणेन वारणं मुहुर्मुहुरभिघ्नन् Dk.2.4. -Comp. -कृच्छ्रः a penance consisting in drinking only rice-water. -केसरः see नागकेसर. -पुष्पः a species of plant; श्यामान् वारणपुष्पांश्च तथा$ष्टपदिका लताः Mb.13.54.6. -बुषा, -बुसा -वल्लभा the plantain tree. -साह्वयम् N. of Hastināpura. -हस्तः a particular stringed instrument.
viguṇa विगुण a. 1 Destitute of merits, worthless, bad; श्रेयान्- स्वधर्मो विगुणः परधर्मात् स्वनुष्ठितात् Bg.3.35; Śi.9.12; Mu. 6.11. -2 Destitute of qualities. -3 Having on string; विगुणीकृतकार्मुको$पि जेतुं भुवि जेतव्यमसौ समर्थ एव Mu.7.11. -4 Unfruitful; विगुणानि च पश्यन्ति Mb.12.269.37.
vijayaḥ विजयः 1 Overcoming, vanquishing, defeating. -2 Conquest, victory, triumph; दिग्विजयादारभ्य 'conquest of the world'; प्रभवति न तदा परो विजेतुं भवति जितेन्द्रियता यदात्मरक्षा Ki.1.35; R.12.44; Ku.3.19; अस्याधिज्ये धनुषि विजयम् Ś.2.16. -3 A chariot of the gods, celestial chariot. -4 N. of Arjuna; Mb. (4.44.14) thus explains the name:-- अभिप्रयामि संग्रामे यदहं युद्धदुर्मदान् । नाजित्वा विनिवर्तामि तेन मां विजयं विदुः ॥. -4 An epithet of Yama. -5 N. of the first year of Jupiter's cycle. -6 N. of an attendant of Viṣṇu. -7 Motion, march; L. D. B. -8 N. of a particular मुहूर्त; युक्ते मुहूर्ते विजये Rām.1.73.9. -9 The third month. -1 A kind of military array. -11 A kind of measure. -यम् A royal tent. -Comp. -अभ्युपायः a means of victory -आह्वय a. having the name Vijaya (i. e. Bijapur); तथा येदिलशाहो$पि पत्तने विजयाह्वये Śiva B.1.61. -ईशः N. of Śiva. -ऊर्जित a. exalted by victory; स प्रविश्य दिवं देवानजयद्विजयोर्जितः Bm.1.143. -कुञ्जरः a war-elephant. -छन्दः a necklace of 5 strings. -डिण्डिमः a large military drum. -दण्डः a particular detachment of an army. -द्वादशी the 12th day of the light half of श्रावण. -नगरम् N. of a town. -मर्दलः a large military drum. -श्रीः the goddess of victory. -सिद्धिः f. success, victory, triumph.
vijñānam विज्ञानम् 1 Knowledge, wisdom, intelligence, understanding; यज्जीव्यते क्षणमपि प्रथितं मनुष्यैर्विज्ञानशौर्यविभवार्यगुणैः समेतम् । तन्नाम जीवितमिह ... Pt.1.24;5.3; विज्ञानमयः कोशः 'the sheath of intelligence' (the first of the five sheaths of the soul). -2 Discrimination, discernment. -3 Skill, proficiency; प्रयोगविज्ञानम् Ś.1.2. -4 Worldly or profane knowledge, knowledge derived from worldly experience (opp. ज्ञान which is 'knowledge of Brahma or Supreme Spirit'); ज्ञानं ते$हं सविज्ञानमिदं वक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Bg.7.2;3.41;6.8; (the whole of the 7th Adhyāya of Bg. explains ज्ञान and विज्ञान). -5 Business, employment. -6 Music. -7 Knowledge of the fourteen lores. -8 The organ of knowledge; पञ्चविज्ञानचेतने (शरीरे) Mb.12.187. 12. -9 Knowledge beyond the cognisance of the senses (अतीन्द्रियविषय); विज्ञानं हि महद्भ्रष्टम् Rām.3.71.3. -1 Information; लब्धविज्ञानम् Mb.12.44.5. -Comp. -ईश्वर N. of the author of the Mitākṣarā, a commentary on Yājñavalkya's Smṛiti. -पादः N. of Vyāsa. -मातृकः an epithet of Buddha. -योगः means of arriving at correct knowledge (प्रमाण); केन विज्ञानयोगेन मतिश्चित्तं समास्थिता Mb. 14.21.11. -वादः the theory of knowledge, the doctrine taught by Buddha. -स्कन्धः one of the five स्कन्धs postulated in the Buddhistic philosophy (रूपवेदना- विज्ञानसंज्ञासंस्काराः क्षणिकविज्ञानस्कन्धे स्मृतिरनुपपन्ना ŚB. on MS.1.1.5.
vijya विज्य a. Stringless (as a bow); विज्ये बिभर्षि धनुषी सुहृदात्मनो$र्थे Bhāg.5.2.7.
vitan वितन् 8 U. 1 To spread, stretch; स्फुरितविततजिह्वः Mk. 9.12; Ki.15.53; Śi.5.38;14.53. -2 To cover, fill; प्रस्वेदबिन्दुविततं वदनं प्रियायाः Ch. P.9; यो वितत्य स्थितः खम् Me.6. -3 To form, make; श्रेणीबन्धाद् वितन्वद्भिरस्तम्भां तोरणस्रजम् R.1.41; Ki.16.51. -4 To stretch, string (as a bow); वितत्य किरतोः शरान् U.6.1; वितत्य शार्ङ्गम् Bk.3.47. -5 To cause, produce, create, give, bestow; V.1.4. -6 To write to compose (as a work); विराट- पर्वप्रद्योती भावदीपो वितन्यते. -7 To do or perform (as a sacrifice or any other rite); यज्वभिः संमृतं हव्यं विततेष्व- ध्वरेषु सः. Ku.2.46. -8 To unfold, manifest, exhibit, show; स्मरसि रुदितैः स्नेहाकूतं तथाप्यतनोदसौ Māl.9.11. -9 To perform, carry out, accomplish. -1 To prepare, make ready.
vitata वितत p. p. 1 Spread out, extended, stretched; अमुं यज्ञं विततमेयाय Ch. Up.1.1.7. -2 Elongated, large, long, broad; विततवपुषा महाहिना Ki.12.22; भवति वितत- श्वासोन्नाहप्रणुन्नपयोधरम् Māl.1.15. -3 Performed, accomplished, effected; विततयज्ञः Ś.7.34. -4 Covered. -5 Diffused. -6 Gone away; शब्दवेध्यं च विततम् Rām 1.5. 2. -7 Drawn (as a bow string). -8 Bent (as a bow); (see तन् with वि). -तम् 1 Any stringed instrument, such as a lute &c. -2 A shoot, tendril (प्रतान); विचिताश्च महागुल्मा लताविततसंतताः Rām.4.47.12. -Comp. -उत्सव a. one who has arranged a festival. -धन्वन् a. one who has fully drawn or stretched his bow.
virūkṣaṇam विरूक्षणम् 1 Roughening. -2 Acting as an astringent. -3 Blame, censure. -4 A curse, an imprecation.
vivartaḥ विवर्तः 1 Turning round, revolving, whirling. -2 Rolling onward, moving about; संवर्तप्रकटविवर्तसप्तपाथोनाथोर्मि- व्यतिकरविभ्रमप्रचण्डः Mv.6.26. -3 Rolling back, returning. -4 Dancing. -5 Alteration, modification, change of form, altered condition or state; शब्दब्रह्मणस्तादृशं विवर्त- मितिहासं रामायणं प्रणिनाय U.2; एको रसः करुण एव निमित्त- भेदाद्भिन्नः पृथक् पृथगिवाश्रयते विवर्तान् U.3.47; अकाण्डशुष्काशनि- पातरौद्रः क एष धातुर्विषमो विवर्तः Mv.5.57. -6 (In Vedānta phil.) An apparent or illusory form, an unreal appearance caused by अविद्या or human error; (this is a favourite doctrine of the Vedāntins according to whom the whole visible world is a mere illusion--an unreal and illusory appearance--while Brahman or Supreme Spirit is the only real entity; as a serpent (सर्प) is a vivarta of a rope (रज्जु), so is the world a vivarta of the real entity Brahman, and the illusion is removed by Vidyā or true knowledge; cf. Bhavabhūti :-- विद्या- कल्पेन मरुता मेघानां भूयसामपि । ब्रह्मणीव विवर्तानां क्वापि विप्रलयः कृतः ॥ U.6.6). -7 A heap, multitude, collection, an assemblage. -Comp. -वादः the doctrine of the Vedāntins that the visible world is illusory and Brahman alone is the real entity.
viśiṣṭa विशिष्ट p. p. 1 Distinguished, distinct. -2 Particular, special, peculiar, distinctive. -3 Characterized by, endowed with, possessed of, having. -4 Superior, best (of all), eminent, excellent, choice; विविष्टानि स्वकर्मसु Ms.1.8; विशिष्टाया विशेषेण संगमो गुणवान् भवेत् Mb. -ष्टः N. of Viṣṇu. -Comp. -अद्वैतवादः a doctrine of Rāmānuja which regards Brahman and Prakṛiti as identical and real entities. -कुल a. descended from an excellent race. -बुद्धिः f. a distinguishing knowledge, differentiation. -वर्ण a. of an eminent or excellent colour.
ve वे 1 U. (वयति-ते, उत; Caus. वाययति-ते) 1 To weave; सितांशुवर्णैर्वयति स्म तद्गुणैः N.1.12. -2 To braid, plait. -3 To sew. -4 To cover, overspread. -5 To make, compose, string together.
vedaḥ वेदः [विद्-अच् घञ् वा] 1 Knowledge. -2 Sacred knowledge, holy learning, the scripture of the Hindus. (Originally there were only three Vedas :- ऋग्वेद, यजुर्वेद and सामवेद, which are collectively called त्रयी 'the sacred triad'; but a fourth, the अथर्ववेद, was subsequently added to them. Each of the Vedas had two distinct parts, the Mantra or Samhitā and Brāhmaṇa. According to the strict orthodox faith of the Hindus the Vedas are a-pauruṣeya, 'not human compositions', being supposed to have been directly revealed by the Supreme Being, Brahman, and are called Śruti' i. e. 'what is heard or revealed', as distinguished from 'Smṛiti', i. e. 'what is remembered or is the work of human origin'; see श्रुति, स्मृति also; and the several sages, to whom the hymns of the Vedas are ascribed, are, therefore, called द्रष्टारः 'seers', and not कर्तारः or सृष्टारः 'composers'.) -3 A bundle of Kuśa grass; पद्माक्षमालामुत जन्तुमार्जनं वेदं च साक्षात्तप एव रूपिणौ Bhāg. 12.8.34; Ms.4.36. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -5 A part of a sacrifice (यज्ञांग). -6 Exposition, comment, gloss. -7 A metre. -8 Acquisition, gain, wealth (Ved). -9 N. of the number 'four'. -1 The ritual (वेदयतीति वेदो विधिः); Karma-kāṇda; वेदवादस्य विज्ञानं सत्याभासमिवानृतम् Mb.12.1. 2 (see Nīlakaṇtha's commentary). -11 Smṛiti literature; आम्नायेभ्यः पुनर्वेदाः प्रसृताः सर्वतोमुखाः Mb.12.26.9. -Comp. -अग्रणीः N. of Sarasvatī. -अङ्गम् 'a member of the Veda', N. of certain classes of works regarded as auxiliary to the Vedas and designed to aid in the correct pronunciation and interpretation of the text and the right employment of the Mantras in ceremonials; (the Ved- āṅgas are six in number :-- शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चयः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव वेदाङ्गानि ष़डेव तु ॥; i. e. 1 शिक्षा 'the science of proper articulation and pronunciation'; 2 छन्दस् 'the science of prosody'; 3 व्याकरण 'grammar'; 4 निरुक्त 'etymological explanation of difficult Vedic words'; 5 ज्योतिष 'astronomy'; and 6 कल्प 'ritual or ceremonical'). A peculiar use of the word 'वेदाङ्ग' in masculine gender may here be noted; वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogiyājña- valkya-Smṛti 12.34. -अधिगमः, -अध्ययनम् holy study, study of the Vedas; काम्यो हि वेदाधिगमः कर्मयोगश्च वैदिकः Ms.2.2. -अधिपः 1 one who presides over the Veda; ऋग्वेदाधिपतर्जीवो यजुर्वेदाधिपो भृगुः । सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदपः ॥ -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -अध्यापकः a teacher of the Vedas, a holy preceptor. -अनध्ययनम् Remissness in the Vedic study; Ms.3.63. -अन्तः 1 'the end of the Veda', an Upaniṣad (which comes at the end of the Veda). Also -अन्तम् (See quotation from बृहद्योगियाज्ञ- वल्क्यस्मृति under -अङ्ग above). -2 the last of the six principal Darśanas or systems of Hindu philosophy; (so called because it teaches the ultimate aim and scope of the Veda, or because it is based on the Upaniṣads which come at the end of the Veda); (this system of philosophy is sometimes called उत्तरमीमांसा being regarded as a sequel to Jaimini's पूर्वमीमांसा, but it is practically quite a distinct system; see मीमांसा. It represents the popular pantheistic creed of the Hindus, regarding, as it does, the whole world as synthetically derived from one eternal principle, the Brahman or Supreme Spirit; see ब्रह्मन् also). ˚गः, ˚ज्ञः a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अन्तिन् m. a follower of the Vedanta philosophy. -अभ्यासः 1 the study of the Vedas; वेदाभ्यासो हि विप्रस्य तपः परमिहोच्यते Ms.2.166. -2 the repetition of the sacred syllable Om. -अर्थः the meaning of the Vedas. -अवतारः revelation of the Vedas. -अश्र a. quadrangular. -आदि n., -आदिवर्णः, -आदिवीजम् the sacred syllable. Om. -उक्त a. scriptural, taught in the Vedas. -उदयः N. of the sun (the Sāma Veda being said to have proceeded from him). -उदित a. scriptural, ordained by the Vedas; वेदोदितं स्वकं कर्म नित्यं कुर्यादतन्द्रितः Ms. 4.14. -कार the composer of the Veda. -कौलेयकः an epithet of Śiva. -गर्भः 1 an epithet of Brahman; कमण्डलुं वेदगर्भः कुशान् सप्तर्षयो ददुः Bhāg.8.18.16. -2 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas; तथा दहति वेदज्ञः कर्मजं दोषमात्मनः Ms.12.11. -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three Vedas collectively. -दर्शिन् a. one who discerns the sense of the Veda; तपोमध्यं बुधैः प्रोक्तं तपो$न्तं वेददर्शिभिः Ms.11.234. -दृष्ट a. sanctioned by the Vedas. -निन्दकः 1 an atheist, a heretic, an unbeliever (one who rejects the divine origin and character of the Vedas). -2 a Jaina or Buddhist. -निन्दा unbelief, heresy; Ms.11.56. -पारगः a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the Vedas. -पुण्यम् a merit acquired by the study of the Veda. वेदपुण्येन युज्यते Ms.2.78. -बाह्य a. contrary to the Veda. (-ह्यः) a sceptic. -मातृ f. 1 N. of a very sacred Vedic verse called Gāyatree q. v. -2 N. of सरस्वती, सावित्री and गायत्री; सूतश्च मातरिश्वा वै कवचं वंदमातरः Mb.5.179.4. -भूतिः (embodiment of the Veda) an honourable title before the names of learned Brāhmaṇas. -वचनम्, -वाक्यम् a Vedic text. -वदनम् grammar. -वादः see वेदः (1); तदुक्तं वेदवादेषु गहनं वेददर्शिभिः Mb.12.238.11 (com.); Vedic discussion; यामिमां पुष्पितां वाचं प्रवदन्त्यविपश्चितः । वेदवादरताः Bg. 2.42. -वासः a Brāhmaṇa. -वाह्य a. contrary to, or not founded on, the Veda. -विद् m. 1 a Brāhmaṇa versed in the Vedas. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -वद्वस् a. conversant with the Vedas; ब्राह्मणान् वेदविदुषो यज्ञार्थं चैव दक्षिणाम् Ms. 11.4. -विहित a. enjoined by the Vedas. -व्यासः an epithet of Vyāsa who is regarded as the 'arranger' of the Vedas in their present form; see व्यास. -शास्त्रम् the doctrine of the Vedas; Ms.4.26. -श्रुतिः Vedic revelation. -संन्यासः givig up the ritual of the Vedas. -संमत, -संमित a. sanctioned by the Vedas.
vaināyikaḥ वैनायिकः 1 The doctrines of a Buddhist school of philosophy. -2 A follower of that school.
vaināśikaḥ वैनाशिकः 1 A slave. -2 A spider. -3 An astrologer. -4 The doctrines of the Buddhists. -5 A follower of those doctrines. -कम् The twenty-third asterism from that under which any one is born.
vaiśeṣika वैशेषिक a. (-की f.) 1 Characteristic, special; विषये वर्तमानानां यं तं वैशेषिकैर्गुणैः (प्राहुर्विषयगोप्तारम्) Mb.12.47.7; 7.5.15. -2 Belonging to the Vaiśeṣika doctrine. -कः A follower of the Vaiśeṣika doctrine. -कम् [विशेषं पदार्थ- भेदमधिकृत्य कृतो ग्रन्थः ठञ्] One of the six principal Darśanas or systems of Hindu philosophy founded by Kaṇāda; it differs from the Nyāya philosophy of Gautama in that it recognizes only seven instead of sixteen categories or heads of predicables (the earlier writers e. g. Kaṇāda recognizing only six), and lays particular stress upon Viśeṣa.
vyadhyaḥ व्यध्यः 1 A butt, target, a mark to aim at. -2 A bow-string.
vyākaraṇam व्याकरणम् 1 Analysis, decomposition. -2 Grammatical analysis, grammar, one of the six Vedāṅgas q. v.; सिंहो व्याकरणस्य कर्तुरहरत् प्राणान् प्रियान् पाणिनेः Pt.2.33. -3 Explaining, expounding. -4 Discrimination. -5 Manifestation. -6 Prediction. -7 The sound of a bow-string. -Comp. -प्रक्रिया etymology, derivation (of a word).
śaṭa शट a. Sour, acid, astringent.
śaṇam शणम् Hemp. -Comp. -तान्तव a. made of hempen string; वैश्यस्य शणतान्तवी (मेखला) Ms.2.42. -पट्टः hempen bandage. -सूत्रम् 1 a hempen cord or string; शणसूत्रमयं राज्ञः (उपवीतम्) Ms.2.44. -2 a net made of hemp. -3 cordage.
śatam शतम् 1 A hundred; निःस्वो वष्टि शतम् Śānti.2.6; शतमेको$पि संधत्ते प्राकारस्थो धनुर्धरः Pt.1.229; (शत is used in the singular with a plural noun of any gender; शतं नराः; शतं गावः; or शतं गृहाणि, in which case it is treated as a numeral adjective; but sometimes in dual and plural also; द्वे शते, दश शतानि &c. It is also used with a noun in the genitive; गवां शतम्, वर्षाणां शतम् 'a century of cows, years' &c. At the end of comp., it may remain unchanged; भव भर्ता शरच्छतम् or may be changed into शती; as in आर्यासप्तशती a work of Govardhanāchārya.). -2 Any large number; as in शतपत्र q. v. -Comp. -अक्षी 1 night. -2 the goddess Durgā. -अङ्गः 1 a car, carriage; especially, a war chariot. -2 N. of a tree (तिनिश). -अनीकः 1 an old man. -2 an army officer possessing a hundred footmen; (शतानां तु शतानीकः Śukra.2.14. -अब्दम् a century. -अरम्, -आरम् the thunderbolt of Indra. -अरुस् n., -अरुषी a leprous disease of the skin. -अवरः a fine of a hundred. -(री) 1 N. of a plant. -2 N. of the wife of Indra. -आनकम् a cemetery. -आनन्दः 1 N. of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 of the car of Viṣṇu. -4 of a son of Gautama and Ahalyā, the family-priest of Janaka; गौतमश्च शतानन्दो जनकानां पुरोहिताः U.1.16. -आयुस् a. lasting or living for a hundred years. -आवर्तः, -आवर्तिन् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -ईशः 1 the ruler of a hundred. -2 the ruler of a hundred villages; Ms.7.115. -कर्मन् the planet Saturn. -कुम्भः 1 N. of a mountain (where gold is said to be found). -2 N. of a sacrifice; शतकुम्भं नाम यज्ञ- मनुभवितुं महर्षेर्धौम्यस्य आश्रमं गता इति Madhyamavyāyoga 1. (-म्भम्) gold. -कृत्वस् ind. a hundred times. -कोटि a. hundred-edged. (-टिः) Indra's thunderbolt; कराग्रजाग्र- च्छतकोटिः N.7.79. (-f.) a hundred crores; चरितं रघु- नाथस्य शतकोटिप्रविस्तरम् Rāma-rakṣā 1. -क्रतुः an epithet of Indra; अपूर्णमेकेन शतक्रतूपमः शतं क्रतूनामपविघ्नमाप सः R.3.38. -खण्डम् gold. -गु a. possessed of a hundred cows. -गुण, -गुणित a. a hundred-fold, increased a hundred times; अनुपनतमनोरथस्य पूर्वं शतगुणितेव गता मम त्रियामा V.3.22. -ग्रन्थिः f. the Dūrvā grass. -घ्नः N. of Śiva. -घ्नी 1 a kind of weapon used as a missile (supposed by some to be a sort of rocket, but described by others as a huge stone studded with iron spikes and four tālas in length; शतघ्नी च चतुस्ताला लोहकण्टकसंचिता; or अथकण्टकसंच्छक शतघ्नी महती शिला); अयःशङ्कुचितां रक्षः शतघ्नीमथ शत्रवे (अक्षिपत्) R.12.95; Bhāg.9.15.3. -2 a female scorpion. -3 a disease of the throat. -4 N. of a plant (करञ्ज). -चन्द्रः a sword or shield adorned with a hundred moons (moon-like spots); ततः शरशतेनास्य शतचन्द्रं समाक्षिपत्त् Mb.7. 97.29. ˚वर्त्मन् a manner of brandishing the sword; तं श्येनवेगं शतचन्द्रवर्त्मभिश्चरन्तमच्छिद्रमुपर्यधो हरिः Bhāg.8.7.28. -चरणा a centipede. -छदः a kind of wood-pecker. -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva. -तारका, -भिषज्, -भिषा f. N. of the 24th lunar mansion containing one hundred stars. -दलम् a lotus-flower. -दला the white rose. -द्रुः f. 1 N. of a river in the Punjab now called Sutlej. -2 N. of the Ganges. -धामन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -धार a. 1 flowing in a hundred streams. -2 having a hundred edges. (-रम्) the thunderbolt of Indra. -धृतिः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Brahman; गते शत- धृतौ क्षत्तः कर्दमस्तेन चोदितः Bhāg.3.24.21. -3 heaven or Svarga. -धौत a. perfectly clean. -पत्रः 1 a peacock. -2 the (Indian) crane. -3 a wood-pecker. -4 a parrot or a species of it. (-त्रा) a woman. (-त्रम्) a lotus; आवृत्तवृन्तशतपत्रनिभम् (आननं) वहन्त्या Māl.1.22. ˚योनि an epithet of Brahman; कम्पेन मूर्ध्नः शतपत्रयोनिं (संभावयामास) Ku.7.46. -पत्रकः the wood-pecker. -पत्री, -पत्रिकः the white rose. -पथब्राह्मणम् N. of a well-known Brāhmaṇa attached to the Śukla Yajurveda; कृत्स्नं शतपथं चैव प्रणेष्यसि द्विजर्षभ Mb.12.318.11. -पद्, -पाद् a. having a hundred feet. -पदी, -पाद् f. a centipede. -पद्मम् 1 a lotus with a hundred petals. -2 the white lotus. -पर्वन् -m. a bamboo. (f.) 1 the full-moon day in the month of Āśvina. -2 Dūrvā grass. -3 the plant Kaṭukā. -4 orris root. -5 the wife of Bhārgava or Śukra. ˚ईशः the planet Venus. -पर्विका 1 Dūrvā grass. -2 orris root. -3 barley. -पाक a. boiled a hundred times. -पाकम् a particular unguent; शतपाकेन तैलेन महार्हेणोपतस्थतुः Mb. 13.53.9. -पादः, -पाद् m., -पादी, -पादिका a centipede. -पालः an overseer (of a hundred villages). -पुष्पः epithet of the poet Bhāravi. -पुष्पा, -प्रसूना Anethum Sowa (Mar. शोपा). -पोना a sieve. -प्रासः the Karavīra tree. -फलिन् m. a bamboo. -भिषज् see ˚तारका. -भीरुः f. the Arabian jasmine. -मखः, -मन्युः 1 epithets of Indra; प्रसहेत रणे तवानुजान् द्विषतां कः शतमन्युतेजसः Ki. 2.23; Bk.1.5; शतमखमुपतस्थे प्राञ्जलिः पुष्पधन्वा Ku.2. 64; R.9.13. -2 an owl. -मयूखः the moon. -मानः, -नम् 1 a Pala of silver; धरणानि दश ज्ञेयः शतमानस्तु राजतः Ms.8.137; अष्टौ शाणाः शतमानं वहन्ति Mb.3.134.15. -2 an Āḍhaka q. v. -मार्जः an armourer. -मुख a. 1 having a hundred ways. -2 having a hundred outlets, mouths, or openings; विवेकभ्रष्टानां भवति विनिपातः शतमुखः Bh.2.1 (where the word has sense 1 also). (-खम्) a hundred ways or openings. (-खी) a brush, broom. -मूर्धन् m. an ant-hill. -मूला the Dūrvā grass, -यज्वन् m. an epithet of Indra; उपतस्थुरास्थितविषादधियः शतयज्वनो वनचरा वसतिम् Ki.6.29. -यष्टिकः a necklace of one hundred strings. -रुद्रियम् 1 a Vedic text (रुद्राध्यायः -'नमस्ते रुद्रमन्यवे' इति याजुषः प्रपाठकः); गृणन्तौ वेदविद्वांसौ तद्व्रह शतरुद्रियम् Mb.7.81.13;7.22.12. -2 a particular Śiva-stotra in the Mahābhārata; देवदेवस्य ते पार्थ व्याख्याः शतरुद्रियम् Mb.7.22.48. -रूपा N. of a daughter of Brahman (who is supposed to be also his wife, from whose incestuous connection with her father is said to have sprung Manu Svāyambhuva). -लुपः, -लुम्पक an epithet of the poet Bhāravi. -लोचनः an epithet of Indra; कथं वा तस्य न जयो जोयते शतलोचन Mb.8.87.78. -वर्ष a. 1 a century old. -2 lasting for a hundred years. (-र्षम्) one hundred years, a century. -वीर्या 1 white flowering Dūrvā. -2 the plant Śatāvarī. -वेधिन् m. a kind of sorrel. -शाख a. 1 various, multiform. -2 having hundred, i. e. many branches. -संधान a. fixing an arrow a hundred times. -सहस्रम् 1 a hundred thousand. -2 several hundreds, i. e. a large number. -सुखम् endless delight. -साहस्र a. 1 consisting of containing a hundred thousand. -2 bought with a hundred thousand. -ह्रदा 1 lightning; दूरं पुरःक्षिप्तशतह्नदे Ku.7.39; Mk.5.48; V.4; प्रपतेदपि चाकाशं निपतेनु शतह्रदाः Śiva B.19.2. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. -ह्रादा the thunderbolt.
śayyā शय्या [शी आधारे क्यप्] 1 A bed, couch; शय्या भूमि- तलम् Śānti.4.9; मही रम्या शय्या Bh.3.79; R.5.66. -2 Sleeping. -3 Tying, stringing together. -Comp. -अध्यक्षः, -पालः the superintendent or guardian of a king's bed-chamber. -अन्तः a sleeping place; शय्यान्ते कुलमलिनां क्षणं विलीनम् Ki.7.31. -उत्थायम् ind. early in the morning. -उत्सङ्गः the side of a bed. -गत a. 1 lying in a bed. -2 confined to a bed. -गृहम् a bedchamber; अथार्धरात्रे स्तिमितप्रदीपे शय्यागृहे सुप्तजने प्रबुद्धः R.16.4.
śaraḥ शरः [शॄ-अच्] 1 An arrow, a shaft; क्व च निशितनिपाता वज्रसाराः शरास्ते Ś.1.1; शरश्च त्रिविधो ज्ञेयः स्त्री पुमाँश्च नपुंसकः । अग्रस्थूलो भवेन्नारी पश्चात्स्थूलो भवेत् पुमान् । समो नपुंसको ज्ञेयः Dhanur. 62-63. -2 A kind of white reed or grass (Mar. देवनळ, बोरू); कुशकाशशरैः पर्णैः सुपरिच्छादितां तथा Rām.3.15.22; शरकाण्डपाण्डुगण्डस्थला M.3.8; मुखेन सीता शरपाण्डुरेण R.14.26; Śi.11.3. -3 The cream of slightly curdled milk, cream; आपो वा अर्कस्तद्यदपां शर आसीत् सम- हन्यत सा पृथिवी Bṛi. Up.1.2.2. -4 Hurt, injury, wound. -5 The number 'five'; cf. शराग्नि q. v. -6 (In astr.) The versed sine of an arc. -7 Kuśa grass; तथा शरेष्वपि MS.8.3.33 (शरशब्दस्यापि कुशेषु प्रयोगो दृश्यते ŚB. on ibid.); भृशरसं शरसंहितकान्तिके Rām. ch.4.7. -रम् Water. -Comp. -अग्निः the number 'thirtyfive'; शराग्निपरिमाणं च तत्रासौ वसते सुखम् Mb.13.17.26. -अग्ऱ्यः an excellent arrow. -अभ्यासः, -आघातः archery. -असनम्, -आस्यम् an arrowshooter, a bow; शरासनं तेषु विकृष्यतामिदम् Ś.6.28; R.3.52; Ku.3.64. -आक्षेपः flight of arrows. -आरोपः, -आवापः a bow; तान् गृहीतशरावापान् Mb.1.189.13; आवापः also means quiver; चिच्छेद कार्मुकं दीप्तं शरावापं च सत्वरम् Mb. 6.9.61. -आवरः a quiver; शरावरौ शरैः पूर्णौ Rām.3. 64.49. (-रम्) a coat of mail; तच्चाग्निसदृशं दीप्तं रावणस्य शरावरम् Rām.3.51.14. -आवरणम् a shield; शितनिस्त्रिंश- हस्तस्य शरावणधारिणः Mb.6.61.28. -आश्रयः a quiver. -आसः a bow; Bhāg. -आहत a. struck by an arrow. -इषीका an arrow. -इष्टः the mango tree. -उपासनम् archery practice; स्मारी शरोपासनवेदिकेव N.14.54. -ओघः a shower or multitude of arrows. -काण़्डः 1 a reedstalk. -2 a shaft of an arrow. -क्षेपः the range of an arrow-shot. -घातः shooting with arrows, archery. -जम् fresh butter. -जः N. of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् m. an epithet of Kārtikeya; उमावृषाङ्कौ शरजन्मना यथा R.3.23. -जालम् a multitude or dense mass of arrows; शरजालावृते व्योम्नि च्छायाभूते समन्ततः Mb.4.59.3. -दुर्दिनम् a shower of arrows; Rām. -धिः a quiver; सहशरधि निजं तथा कार्मुकम् Ki.18.16. -पातः an arrow's flight. ˚स्थानम् a bow shot. -पुङ्खः, -पुङ्खा the feathered end of an arrow. -प्रवेगः a swift arrow. -फलम् the blade or barb of an arrow. -भङ्गः N. of a sage whom Rāma visited in the Daṇḍaka forest; अदः शरण्यं शरभङ्ग- नाम्नस्तपोवनं पावनमाहिताग्नेः R.13.45. -भूः N. of Kārtikeya. -भृष्टिः f. the point of an arrow. -मल्लः a bow-man, an archer. -यन्त्रकम् the string on which the palm-leaves of a manuscript are filed. -वनम् (वणम्) 1 a thicket of reeds; आराध्यैनं शरवणभवं देवमुल्लङ्घिताध्वा Me.47. °reee;उद्भवः, ˚भवः epithets of Kārtikeya. -2 a bed of Kuśa grass; शरवणमेवेदं कुशवनमिति ŚB. on MS.8.3.33. -वर्षः a shower or volley of arrows. -वाणिः 1 the head of an arrow. -2 an archer. -3 a maker of arrows. -4 a foot-soldier. -वृष्टिः f. a shower of arrows. -व्रातः a mass or multitude of arrows. -संधानम् taking aim with an arrow; शरसंधानं नाटयति Ś.1. -संबाध a. covered with arrows; किमुक्तैः शर- संबाधाम् U.4.28 (v. l.). -स्तम्बः a clump of reeds.
śarīram शरीरम् [शॄ-ईरन् Uṇ.4.31] 1 The body (of animate or inanimate objects); शरीरमाद्यं खलु धर्मसाधनम् Ku.5.33. -2 The constituent element; शरीरं तावदिष्टार्थव्यवच्छिन्ना पदावली Kāv.1.1; शरीरमसि संसारस्य U.7. -3 Bodily strength. -4 A dead body. -5 One's own person, individual soul (जीवात्मा); यथा यथा मनस्तस्य दुष्कृतं कर्म गर्हति । तथा तथा शरीरं तत्तेनाधर्मेण मुच्यते ॥ Ms.11.229. -Comp. -अन्तः the hairs on the body. -अन्तरम् 1 the interior of the body. -2 another body. -आकारः, -आकृतिः bodily gesture or mien. -आवरणम् 1 the skin. -2 a shield. -कर्तृ m. a father. -कर्षणम् emaciation of the body; शरीरकर्षणात् प्राणाः क्षीयन्ते प्राणनां यथा Ms.7.112. -ग्रहणम् assumption of a bodily form. -चिन्ता care of the body (like washing etc.). -जः 1 sickness. -2 lust, passion. -3 the god of love; शरीरजसमाविष्टा राक्षसी राममब्रवीत् Rām. 3.17.12. -4 a son, offspring; शरीरजेभ्यश्च्युतयूथपङ्क्तयः Ki.4.31. -तुल्य a. equal to, i. e. as dear as, one's own person. -त्याग renunciation of life. -दण्डः 1 corporal punishment. -2 mortification of the body (as in penance). -देशः a part the body. -धातुः 1 a chief constituent of the body. -2 a relic of Buddha's body (as bone, tooth etc.). -धृक् a. having a body. -पक्तिः purification of the body. -पतनम्, -पातः shuffling off the mortal coil, death. -पाकः emaciation (of the body). -प्रभवः a begetter, father. -बद्ध a. endowed with a body, embodied, incarnate; शरीरबद्धः प्रथमाश्रमो यथा Ku.5.3. -बन्धः 1 the bodily frame; शरीरबन्धेन तिरोबभूव R.16.23. -2 being endowed with a body; i. e. birth as an embodied being; तनुत्यजां नास्ति शरीरबन्धः R.13.58. -बन्धकः a hostage. -भाज् a. embodied, incarnate. (-m.) a creature, an embodied being; शरीरभाजां भवदीय- दर्शनं व्यनक्ति कालत्रितये$पि योग्यताम् Śi.1.26. -भेदः separation of the body (from the soul), death; प्राप्ते शरीरभेदे Sāṅ. K.68. -यष्टिः f. a slender body, slim or delicate figure. -यात्रा means of bodily sustenance; नियतं कुरु कर्म त्वं कर्म ज्यायो ह्यकर्मणः । शरीरयात्रापि च ते न प्रसिद्ध्येकर्मणः ॥ Bg. 3.8. -रक्षकः a body-guard. -रत्नम् an excellent body. -विमोक्षणम् the emancipation of the soul from the body. -वृत्तिः f. maintenance or support of the body; स त्वं मदीयेन शरीरवृत्ति देहेन निर्वर्तयितुं प्रसीद R.2.45. -वैकल्यम् bodily ailment, sickness, disease. -शुश्रुषा personal attendance. -संस्कारः 1 decoration of the person. -2 purification of the body by the performance of the several purificatory saṁskāras; कार्यः शरीरसंस्कीरः Ms.2.26. -संपत्तिः f. the prosperity of body, (good) health. -संबन्धः relation by marriage. -सादः leanness of body, emaciation; शरीरसादादसमग्रभूषणा R.3.2. -स्थानम् the doctrine about the human body. -स्थितिः f. 1 the maintenance or support of the body; वन्यं शरीरस्थितिसाधनं वः R.5.9. -2 taking one's meals, eating (frequently used in Kādambarī).
śākyaḥ शाक्यः [शक्-घञ् तत्र] 1 N. of the family of Buddha. -2 N. of Buddha. -Comp. -पुत्रीयः a Buddhist monk. -भिक्षुः, -भिक्षुकः a Buddhist religiousmendicant. -मुनिः, -सिंहः epithets of Buddha. -शासनम् the doctrine of Buddha.
śārikā शारिका 1 A kind of bird (Mar. मैना). -2 A bow or stick for playing any stringed instrument. -3 Playing at chess &c. -4 A chessman, a piece at chess.
śāluḥ शालुः [शाल्-अण्] 1 A frog. -2 A kind of perfume. -3 A kind of astringent substance. -लु n. The root of the water-lily.
śāsana शासन a. 1 Teaching, instructing; इति मे न तु बोधाय कल्पते शासनं वचः Bhāg.1.8.5. -2 Punishing, chastising. -नम् [शास्-ल्युट्] 1 Instruction, teaching, discipline. -2 Rule, sway, government; अनन्यशासनामुर्वीम् R.1.3; so अप्रतिशासन. -3 An order, a command, direction; तरुभिरपि देवस्य शासनं प्रमाणीकृतम् Ś.6; R.3.69;14.83. 18.28. -4 An edict, enactment, a decree. -5 A precept, rule. -6 A royal grant (of land &c.), charter; अहं त्वां शासनशतेन योजयिष्यमि Pt.1; Y.2.24.295. -7 A deed, writing, written agreement शासनप्रधाना हि राजानः स्युः Kau. A.2.9. -8 Control of passions. -9 A written book of authority. -1 A (religious) doctrine. -11 A message. (At the end of comp. शासन often means 'punisher, destroyer, killer'; as in स्मरशासनः, पाक- शासनः). -Comp. -अतिवृत्तिः f. violation of commands, disobedience. -द्रूषक a. disobeying a command. -धरः a messenger, envoy. -पत्रम् 1 a plate (usually of copper) on which a grant of land &c. is inscribed. -2 a sheet of paper on which an order is written. -पराङ्मुख a. disobedient to an order. -लङ्घनम् transgression of order. -हरः a royal messenger. -हारिन् m. 1 an envoy, a messenger; तमभ्यनन्दन प्रथमं प्रबोधितः प्रजेश्वरः शासनहारिणा हरेः R.3.68. -2 a conveyer of royal writs.
śāstram शास्त्रम् [शिष्यते$नेन शास्-ष्ट्रन्] 1 An order, a command, rule, precept; अतिक्रामति यः शास्त्रं पितुर्धर्मार्थदर्शिनः Mb.5.148. 21. -2 A sacred precept or rule, scriptural injunction; तस्माच्छास्त्रं प्रमाणं ते कार्याकार्यव्यवस्थितौ Bg.16.24. -3 A religious or sacred treatise, sacred book, scripture; see comps. below. -4 Any department of knowledege, science; इति गुह्यतमं शास्त्रम् Bg.15.2; शास्त्रेष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19; often at the end of comp. after the word denoting the subject, or applied collectively to the whole body of teaching on that subject; वेदान्तशास्त्र, न्यायशास्त्र, तर्कशास्त्र, अलंकार- शास्त्र &c. -5 What is learnt, knowledge; Śi.5.47. -6 A work, treatise; तन्त्रैः पञ्चभिरेतच्चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रकम् Pt.1. -7 Theory (opp. प्रयोग or practice); इमं मां च शास्त्रे प्रयोगे च विमृशतु M.1. -8 The material and spiritual science together; तत्त्वाभेदेन यच्छास्त्रं तत्कार्यं नान्यथाविधम् Mb. 12.267.9. -Comp. -अतिक्रमः -अननुष्ठानम् violation of sacred precepts, disregard of religious authority. -अनुष्ठानम्, -अनुसारः conformity to or observance of sacred precepts. -अन्वित a. conformable to doctrine or rule. -अभिज्ञ a. versed in the Śāstras. -अर्थः 1 the meaning of the sacred precept. -2 a scriptural precept or statement. -आचरणम् 1 observance of sacred precepts. -2 the study of Śāstras. (-णः) 1 one versed in scriptures. -2 a student of Vedas. -आवर्तलिपिः a particular mode of writing. -उक्त a. prescribed by sacred laws, enjoined by the Śāstras, lawful, legal. -कारः, -कृत् m. 1 the author of a Śāstra or sacred book. -2 an author in general. -3 a sage, saint. -कोविद a. versed in the Śāstras. -गण्डः a superficial reader of books, superficial scholar. -चक्षुस् n. grammar (as being the 'eye', as it were, with which to understand any Śāstra). -चारणः one who deserves sacred precepts. -ज्ञ, -दर्शिन्, -विद् a. 1 well-versed in the Śāstras. -2 a mere theorist. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of sacred books, conversancy with scriptures. -तत्त्वम् truth as taught in the Śāstras, scriptural truth. ˚ज्ञः an astronomer. -दृष्ट a. stated or enjoined in sacred books; तदहं प्रष्टुमिच्छामि शास्त्रदृष्टेन कर्मणा Rām. -दृष्टिः f. scriptural point of view. -m. an astrologer. -प्रसंगः 1 the subject of the Śāstras. -2 any discussion on scriptural points. -योनिः the source of the Śāstras. -वक्तृ an expounder of sacred books or knowledge. -वर्जित a. free from all rule or law. -वादः a precept or statement of the Śāstras. -विधानम्, -विधिः a sacred precept, scriptural injunction. -विप्रतिषेधः, -विरोधः 1 mutual contradiction of sacred precepts, inconsistency of precepts. -2 any act contrary to sacred precepts. -विमुख a. averse from study; Pt.1. -विरुद्ध a. contrary to the Śāstras, illegal, unlawful. -व्युत्पत्तिः f. intimate knowledge of the sacred writings, proficiency in the Śāstras. -शिल्पिन् m. the country of Kāśmīra. -सिद्ध a. established by sacred authority.
śikyam शिक्यम् क्या 1 A loop or swing (made of rope); छिद्रं ह्यन्तर्निहितवयुनः शिक्यभाण्डेषु तद्वित् Bhāg.1.8.3. -2 A burden or load carried in a sling. -3 The strings of a balance. -Comp. -पाशः (शिक्यपाशः) the string by which a vessel is suspended (Mar. फास).
śic शिच् f. The string of a yoke (for carrying burdens).
śiñjā शिञ्जा 1 Tinkle, jingle &c. -2 A bow-string; also शिञ्जालता.
śiñjinī शिञ्जिनी 1 A bow-string; अधिरोपितसारशिञ्जिनीके स तु संधाय ततः शरं शरास्ये Rām. ch.2.4. -2 An anklet (worn round the feet). -3 The sine of an arc.
śullam शुल्लम् 1 A cord, rope, string. -2 Copper.
śulvam शुल्वम् (ल्बम्) [शुल्ब्-अच्] 1 A rope, string; ततो मन्त्रबलाच्छुल्बे तक्षके वज्रिणः करात् Bm.1.194; शुल्वं सुतस्य न तु तत्तदमुष्य माति Bhāg.2.7.3. -2 Copper. -3 A sacrificial rite or act. -4 The proximity of water, a place near it. -5 A rule, law, an institute. -ल्वा, -ल्वी See above. -Comp. -अरिः sulphur. -जम् brass. -सूत्रम् N. of Sūtra work, containing mathematical calculations required for श्रौत rituals.
śūnya शून्य a. [शूनायै प्राणिवधाय हितं रहस्यस्थानत्वात् यत् Tv.] 1 Empty, void. -2 Vacant (applied also to the heart, glances &c.), absent, listless; गमनमलसं शून्या दृष्टिः Māl. 1.17; see शून्यहृदय below. -3 Non-existent. -4 Lonely, desolate, secluded, deserted; शून्येषु शूरा न के K. P.7; Bk.6.9; शून्यं मन्ये जगदविरतज्वालमन्तर्ज्वलामि U.3. 38; M¯l.9.2. -5 Dejected, downcast, dispirited; शून्या जगाम भवनाभमुखी कथंचित् Ku.3.75; Ki.17.39. -6 Utterly devoid or deprived of, without, wanting in (with instr. or in comp.); अङ्गुलीयकशून्या मे अङ्गुलिः Ś. 5; दया˚, ज्ञान˚, &c. -7 Indifferent. -8 Guileless. -9 Nonsensical, unmeaning; मुहुरविशदवर्णां निद्रया शून्यशून्याम् Śi.11.4. -1 Bare, naked. -न्यम् 1 A vacuum, void, blank. -2 The sky, space, atmosphere. -3 A cipher, dot. -4 Non-entity, (absolute) non-existence; दूषण- शून्यबिन्दवः N.1.21. -5 N. of Brahman. -6 An earring; शून्यकर्णः Amaru. -Comp. -अशून्यम् emancipation of the spirit even during a person's life (जीवन्मुक्ति). -पदवी the passage of the soul (ब्रह्मरन्ध्र). -पालः a substitute; त्वां हि मत्स्यो महीपालः शून्यपालमिहाकरोत् Mb.4. 35.11 (com. राज्ञो$सन्निधाने पालकम्). -मध्यः a hollow reed. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. absent-minded, listless. -मुख, -वदन a. with a blank face, with a downcast countenance. -वादः the doctrine of the non-existence of anything, the doctrine of a Buddhist sect. -वादिन् m. 1 an atheist. -2 a Buddhist. -व्यापार a. unoccupied. -हृदय a. 1 absent-minded; V.2; कस्मिन्नपि पूजार्हे$पराद्धा शून्यहृदया शकुन्तला Ś.4. -2 open-hearted, unsuspecting.
śūra शूर a. [शूर्-अच्] Brave, heroic, valiant, mighty; शून्येषु शूरा न के K. P.7; स्वाध्यायशूरैर्मुखैः Pañcharātram 1.5. -रः 1 A hero, warrior, valiant man. -2 A lion. -3 A boar. -4 The sun. -5 The Śāla tree. -6 N. of a Yādava, the grandfather of Kṛiṣṇa; (hence the descendants of Śūra i. e. Yādavas also; cf. शूरः स्याद् यादवे भटे Medinī; ख्यातानि कर्माणि च यानि शौरेः शूरादय- स्तेष्वबला बभूवुः Bu. Ch.1.51). -7 The Arka plant. -8 The Chitraka tree. -9 A dog. -1 A cock. -Comp. -कीटः a contemptible warrior; लीयन्ते यत्र शत्रुप्रपतनविवशाः कोटिशः शूरकीटाः Mv.6.32. -मानम् arrogance, vaunting. -मानिन् m. a boaster, braggart. -वादः the Buddhist doctrine of non-existence. -वादिन् a. 1 a Buddhist. -2 an atheist. -सेनः m. pl. N. of the country about Mathurā or the inhabitants of that country; सा शूरसेनाधिपतिं सुषेणम् (उद्दीश्य) R.6.45.
śravaṇaḥ श्रवणः णम् [शृणोत्यनेन श्रु-करणे ल्युट्] 1 The ear; ध्वनति मधुपसमूहे श्रवणमपिदधाति Gīt.5; श्रवणाञ्जलिपुटपेयं विरचितवान् भारताख्यममृतं यः Ve.1.4. -2 The hypotenuse of a triangle. -णः, -णा 1 N. of a lunar mansion containing three stars. -णम् 1 The act of hearing; श्रवणसुभगम् Me.11. -2 Study. -3 Fame, glory. -4 That which is heard or revealed, the Veda; इति श्रवणात् 'because of such a Vedic text'. -5 Wealth. -6 Flowing, oozing. -7 (In phil.) The determining by means of the six signs the true doctrine of the Vedānta. -Comp. -अधि- कारिन् m. a speaker, addresser. -इन्द्रियम् the sense of hearing, the ear. -उत्पलम् a lotus fastened in the ear. -उदरम् the hollow of the outer ear. -कातरता anxiety for bearing. -गोचर a. within the range of hearing. (-रः) ear-shot; as in श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ 'be within earshot'. -पथः, -विषयः the reach or range of the ear; वृत्तान्तेन श्रवणविषयप्रापिणा R.14.87. -परुष a. 1 hard to be listened to. -2 hard to the ear. -पालिः, -ली f. the tip of the ear. -पाशः a beautiful ear. -पुटकः the auditory passage. -पूरकः an ear-ring or any such ornament. -प्राधुणिकः coming to any one's ear. -भृत a. spoken of. -सुभग a. pleasing to the ear; वचस्तस्याकर्ण्य श्रवणसुभगं पण्डितपतेरधुन्वन् मूर्धानं नृपशुरथवायं पशुपतिः Jagannātha-pandita.
śroṇiḥ श्रोणिः णी f. [श्रोण्-इन् वा ङीप् Un.4.53] 1 The hip or loins, the buttocks; श्रोणीभारादलसगमना Me.84; श्रोणी- भारस्त्यजति तनुताम् K. P.1; Śi.8.31. -2 A road, way. -Comp. -तटः the slope of the hips. -फलकम् 1 the broad hips. -2 the buttocks. -बिम्बम् 1 the round hips; रथाङ्गनामन् वियुतो रथाङ्गश्रोणिबिम्बया V.4.37. -2 a waist-band. -सूत्रम् 1 a string worn round the loins. -2 a swordbelt; श्रोणिसूत्रं च खड्गं च विमलं कमलेक्षणः Rām.7.6.65.
ṣaṣ षष् num. a. (used in pl., nom. षट्; gen. षण्णाम्) Six; तेषां त्ववयवान् सूक्ष्मान् षण्णामप्यमितौजसाम् Ms.1.16;8.43. -Comp. -अंशः (ष़डंशः) a sixth part. -अक्षीणः (षडक्षीणः) a fish. -अङ्गम् (ष़डङ्गम्) 1 (a) six parts of the body taken collectively : जङ्घे बाहू शिरो मध्यं षडङ्गमिदमुच्यते । (b) The other six parts of the body are 'हृदयशिरःशिखा- नेत्रकवचास्त्राणि' as in Māl.5.2 (नित्यं न्यस्तषडङगचक्रनिहितं हृत्पद्यमध्योदितम्); cf. com. on the verse. -2 the six works auxiliary to the Veda; शिक्षा कल्पो व्याकरणं निरुक्तं छन्दसां चितिः । ज्योतिषामयनं चैव षडङ्गो वेद उच्यते ॥ see वेदाङ्ग also. ˚विद् knowing the six वेदाङ्गs; Ms.3.145. -3 six auspicious things, i. e. the six things obtained from a cow; गोमूत्रं गोमयं क्षीरं सर्पिर्दधि च रोचना । षडङ्गमेतन्माङ्गल्यं पठितं सर्वदा गवाम् ॥ -3 any set of six articles. ˚जत् m. N. of Viṣṇu. -अङ्घ्रिः (षडङ्घ्रिः) a bee; किमिह बहु षडङ्घ्रे गायसि त्वम् Bhāg.1.47.14.; Śi.1.4. -अधिक a. (-षडधिक) exceeded by six; षडधिकदशनाडीचक्रमध्यस्थितात्मा Māl.5.1. -अभिज्ञः (षडभिज्ञः) a Buddhist deified saint. -अशीत (षडशीत) eighty-sixth. -अशीतिः f. (-ष़डशीतिः) 1 eighty-six. -2 N. of the four passages of the sun from one zodiacal sign to the other; L. D. B. -अष्टकम् (in astr.) a particular Yoga. -अहः (ष़डहः) a period of six days. -आननः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः, (षडाननः, षड्वक्त्रः, षड्वदनः) epithets of Kārtikeya; षडाननापीतपयोधरासु नेता चमूनामिव कृत्तिकासु R.14.22. -आम्नायः (षडाम्नायः) the six-fold Tantra. -ऊर्मिः the six waves of existence. -ऊषणम् (ष़डूषणम्) six spices taken collectively; पञ्चकोलं समरिचं षडूषणमुदाहृतम्. -ऋतुः m. pl. the six seasons (i. e. वसन्त, ग्रीष्म, वर्षा, शरद्, हेमन्त and शिशिर). -कर्ण a. (-षट्कर्ण) heard by six ears; i. e. by a third person other than the speaker and the person spoken to; told to more than one listener (as a counsel, secret &c.); षट्कर्णो भिद्यते मन्त्रः Pt.1.99. (-र्णः) a kind of lute. -कर्मन् n. (षट्कर्मन्) 1 the six acts or duties enjoined on a Brāhmaṇa; they are अध्यापनमध्ययनं यजनं याजनं तथा । दानं प्रतिग्रहश्चैव षट्कर्माण्यग्र- जन्मनः ॥ Ms.1.75. -2 the six acts allowable to a Brāhmaṇa for his subsistence:- उच्छं प्रतिग्रहो भिक्षा वाणिज्यं पशुपालनम् । कृषिकर्म तथा चेति षट्कर्माण्यग्रजन्मनः ॥. -3 the six acts that may be performed by means of magic :- शान्ति, वशीकरण, स्तम्भन, विद्वेष, उच्चाटन and मरण. -4 the six acts belonging to the practice of Yoga :- धौतिर्वस्ती तथा नेती नौलिकी (नौलिकः) त्राटकस्तथा । कपालभाती चैतानि षट्कर्माणि समाचरेत् ॥ (-m.) 1 a Brāhmaṇa skilled in the above six acts. -2 one well-versed in the Tantra magical rites. -कोण a. (-षट्कोण) hexangular. (-णम्) 1 a hexagon. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. -3 a diamond. -गया the sixfold gayā; गयागजो गयादित्यो गायत्री च गदाधरः । गया गयासुरश्चैव षड्गया मुक्तिदायकाः ॥ -गवम् (षड्गवम् 1 a team or yoke of six oxen. -2 a yoke of six (sometimes after the names of other animals); i. e. हस्ति˚, अश्व˚ 'six elephants, horses &c.'. -गवीय a. drawn by six oxen; न यद्वहेच्छकटं षड्गवीयम् Mb.8.76.17. -गुण a. (-षड्गुण) 1 sixfold. -2 having six attributes. (-णम्) 1 an assemblage of six qualities. -2 the six expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics; see under गुण (21); cf. षाड्गुण्य also. -ग्रन्थः a kind of Karañja tree. -ग्रन्थि n. (-षड्ग्रन्थि) the root of long pepper. -ग्रन्थिका (षड्- ग्रन्थिका) zedoary (शठी). -चक्रम्, (षट्चक्रम्) the six mystical circles of the body, i. e. मूलाधार, स्वाधिष्ठान, मणिपूर, अनाहत, विशुद्ध and आज्ञाख्य. -चत्वारिंशत् (षट्चत्वारिंशत्) forty-six. -चरणः (षट्चरणः) -1 a bee. -2 a locust. -3 a louse. -जः, (ष़ड्जः) the fourth (or first according to some) of the seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; so called because it is derived from the six organs : नासां कण्ठमुरस्तालु जिह्वां दताञ्श्च संस्पृशन् । षड्जः सञ्जायते (षढ्भ्यः संञ्जायते) यस्मात्तस्मात् षड्ज इति स्मृतः ॥ it is said to resemble the note of peacocks; षड्जं रौति मयूरस्तु Nārada; षड्जसंवादिनीः केकाः द्विधा भिन्नाः शिखण्डिभिः R.1.39. -तन्त्री N. of the six philosophical systems. -त्रिंशत् f. (-षट्त्रिंशत्) thirty-six; (-षट्रत्रिंश a. thirtysixth). -तिलिन् m. one performing six acts with sesamum seeds; तिलोद्वतीं तिलस्नायी तिलहोमी तिलप्रदः । तिलभुक् तिलवापी च षट्तिली नावसीदति ॥ -दर्शनम् (षड्दर्शनम्) the six principal systems of Hindu philosophy; they are: सांख्य, योग, न्याय, वैशेषिक, मीमांसा and वेदान्त. (-नः) one conversant with the above six systems. -दीर्घः the six long vowels : आ, ई, ऊ, ऐ, औ. -दुर्गम्, (षड्दुर्गम्) the six kinds of forts taken collectivelly; धन्वदुर्गं महीदुर्गं गिरिदुर्गं तथैव च । मनुष्यदुर्गं मृद्दुर्गं वनदुर्गमिति क्रमात् ॥ -नवतिः f. (-षण्णवतिः) ninety-six. -पञ्चाशत् f. (-षट्पञ्चाशत्) fifty-six. -पदः (षट्पदः) 1 a bee; न पङ्कजं तद्यदलीनषट्पदं न षट्पदो$सौ न जुगुञ्ज यः कलम् Bk.2.19; Ku.5.9; R.6.69. -2 a louse. -3 a verse consisting of six padas. ˚अथितिः 1 the mango tree. -2 the Champaka tree. ˚आनन्दवर्धनः the Aśoka or Kiṅkirāta tree. ˚ज्य a. having bees for the bow-string (as the bow of Cupid); प्रायश्चापं न वहति भयान्मन्मथः षट्पदज्यम् Me.75. ˚प्रियः the tree called नाग- केशर. -पदी (षट्पदी) 1 a stanza consisting of six lines. -2 a female bee. -3 a louse. -4 the six states ('यो$शनायापिपासे शोकं मोहं जरां मृत्युमत्येति' इति श्रुत्युक्ताः Mb. 3.314.9 Com.):-- hunger, thrist, sorrow, disordered intellect, old age and death; other version is :-- कामक्रोधौ लोभमोहौ मदमानौ च षट्पदी ।. -पादः (षट्पादः) a bee. -प्रज्ञः, (षट्प्रज्ञः) 1 one who is well acquainted with six subjects i. e. the four Puruṣārthas or objects of human existence, the nature of the world, and the nature of the Supreme Sprit; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षेषु लोक- तत्त्वार्थयोरपि । षट्सु प्रज्ञा तु यस्यासौ षट्प्रज्ञः परिकीर्तितः ॥ -2 a lustful or licentious man. -3 a good-hearted neighbour. -बिन्दुः (षड्बिन्दुः ) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -भागः (षड्भागः) a sixth part, one-sixth; तपःषड्भागमक्षय्यं ददत्यारण्यका हि नः Ś.2.14; Ms.7.131;8.33. -भाववादिन् a maintainer of the theory of the six भावs (i. e. द्रव्य, गुण, कर्मन्, सामान्य, विशेष and समवाय). -भुज a. (-षड्भुज) 1 six-armed. -2 six-sided, hexagonal. (-जः) a hexagon. (-जा) 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 the watermelon. -मतस्थापकः (षण्मतस्थापकः) N. of Śaṁkarāchārya. -मासः (षण्मासः) a period of six months. ˚निचय a. one who has a store (of food) sufficient for six months; Ms.6.18. -मासिक a. (-षण्मासिक) half-yearly, occurring every six months. -मुखः (षण्मुखः) an epithet of Kārtikeya; स गुणानां बलानां च षण्णां षण्मुख- विक्रमः R.17.67; Mv.1.33. (खा) a water-melon. -रसम्, -रसाः (m. pl.) (-षड्रसम् &c.) the six flavours taken collectively; see under रस. -रात्रम् (षड्रात्रम्) a period of six nights. -रेखा, (षड्रेखा) a water-melon. -वर्गः (षड्वर्गः) 1 an aggregate of six things. -2 especially, the six enemies of mankind; (also called षड्रिपु); कामः क्रोधस्तथा लोभो मदमोहौ च मत्सरः; कृतारिषड्वर्गजयेन Ki.1 9; व्यजेष्ठ षड्वर्गम् Bk.1.2. -3 the five senses and Manas. -र्विशम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sāma Veda. -विंशतिः f. (-षड्विंशतिः)twenty-six; (-षड्विंश twentysixth). -विध (षड्विध) a. of six kinds, sixfold; षड्विधं बलमादाय प्रतस्थे दिग्जिगीषया R.4.26. -शास्त्रिन् m. one conversant with the six Śāstras or darśanas. -षष्टिः f. (-षट्षष्टिः) sixty-six. -सप्ततिः (षट्सप्ततिः) seventy-six.
ṣaṣṭiḥ षष्टिः f. Sixty; Ms.3.177; Y.3.84. ˚तम sixtieth. -Comp. -तन्त्रम् the doctrine of 6 conceptions (of the Sāṁkhya philosophy). -भागः an epithet of Śiva. -मत्तः an elephant who has reached the age of sixty and is in rut at that time. -योजनी f. a journey or extent of sixty Yojanas. -संवत्सरः a period of sixty years. -हायनः 1 an elephant (sixty years old). -2 a kind of rice.
saguṇa सगुण a. 1 Possessed of qualities or attributes. -2 Possessed of good qualities, virtuous. -3 Worldly. -4 Furnished with a string (as a bow). -5 Possessed of the qualities in rhetoric.
saṃgrah संग्रह् 9 U. 1 To collect, gather, accumulate, hoard; संगृह्य धनम्, पाशान् &c. -2 To receive kindly. -3 To curb, restrain, check, control, rein in (as horses). -4 To unstring (as a bow). -5 To grasp, lay hold of. -6 To take, receive, accept. -7 To conceive, understand. -8 To contract, abridge, narrow. -9 To encou rage, support, favour. -1 To seize upon, attack (as an illness). -11 To include, comprise, contain. -12 To close, shut (as the mouth). -13 To concentrate. -14 To constrain, force; तैस्तैरुपायैः संगृह्य दापयेदधमर्णिकम् Ms. 8.48. -15 To marry. -16 To mention, name.
sajja सज्ज a. 1 Ready, made or got ready, prepared; सज्जं क्रतुवरं राजन् कालप्राप्तं च भारत Mb.3.256.2; सज्जो रथः U.1. -2 Dressed, clothed. -3 Accoutred, trimmed. -4 Fully equipped, armed. -5 Fortified. -6 Strung, placed on a bow-string.
sajjīkṛ सज्जीकृ 8 U. 1 To make ready, prepare, equip. -2 To decorate. -3 To string (a bow).
sajya सज्य a. 1 Furnished with a bowstring; शरासनानां सज्यानां टङ्कारेण महीयसा Śiva B.4.39. -2 Strung (as a bow); न तेन सज्यं क्वचिदुद्यतं धनुः Ki.1.21.
sat सत् a. (-ती f.) 1 Being, existing, existent; सन्तः स्वतः प्रकाशन्ते गुणा न परतो नृणाम् Bv.1.12; सत्कल्पवृक्षे वने Ś.7.12. -2 Real, essential, true; Bṛi. Up.2.3.1. -3 Good, virtuous, chaste; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1. 21; Ś.5.17. -4 Noble, worthy, high; as in सत्कुलम्. -5 Right, proper. -6 Best, excellent. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Wise, learned. -9 Handsome, beautiful. -1 Firm, steady. -m. A good or virtuous man, a sage; आदानं हि विसर्गाय सतां वारिमुचामिव R.4.86; अविरतं परकार्यकृतां सतां मधुरिमातिशयेन वचो$मृतम् Bv.1.113; Bh.2. 78; R.1.1. -n. 1 That which really exists, entity, existence, essence. -2 The really existent truth, reality. -3 Good; as in सदसत् q. v. -4 Brahman or the Supreme Spirit. -5 Ved. Water. -6 The primary cause (कारण); य ईक्षिता$हं रहितो$प्यसत्सतोः Bhāg.1.38.11. -7 (In gram.) The termination of the present participle. (सत्कृ means 1 to respect, treat with respect, receive hospitably. -2 to honour, worship, adore. -3 to adorn.) -Comp. -अञ्जनम् (सदञ्जनम्) calx of brass. -अर्थः (सदर्थः) a matter in question. -असत् (सदसत्) a. 1 existent and non-existent, being and not being. -2 real and unreal. -3 true and false. -4 good and bad, right and wrong. -5 virtuous and wicked. (-n. du.) 1 entity and non-entity. -2 good and evil, right and wrong. ˚विवेकः discrimination between good and evil, or truth and falsehood. ˚व्यक्तिहेतुः the cause of discrimination between the good and bad; तं सन्तः श्रोतुमर्हन्ति सदसद्व्यक्तिहेतवः R.1.1. -आचारः (सदाचारः) 1 good manners, virtuous of moral conduct. -2 approved usage, traditionary observances, immemorial custom; यस्मिन् देशे य आचारः पारंपर्यक्रमागतः । वर्णानां सान्तरालानां स सदाचार उच्यते ॥ Ms.2.18. -आत्मन् a. (सदात्मन्) virtuous, good. -आनन (सदानन) a. fair-faced. -उत्तरम् (सदुत्तरम्) a proper or good reply. -करणम् funeral obsequies. -कर्तृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कर्मन् n. 1 a virtuous or pious act. -2 virtue, piety. -3 funeral obsequies. -4 expiation. -5 hospitality. -काण्डः a hawk, kite. -कारः 1 a kind or hospitable treatment, hospitable reception; सत्कारमानपूजार्थं तपो दम्भेन चैव यत् । क्रियते तदिह प्रोक्तं राजसं चलमध्रुवम् ॥ Bg.17.18. -2 reverence, respect. -3 care, attention. -4 a meal. -5 a festival, religious observance. -कार्यम् (in Sāṁkhya phil.) the necessary existence of an effect. ˚वाद the doctrine of the actual existence of an effect (in its cause). -कुल a good or noble family. -कुलीन a. nobly born, of noble descent. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 hospitably received or treated. -3 revered, respected, honoured. -4 worshipped. adored. -5 entertained. -6 welcomed. (-तः) an epithet of Śiva. (-तम्) 1 hospitality. -2 respect. -3 virtue, piety. -कृतिः f